Yoga and Psychology and Psychotherapy

bundet

Yoga and Psychology and Psychotherapy Compiled by: Trisha Lamb Last Revised: April 27, 2006 © 2004 by International Association of Yoga Therapists ( IAYT ) International Association of Yoga Th erapists P.O. Box 2513 • Prescott • AZ 86302 • Phone: 928 - 541 - 0004 E - mail: mail@iayt.org • URL: www.iayt.org The co ntents of this bibliography do not provide medical advice and should not be so interpreted. Before beginning any exercise program, see your physician for clearance. 2 “How is the field of psychotherapy to become progressively more informed by the infinite wisdom of spirit? It will happen through individuals who al low their own lives to be transformed — their own inner source of knowing to be awakened and expressed.” — Yogi Amrit Desai NOTE: See also the “Counseling” bibliography. For eating disorders, please see the “ Eating Disorders” bibliography, and fo r PTSD, please see the “PTSD” bibliography. Books and Dissertations Abegg, Emil. Indishche Psychologie. Zürich: Rascher, 1945. [In German.] Abhedananda, Swami. The Yoga Psychology . Calcutta: Rama krishna Vedanta Math, 1960, 1983. “This volume comprises lectures delivered by Swami Abhedananda before a[n] . . . audience in America on the subject of [the] Yoga - Sutras of Rishi Patanjali in a systematic and scientific manner. “ The Yoga Psychology discloses the secret of bringing under control the disturbing modifications of mind, and thus helps one to concentrate and meditate upon the transcendental Atman, which is the fountainhead of knowledge, intelligence, and bliss. “These lectures constitute the contents of this memorial volume, with copious references and glossaries of Vyasa and Vachaspati Misra.” ___________. True Psychology . Calcutta: Ramakrishna Vedanta Math, 1982. “ Modern Psychology does not [address] ‘a science of the soul . ’ True Psychology, on the other hand, is that science which consists of t he systematization and classification of truths relating to the soul or that self - conscious entity which thinks, feels and knows.” Agnello, Nicolò. Yoga e Psicanalisi. Faenza: Faenza Editrice, 1978. [In Italian.] Ajaya, Swami. Yoga Psychology: A Practica l Guide to Meditation. Honesdale, Penn.: The Himalayan International Institute, 1976. ___________. Psychotherapy East and West : A Unifying Paradigm . Glenview, Ill.: Himalayan Institute, 1976, 1983. ___________, ed. Meditational Therapy . Glenview, Ill.: H imalayan Institute, 1977. Akhilananda, Swami. Hindu Psychology: Its Meaning for the West . New York: Harper & Brothers, 1946/London: Routledge and Kegan Paul, 1965. ___________. Mental Health and Hindu Psychology . London: George Allen and Unwin, 1952. Ak ishige, Yoshiharu., ed. Psychological Studies on Zen . Tokyo: Zen Institute of Komazawa University, 1977. 3 Anandamurti, Shrii Shrii. Yoga Psychology . 3d ed. Calcutta, India: Ananda Marga Publications, 1998. Andresen, Jensine, and Robert K. C. Forman, eds . Cognitive Models and Spiritual Maps: Interdisciplinary Explorations of Religious Experience . Thorverton, England: Imprint Academic, 2000. Contents: Meditation Meets Behavioural Medicine: The Story of Experimental Research on Meditation; A Functional Appro ach to Mysticism; The Epistemology and Technologies of Shamanic States of Consciousness; Critical Reflections on Christic Visions; Waves, Streams, States and Self: Further Considerations for an Integral Theory of Consciousness; The Promise of Integralism: A Critical Appreciation of Ken Wilber’s Integral Psychology; Consciousness Evolves When Self Dissolves; On the Relationship Between Cognitive Models and Spiritual Maps: Evidence from Hebrew Language Mysticism; The Neuropsychology of Religious and Spritual Experience; The Rhetoric of Experience and the Study of Religion Aronson, Harvey. Buddhist Practice on Western Ground: Reconciling Eastern Ideals and Western Psychology . Boston: Shambhala, 2004. From a review by Jeffrey Miller, The Korea Times, 13 May 20 05: “As a long - time Buddhist practitioner and professor, Aronson possesses a deep personal knowledge of how the practice is used, and sometimes misused, by Westerners. Aronson captures this by providing a very interesting and illuminating cross - cultural pe rspective, by picking up both the strengths and weaknesses of Buddhism as well as how it has been both transplanted and translated from Asia to the West. Realizing the value of both Buddhist philosophy and meditation, Aronson offers readers a unique and in valuable perspective on the way Buddhist teachings are recruited to one’s individual neuroses or how these teachings can be integrated into one’s daily life. “He presents a constructive and practical assessment of common conflicts experienced by Westerne rs who might have looked to Eastern spiritual traditions for guidance and support, only to find themselves more confused or even disappointed. He illustrates the fundamental vision of Buddhism as well as a cross - cultural and psychological reflection that i s respective of both cultures. At the same time, he raises important questions and provides helpful insights about some of the pitfalls that can occur when Eastern and Western cultures come together. “He limits his focus to four central themes in Buddhis t teachings — self , anger, love, and attachment — which have different interpretations and psychological correlates in Western thought. He closely examines the cultural differences inherent in each of these central Buddhist teachings and shows among other thin gs how individuals can tap into the spiritual development if they can reconcile the cultural differences. For example, he discusses Western culture’s emphasis on individuality versus the Asian emphasis on interdependence and fulfillment of duties, and the Buddhist teachings on no - self or egolessness. His thorough and insightful investigation of these differences provides readers with a better understanding of how Dharma practices can be successfully integrated into our lives. ” Asrani, U. A. Yoga Unveiled , Part I: Through a Synthesis of Personal Mystic Experiences and Psychological and Psychosomatic Studies. Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, 1977. ___________. Yoga Unveiled, Part II . New Delhi: Motilal Bandarsidass, 1993. 4 The latter part of the book discusses th e psychological aspects of various traditions and finds that Jnana - Yoga is philosophical , psychological, and psychosomatic; Patanjali’s Astanga - Yoga is physical - psychological and philosophical; Buddhism is pure psychology of consciousness; and Zen is psycho analytical. Auriol, Bernard. Yoga et Psychothérapie: Les Apports du Yoga à l’Équilibre Humain . Toulouse: Privat, 1977. [In French.] Balakrishnananda, Swami. Yogic Depth Psychology: Introduction to Swami Narayanananda’s Psychology . Gylling: N. U. Yoga As hrama, 1980. Barte, Nhi, D. Dange, and Ram. Yoga et Psychiatrie: Réflexions à Propos d’une Technique Ancienne de Recherche de la Libération . Paris: Editions de la Tete de Fuilles, 1972. [In French.] Basu, Soumitra, M.D. Integral Health . Pondicherry, Indi a: Sri Aurobindo Ashram Press, 2000. See also the citation in the “Articles” section below for Natalie Tobert’s interview with Dr. Basu. From a review in Network, Apr 2001, no. 75, p. 66: “The value of the book lies in its systematic exploration of health from the yogic viewpoint, which supplements the physical and overcomes the inadequacies of the physically based biomedical model. After introducing the Indian notion of consciousness he explores the various planes including the neglected vital plane befor e going on to discuss an integral approach to healing including social and cultural factors. He compares his approach with that of the homeopath . . . George Vithoulkas and gives some illuminating case histories at the end.” Bates, Charles. Ransoming the Mind: An Integration of Yoga and Modern Therapy . St. Paul, Minn.: YES International, Publishers, 1986. Batista, Antenor. Alimentação, Joga, Psicanálise: Roteiro do Bem Viver. 2d ed. São Paulo: Civilização Brasileira, 1970. [In Portuguese.] Beeken, Jenny . Yoga of the Heart: A White Eagle Book of Yoga . News Lands, England: The White Eagle Publishing Trust, 1990. “. . . a very practical guide to the postures of yoga — but one which, by giving their inner meaning and effects, adds a whole new dimension to the m . . .” Behanan, Kovoor T. Yoga: A Scientific Evaluation. New York: Dover Publications, 1937, 1964. (Contains chapters on Yoga and psychology/psychoanalysis.) Bennett, Bija. Emotional Yoga: How the Body Can Heal the Mind . New York: Simon & Schuster, 200 2. From a review by Felicia Tomasko, LA Yoga, May/Jun 2003, pp. 26 - 27: “Our emotions are fluctuations which often control us, but which can, according to Bija, be balanced through acknowledging, understanding and expressing them. In this book she describe s how we create emotional balance through our yoga practice. “In Emotional Yoga, Bija Bennett delves into her years of experience studying yoga and meditation and her work using yoga therapeutically with people ranging from athletes to the terminally ill . . . Although Bija does include clearly photographed and detailed yoga sequences, 5 this is not a book about how to do yoga asana or which poses increase or decrease specific emotions. Instead, she focuses on the tools provided by the whole discipline of y oga through the eight limbs of asthanga or raja yoga describe in Patanjali’s Yoga Sutras and relates them to our emotional processes. “In relating emotions to the limbs of yoga, we can explore the practice in a new way. These limbs are: yama, niyama, asan a, pranayama, pratyahara, dharana, dhyana and samadhi . Bija described their associated teachings as: intelligent behaviors, personal attitudes, bodily exercise, conscious breathing, sensory awareness, focusing attention, sustaining attention and increasing wholeness and relates them to the emotional qualities of allowance ( yama), allegiance ( niyama), will and power ( asana), love ( pranayama), harmony ( pratyahara), knowledge ( dharana), wisdom ( dhyana) and synergy (samadhi ) . . .” Benoit, Hubert. Zen and the Psychology of Transformation: The Supreme Doctrine. Rev. ed. Rochester, Vt.: Inner Traditions International, 1990. Benoit, Robert. The Supreme Doctrine: Psychological Encounters in Zen Thought . New York: Inner Traditions, 1984. Bitter, Wilhelm. Meditati on in Religion und Psychotherapie. Stuttgart: Klett, 1973. [In German.] ___________. Abendländische Therapie und östliche Weisheit . Stuttgart: Klett, 1967. [In German.] Bittlinger, Arnold. Archetypal Chakras: Meditations and Exercises for Opening Your C hakras . New Delhi, India: New Age Books, 2003. From the publisher: “Unites Eastern concepts of the body’s energy centers, or chakras, with Western psychology. [The author] explores the parallels between the chakra system symbolism and C. G. Jung’s proces s of individuation, showing how each chakra represents a stage in our psychospiritual development.” Björn, Christian. Thus Speaks the Body: Attempts Toward a Personology from the Point of View of Respiration and Postures. New York : Arno Press, 1972. (Not based on yogic respiration and postures, but of related interest.) Blanz, Larry T. Personality changes as a function of two different meditative techniques. Dissertation Abstracts International , May 1974, 34(11 - A):7035. Bouanchaud, Bernard. The Essence o f Yoga: Reflections on the Yoga Sutras of Patañjali . Portland, Ore.: 1997. (A psychological interpretation.) Bourne, Edmund. Healing Fear: New Approached to Overcoming Anxiety . New Harbinger, 1998. (Includes meditation.) Bowes, Johanna. Yoga of Self - Obse rvation: A Series of Essays on Psychological and Meditative Approaches to Self - Knowledge. London: Ananda, 1989. Brach, Tara. Radical Acceptance: Embracing Your Life with the Heart of a Buddha . New York: Bantam, 2003. Reviewed by Phil Catalfo in Yoga Journ al , Jul/Aug 2003, pp. 141 - 144. 6 Psychotherapist and vipassana teacher Tara Brach explores how the dharma can teach self - acceptance and happiness and overcome feelings of “not being good enough.” Brazier, Caroline. Buddhism on the Couch: From Analysis to A wakening Using Buddhist Psychology . Ulysses Press, 2003. From the publisher: “ While psychotherapy often emphasizes the building of a strong sense of self, Buddhism on the Couch challenges this approach. Drawing from the core Buddhist concept of non - self, it features specific instruction and includes helpful exercises that show readers the way to t ranscend the limitations of one’ s identity. For 2,500 years Buddhism has developed an understanding of how the mind clings to false perceptions and tries to contr ol reality. Buddhism on the Couch combines psychoanalysis with the Buddhist response to these mental misunderstandings. In doing so it turns Buddhism’s Four Noble Truths, Eightfold Path, and Five Skandhas into useful therapeutic tools. Buddhism on the Couc h explores the relevance of Buddhist teachings and psychology to everyday experience and shows how letting go of the attachment to self opens people to full engagement with life and with others.” Brazier, David. The Feeling Buddha: A Buddhist Psychology o f Character, Adversity, and Passion . Fromm International, 2001. ___________. Zen Therapy : Transcending the Sorrows of the Human Mind . NewYork: Wiley, 1997. Browning, K. An Epitome of the Science of The Emotions, A Summary of the Work of Pandit Bhagavan D as Published Under That Title. London: The Theosophical Publishing House, 1925. Bunk, Brian Edward. Effects of Hatha Yoga and mantra meditation on the psychological health and behavior of incarcerated males. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Texas Health Science Center at Dallas, 1978. Chidananda, Swami. The Philosophy, Psychology, and Practice of Yoga. Shivanandanagar, India: The Divine Life Society, 1984. Chinnakesavam. The Concept of Mind in Indian Philosophy . Chödrön, Pema. When Things Fall Apart: H eart Advice for Difficult Times . Boston, Mass.: Shambhala Publications, 1997. Chögyam, Ngakpa. Rainbow of Liberated Energy: Working with Emotions through the Colour and Element Symbolism of Tibetan Tantra . Longmead: Element Books, 1986. Choisy, M. Yoga e t psychoanalyse . Paris: Ed. du Mont Blanc, 1945. [In French.] Christiansen, Bjørn. Thus Speaks the Body: Attempts Toward a Personology from the Point of View of Respiration and Postures . Oslo: Institute for Social Research, 1963/ New York: Arno Press, 197 2. C laxton, Guy, ed. Beyond Therapy: The Impact of Eastern Religions on Psychological Theory and Practice . Dorset: Prism Press, 1996. 7 Contents: Western psychology and Buddhist teachings: Convergences and divergences; Mind, senses and self; The light’s on but there’s nobody home: The psychology of no - self; Who am I? Changing models of reality in meditation; Selfhood and self - consciousness in social psychology: The views of G. H. Mead and Zen; The spiritual psychology of Rudolf Steiner; Buddhist psychology: A paradigm for the psychology of enlightenment; The three facets of Buddha - mind; Buddhism and psychotherapy: A Buddhist perspective; Beyond illusion in the psychotherapeutic enterprise; Applications of Buddhism in mental health care; Buddhism and behaviou r change: Implications for therapy; Bankei — seventeenth century Japanese social worker?; Meditation: Psychology and human experience; The new religions and psychotherapy: Similarities and differences; Psychotherapy and techniques of transformation; Therapy and beyond: Concluding thoughts Clifford, Terry. Tibetan Buddhist Medicine and Psychiatry: The Diamond Healing. York Beach, Me.: Samuel Weiser, 1990/Delhi, India: Motilal Banarsidass, 1994. Cope, Stephen. Yoga and the Quest for the True Self. New York: B antam Doubleday Dell, 1999. Cornwell, Donald Gene . Energy - sensing: An application of Shabd Yoga to psychotherapy. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Arkansas, 1978. Coster, Geraldine. Yoga and Western Psychology: A Comparison . New York/London: Oxford Univ ersity Press, 1934, Harper & Row, 1972. Coukoulis, Peter. Guru, Psychotherapist, and Self: A Comparative Study of the Guru - Disciple Relationship and the Jungian Analytic Process . Marina del Rey, Calif.: DeVorss & Co., 1976. Contents: Eastern Views and Ju ng’s Views of Self - Realization; Tantrik Views Regarding the Guru - Disciple Relationship; The Guru - Disciple Relationship in the Bhagavad - Gita; Sri Aurobindo’s Views on the Guru; Ramakrishna, the Great Devotional Guru; The Guru - Disciple Relationship in the Le gendary Biography of Tibet’s Great Yogi Milarepa Coward, Harold. Yoga and Psychology: Language, Memory, and Mysticism . Albany, N.Y.: SUNY Press, 2002. “Foundational for Hindu, Jaina, and Buddhist thought and spiritual practice, Patanjali’s Yoga - Sûtras , t he classical statement of Eastern Yoga, are unique in their emphasis on the nature and importance of psychological processes. Yoga’s influence is explored in the work of both the seminal Indian thinker Bhartrhari (c. 600 C.E.) and among key figures in West ern psychology: founders Freud and Jung, as well as contemporary transpersonalists such as Washburn, Tart, and Ornstein. Coward shows how the yogic notion of psychological processes makes Bhartrhari’s philosophy of language and his theology of revelation p ossible. He goes on to explore how Western psychology has been influenced by incorporating or rejecting Patanjali’s Yoga. The implications of these trends in Western thought for mysticism and memory are examined as well.” Contents: Agama in the Yoga Sutra s of Patanjali; The Yoga psychology underl y ing Bhartrhari’s Vakyapadiya ; Yoga in the Vairagya - Sataka of Bhartrhari; Freud, Jung, and Yoga on memory; Where Jung draws the line in his acceptance of Patanjali’s Yoga; Mysticism in Jung and Patanjali’s Yoga; Th e limits of human nature in Yoga and transpersonal psychology 8 Cowger, Ernest Leon, Jr. The effects of meditation (Zazen) upon selected dimensions of personal development. Dissertation Abstracts International , Feb 1974, 34(8 - A, pt. 1):4734. Cox, Richard, ed. Religious Systems and Psychotherapy . Springfield, Ill., 1973. Criswell, Eleanor. How Yoga Works: An Introduction to Somatic Yoga . Novato, Calif.: Freeperson Press, 1989. (Contains chapters on the psychophysiology of Yoga.) Cyrass, Paul von. Praktisch e Anwendung der Yoga- Lehre (Autopsychotherapie und Autohormonisation) für den Western verarbeitet. Büdingen - Gettenbach: Lebensweiser - Verlag, 1954. [In German.] Dalai Lama. Consciousness at the Crossroads: Conversations with the Dalai Lama on Brainscience and Buddhism . Snow Lion, 1999. “The results of a series of meetings between the Dalai Lama and a group of eminent neuroscientists and psychiatrists. Addresses some of the most fundamental and trooublesome questions which have driven a wedge between the r ealms of Western science and religion for centuries. Is the mind more than an ephemeral side - effect of the brain’s physical process? Are there forms of consciousness so subtle that science has not yet discovered them? How does consciousness begin?” ______ _____, et al. Mind - Science: An East - West Dialogue . London: Wisdom Publications. “A Harvard Medical School Symposium with the Dalai Lama, Indo - Tibetan scholars, and scientists offers new insights into the workings of perception and cognition.” Dalal, A. S . Psychology, Mental Health, and Yoga: Essays on Sri Aurobindo’s Psychological Thought Implications of Yoga for Mental Health . Ojai, Calif.: Institute of Integral Psychology, 1991. ___________, ed. Living Within: The Yoga Approach to Psychological Health and Growth . Selections from the works of Sri Aurobindo and The Mother. Ojai, Calif.: Institute of Integral Psychology, 1987. ___________. A Greater Psychology: An Introduction to Sri Aurobindo’s Psychological Thought . New York: Jeremy P. Putnam/Putnam, 20 01. Foreword by Ken Wilber. An anthology drawn from the 30 volumes of Sri Aurobindo’s writings. The editor is a clinical psychologist connected with Aurobindo’s ashram, and he supplements the anthology with seven essays on the teacher’s psychological thou ght and a concise glossary. Contents: Consciousness the Reality; The Manifold Being; The Surface Being and the Inner Being; The Inconscient: The Subconscient; The Outer (Surface) Being; The Inner Being, the Subliminal (Self); The Psychic Being; Purusha and Prakriti: Soul and Nature; The Gunas of Prakriti: The Three Modes of Nature; Self, Ego and Individuality; The Superconscient: Gradations of the Higher Consciousness; Liberation and Transformation; Validity of Supraphysical and Spiritual Experience; The Psychology of Faith; States of Consciousness; Sleep and Dreams; Psychical Phenomena; Evolution of Mankind: Psychological and Spiritual Growth of Society; Towards a Greater Psychology; Essays: The Nature and Methodology of Yoga Psychology; The Scientific S tudy of Consciousness: Three Prerequisites for Consciousness Research; Consciousness: The Materialistic 9 and the Mystical Views; Sri Aurobindo on the Structure and Organisation of the Being: An Integral Map or Self - Discovery; Sri Aurobindo on the Self as Ex perienced in Yoga; Self, Ego and Individuality: Sri Aurobindo’s Integral View; Sri Aurobindo on Human Development: A Transpersonal Perspective Danielou, A. Yoga: Méthode de Réintégration. Paris: L’Arche, 1952. [In French.] Davidson, Richard J., and Anne Harrington, eds. Visions of Compassion: Western Scientists and Tibetan Buddhists Examine Human Nature . With a chapter by His Holines the Dalai Lama. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2002. Contents: Training the mind: First steps in a cross - cultural collab oration in neuroscientific research; A science of compassion or a compassionate science? What do we expectr from a cross - cultural dialogue with Buddhism; Is compassion an emotion? A cross - cultural exploration of mental typologies; Kindness and cruelty in e volution; Understanding our fundamental nature (by His Holiness); Dialogues, Part I: Fundamental Questions; Toward a biology of positive affect and compassion; Empathy - related emotional responses, altruism, and their socialization; Emergency helping, genoc idal violence, and the evolution of responsibility and altruism in children; Altruism in competitive environments; Dialogues, Part II: Pragmatic extensions and applications; Appendix: About the Mind and Life Institute Davis, Ilana E. The effects of a clas s in Kundalini Yoga on field articulation, openness to experience and flexibility. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Oregon, 1975. deCharms, Christopher. Two Views of Brain Science: Abhidharma and Brain Science. Itahca, N.Y.: Snow Lion Publications, 1997. “A scientist compares and contrasts the Buddhist theory of perception and Western science.” De Felice, Maluh Guarino. Mindfulness M editation: A new tool for understanding and regulating musical performance anxiety. An affective neuroscientific perspecti ve. DMA dissertation. University of Hawaii, 2004. Abstract: The purpose of this essay is to propose a new treatment for Musical Performance Anxiety (MPA) called Mindfulness Meditation (MM), a technique for brain function manipulation, learned through orie nted training, in which individuals can actually control the neurology of their emotions by reducing their negative emotions and improving the positive ones (Goleman, 2003b). Richard Davidson, Jon Kabat - Zinn and colleagues (2003b) proved that through Mindf ulness Meditation subjects were actually able to decrease negative emotions and increase positive ones, thereby enhancing their immune function and emotional balance. This research has been identified within a new discipline named Affect ive Neuroscience (D avidson & Sutton, 1995). The brain side activation shift achievable through Mindfulness Meditation is a powerful tool that will enable performers to regulate negative affects involved in abnormal levels of Musical Performance Anxiety. Through the present s tudy, performers will be able to use methods, such as the one proposed by Davidson, Kabat - Zinn et al. (2003b), to achieve emotional balance, thus preparing themselves for performances in a healthier way. Regulating MPA with Mindfulness Meditation promises to have a significant impact on musical performance skills. The essay has suggested future studies on the subject. Desai, S. M. Haribhadra’s Yoga Works and Psychosynthesis . L. D. Series 94. Ahmedabad, India: L. D. Institute of Indology, 1983. 10 Contents: H aribhadra, Jainism and Yoga; Haribhadra’s Synthesis of Yoga; A Model for Psychosynthesis Today Dhargye, G. N. Tibetan Tradition of Mental Development . Dharamsala: Library of Tibetan Works and Archives, 1978. Dockett, Kathleen H. Resources for Stress Resi stance: Parallels in Psychology and Buddhism . SGI - USA Culture Department Booklet Series no. 3. Santa Monica, Calif.: Soka Gakkai International - USA, 1993. Donden, Yeshe. Trans. and ed. by B. Alan Wallace. Healing from the Source: The Science and Lore o f Tibetan Medicine . Ithaca, N.Y.: Snow Lion Publications, 2000. ___________. Trans. and ed. by Jeffrey Hopkins. Health through Balance: An Introduction to Tibetan Medicine . Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass. Dosajh, N. L. Psychotherapy, Including Yoga Therapy: The Science of Mental Healing . 2d ed. Chandigarh, India: Sanjiv Publications, 1983. Dreher, N., and E. Ronald. The effects of Hatha Yoga and Judo on personality and self - concept profiles on college men and women . Ph.D. dissertation, University of Utah, 19 73. Duchamp, Lynne. Psychosomatic Illness and Yoga Therapy . India, 1984. Epstein, Mark, M.D. Thoughts without a Thinker: Psychotherapy from a Buddhist Perspective . New York: Basic Books, 1995. Reviewed by Hirsch Lazaar Silverman, “Tenets of Buddhist Psyc hotherapy,” Contemporary Psychology, 41(10). ___________. Going to Pieces without Falling Apart: A Buddhist Perspective on Wholeness: Lessons from Meditation and Psychotherapy . New York: Broadway Books, 1998. (See also the article by Victoria Moran, “Fre ud Meets Buddha: Harvard - Trained Psychiatrist Dr. Mark Epstein Integrates Buddhism, Yoga, and Psychotherapy to Bring about Personal Transformation,” Yoga Journal , Mar/Apr 2000, pp. 76 - 80.) ___________. Going on Being: Buddhism and the Way of Change . New Y ork: Broadway Books, 2001. “ Going on Being is Epstein’s memoir of his early years as a student of Buddhism and of how Buddhism shaped his approach to [psycho]therapy, as well as a practical guide to how a Buddhis t understanding of psychological problems m akes change for the better possible.” Contents: Introduction: How People Change, Going on Being, The Freedom of Restraint, The Easing of Identity, Injured Innocence, The Platform of Joy, Psychological Emptiness, The Klesha of “I Am Not,” The Problem of th e Emotions, Bringing Balance to Relationships, Fear of Death: The Last Obstacle to Going on Being, Conclusions: The Quest for Identity ___________. Open to Desire: Embracing a Lust for Life. Insights from Buddhism & Psychotherapy . 2005. 11 From the publish er: “Can desire be a teacher? Epstein, best - selling author of Going to Pieces without Falling Apart , offers a liberating approach to interpersonal connection with this fascinating weave of psychoanalysis and Buddhism. He shows us how spiritual attainment d oesn’t have to exclude intimacy and eroticism, and helps us bridge the gap between self and other.” Fenaughty, Kathlene. Yoga and Psychotherapy . Ph.D. candidate, Drew University, Madison, New Jersey, forthcoming. Fenner, Peter. Reasoning into Reality: A System - Cybernetics Model and Therapeutic Interpretation of Middle Path Analysis . Somerville: Wisdom Publications, 1995. “An interpretation of Buddhist Madhyamaka philosophy from the perspective of Western systems theory and psychology.” Fleischman, Pau l R. Karma and Chaos: New and Collected Essays on Vipassana Meditation. New Delhi, India: New Age Books, 2003. From the publisher: “Dr. Fleishman explores the interface between psychiatry, science, and meditation.” Fodor, N. Freud, Jung and Occultism. Ne w York: University Books, 1971. Forman, Robert K. C., ed. The Problem of Pure Consciousness: Mysticism and Philosophy . Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1990. Contains a chapter by Christopher Chapple, “The Unseen Seer and the Field: Consciousness in Samk hya and Yoga.” Fort, Andrew O. The Self and Its States . Delhi, India: Motilal Banarsidass, 1990. Fried, Robert. Breath Well, Be Well: A Program to Relieve Stress, Anxiety, Hypertension, Migraine, and Other Disorders for Better Health . John Wiley & Sons, 1999. Fr ý ba, Mirko. The Art of Happiness: Teachings of Buddhist Psychology . Boston, Mass.: Shambhala Publications. From the publisher: “Here is an extraordinarily lucid and intelligent self - help book, inspired by the Abhidamma, an ethical - psychological t eaching presented in the body of ancient Buddhist scriptures of the same name. Based on various techniques of Buddhist mind training, the Abhidamma represents the systematic knowledge of the Dharma, or ‘good teaching’ — that is, the liberating, happiness - pro moting way of life. Dr. Frýba has designed a complete workbook of Dharma strategies for self - transformation, including some thirty detailed exercises that help readers feel at home in their bodies, protect well - being through mindfulness, and perceive reali ty with clarity and wisdom. These exercises show how to deal skillfully with painful events and negative emotions, and also offer direct ways of promoting positive emotions such as cheerfulness, sympathetic joy, and compassion. By relating these experience s to specific situations encountered in his work with friends, students, patients, and workshop participants, the author makes these ancient techniques genuinely applicable to familiar contemporary settings whether in everyday life, in meditation practice, or in the context of psychotherapy. At the same 12 time, his faithfulness to his Buddhist sources will be appreciated by traditional - minded spiritual practitioners.” Glaser, Aura. Call to Compassion . Red Wheel/Weiser. Goel, B. S. Psycho - Analysis and Medit ation: The Theory and Practice of Psycho - Analytical Meditation. Haryana, India: Third Eye Foundation of India, 1997. ___________. Psycho - Analysis and Meditation: Certain Related Essays . Haryana, India: Third Eye Foundation. Goleman, Daniel, ed. Healing E motions: Conversations with the Dalai Lama on Mindfulness, Emotions, and Health . Boston, Mass.: Shambhala Publications, 1997. From the publisher: “Can the mind heal the body? The Buddhist tradition says yes — and now that many Western scientists are beginni ng to agree, these discussions between His Holiness the Fourteenth Dalai Lama and a group of prominent physicians, psychologists, and meditation teachers could not be more timely. This book is a record of the Mind and Life Conference III, a meeting that to ok place in 1991 in Dharamsala, India, gathering together a unique assortment of Buddhist teachers and Western scholars to discuss such questions as: How are the brain, immune system, and emotions interconnected? What emotions are associated with enhanced well - being? How can death help us understand the nature of mind? How does self - esteem affect body and mind? How is morality related to physical and mental health? Can the mind heal the body? ___________, ed. Destructive Emotions: How Can We Overcome Them ? A Scientific Dialogue with the Dalai Lama . New York: Bantam Doubleday Dell, 2003. See also the interview with Daniel Goleman about this book by Rich Barlow, “Spiritual Life,” Boston Globe, 25 Jan 2003, Metro/Religion, p. B2. From a review by Silvana Tro pea at Amazon.com: “ Destructive Emotions: How Can We Overcome Them? A Scientific Dialogue with the Dalai Lama forcefully puts to rest the misconception that the realms of science and spirituality are at odds. In this extraordinary book, Daniel Goleman pres ents dialogues between the Dalai Lama and a small group of eminent psychologists, neuroscientists, and philosophers that probe the challenging questions: Can the worlds of science and philosophy work together to recognize destructive emotions such as hatre d, craving, and delusion? If so, can they transform those feelings for the ultimate improvement of humanity? As the Dalai Lama explains, ‘With the ever - growing impact of science on our lives, religion and spirituality have a greater role to play in remindi ng us of our humanity.’ “The book’s subject marks the eighth round in a series of ongoing meetings of the Mind Life Institute. The varied perspectives of science, philosophy, and Eastern and Western thought beautifully illustrate the symbiosis among the views, which are readily accessible despite their complexity. Among the book’s many strengths is its organization, which allows readers to enjoy the entire five - day seminar or choose sections that are most relevant to their interests, such as ‘Cultivating Emotional Balance,’ ‘The Neuroscience of Emotion,’ ‘Encouraging Compassion,’ or ‘The Scientific Study of Consciousness.’ But the real joy is in gaining an insider’s view of these extraordinary minds at work, especially that of the Dalai Lama, whose curiosi ty, Socratic questioning, and humor ultimately serve as the linchpin for the book’s soaring intellectual discussion.” 13 Govinda, Lama Anagarika. The Psychological Attitude of Early Buddhist Philosophy and Its Systematic Representation According to Abhidham ma Tradition . Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass. Green, E. E. Beyond Biofeedback . New York: Delacorte, 1977. (Meditation and psychotherapy.) Greenwell, Bonnie. Energies of Transformation: A Guide to the Kundalini Process . Saratoga, Calif.: Shakti River Press, 1 990. (Covers psychological aspects.) Grof, Christine and Stanislav G. The Stormy Search for the Self: A Guide to Personal Growth Through Transformational Crisis . Los Angeles: Jeremy Tarcher, 1990 . Guenther, Herbert V. Philosophy and Psychology in the Ab hidharma . Delhi : Motilal Banarsidass, 1974. ___________, and Leslie S. Kawamura. Mind in Buddhist Psychology . Dharma Publishing , 1975. (From a review by Swami Radhananda in the summer 2000 issue of Ascent : “. . . a translation of Ye - Shes rgyal - mtshan’s [1 683 - 1737] The Necklace of Clear Understanding, a verse - text which explains the mind and its fifty - one mental events. . . . If you want to look up something such as anger, jealousy, gloominess or worry, to name a few, they are . . . indexed and explained.”) Gyaltsen, Yeshe. Mind in Buddhist Psychology : Necklace of Clear Understanding . Dharma Publishing. From the publisher: “ A clear, concise presentation of how the mind functions, this text classifies basic mental events, such as perception, emotions, and c oncentration, and gives precise instructions on how to recognize and transform negative mental and emotional patterns. Based on the Abhidharma teachings of Asanga.” Adopted for courses in 26 universities. Haas, S. The Destiny of the Mind: East and West . L ondon, 1956. Hanari, Takashi. Yoga no Kenkoh: Byoki no Kokoro to Shintai o Naosu [Yoga Health Methods: Cures for Mental and Physical Illness]. Tokyo: Shinseisha, [1975]. [In Japanese.] Harrigan, J. M. A component analysis of yoga: The effects of diaphrag matic breathing and stretching postures on anxiety, personality and somatic/behavioral complaints. Dissertation Abstracts International , 1981, 42(4 - A):1489. Harris, Judith. Jung and Yoga: The Psyche - Body Connection . Toronto, Ontario, Canada: Inner City Bo oks, 2001. Contents: Foreword by Marion Woodman; Creation; The Body as Container; “I Want to Be a Bird”; The Spine as Axis between Heaven and Earth; Yaakov; Muladhara, Elephants and the Kabbalah; The Fire of Kundalini Peter Harvey. The Selfless Mind: Per sonality, Consciousness and Nirvana in Early Buddhism. London and New York : RoutledgeCurzon, 2004. Hauer, J. W. Der Yoga im Licht der Psychotherapie . Leipzig, 1930. [In German.] 14 Hayward, J. W., and F. J. Varela. Gentle Bridges: Conversations with the Dal ai Lama on the Sciences of Mind . Boston: Shambhala Publications, 1992. Hirai, Tomio. Zen Meditation Therapy . Tokyo/New York: Japan Publications, 1975. ___________. Zen Meditation and Psychotherapy . Tokyo/New York: Japan Publications, 1989. (Revised and e nlarged edition of Zen and the Mind.) Houshmand, Zara, Robert B. Livingstone, and B. Alan Wallace, eds. Consciousness at the Crossroads: Conversation with the Dalai Lama on Brain Science and Buddhism . Ithaca, N.Y.: Snow Lion Publications, 1999. Huber, Ch erie. The Fear Book: Facing Fear Once and For All . Keep It Simple Books, 1995. URL: http://www.thezencenter.org/fear.html. In Zen teacher Cheri Huber’s book “fear is unmasked to reveal that all that separates us from ourselves is an illusion." _________ __. The Depression Book: Depression as an Opportunity for Spiritual Growth . Rev. ed. Keep It Simple Books, 1999. URL: http://www.thezencenter.org/depression.html . Zen teacher Cherie Huber’s book “includes a discussion of Prozac and other mood - altering dru gs, the role of exercise in dealing with depression, and a how - to blueprint for learning to bring the light of conscious, compassionate awareness to the darkness of depression.” Huber, Jack. Psycho - Therapy and Meditation . London: Gallancz, 1965. Huynh, L am N. The effects of mantra meditation and religious orientation on psychological distress and self - actualization among Vietnamese American Buddhists. Ph.D. dissertation. Los Angeles: Alliant International University, 2004. Abstract: Since Vietnamese ref ugees are an often underserved population who face a myriad of psychosocial difficulties, research and intervention must attend to their specific needs and available resources. In an attempt to do so, this study examined the factor structure of the Religio us Orientation Scale (ROS) and the correlation of mantra meditation, religious orientation, and the interaction thereof to psychological distress and self - actualization. Participants were 169 Buddhists between the ages of 18 and 91 from a community center and a temple. Cross - sectional data were gathered using the ROS, the Brief Symptom Inventory, the Personal Orientation Inventory, the Suinn - Lew Asian Self - Identification Scale, and constructed meditation and demographic questionnaires. Results indicated ROS items loaded onto separate Intrinsic and Extrinsic factors; however, there was no distinction between Personal and Social secondary gains. Results also revealed that the least psychological distress was reported by those who were more culturally tradition al, those who were indiscriminately proreligious, and those with a strong intrinsic orientation. When mindfulness to the present was used as an indicator of self - actualization, westernized individuals and those with a weaker extrinsic orientation scored as healthiest. When increased reactivity to internalized principles and motivations was used as an indicator of self - actualization, westernized individuals, indiscriminately proreligious individuals, and those a weaker intrinsic orientation scored as healthi est. The examination of the interaction between mantra meditation and religious orientation showed that a strong extrinsic orientation among experienced mantra meditators was correlated with less distress and more self - actualization. The current study amel iorated the paucity of research on mantra meditation within a 15 religious context by supporting the notion of a 12 - month practice period during which time nonmeditators and inexperienced meditators were psychometrically indistinguishable, showing that the in discriminately proreligious label unexpectedly conferred protection among this ethnic minority sample, and exposing the powerful confounding relationships of practice regularity, concentration levels during mantra use, and acculturation. Future research sh ould employ true experimental design with random assignment to treatment conditions to render causal relationships. A prospective design exceeding 12 months and focusing on the label of indiscriminately proreligious among ethnically - and religiously - divers e cohorts would be optimal. Jacobs, Hans. Western Psychotherapy and Hindu Sadhana . London: George Allen & Unwin, 1961. Jacobs, J. A. Psychological change through the spiritual teacher: Implications for psychotherapy . Diss ertation Abstr acts Int ernational , 1975, 35(7 - B):3582 - 3583. Jigme Rinpoche, Lama. Working with the Emotions . Martha’s Vineyard: Karma Kagyu Bodhi Path Center, 2005. “. . . a series of lectures given by Lama Jigme Rinpoche at Dhagpo Kagyu Ling monastery in France in 1994, 2002, and 2003 . . .” Johanson, Greg, and Ron Kurtz. Grace Unfolding: Psychotherapy in the Spirit of the Tao - Te Ching . New York: Bell Tower, 1991. Reviewed by Donna Martin in The Journal of The International Association of Yoga Therapists , 1995, no. 6, pp. 52 - 53. See al so the article, which is excerpted from this book, “Grace unfolding: Psychotherapy and the Tao - te - Ching,” Common Boundary , Jul/Aug 1991, pp. 20 - 26. Johansson, R. The Psychology of Nirvana . New York: Anchor, 1970. Johnson, Stephen J. Effects of yoga - thera py on conflict resolution, self - concept, and emotional adjustment. Doctoral dissertation, University of Southern California, 1974. Dissertation Abstracts International , Apr 1974, 34(10 - A):6385. Joshi, K. S. Yoga and Personality . Allahabad: Udayana Publ., 1967. The Journal for Tibetan Buddhist Psychology and Medicine . Published by the Institute for Tibetan Buddhist Wellness and Counseling, San Francisco, California. Journal of Research and Education in Indian Medicine . Special issue on Yoga and mental hea lth. 1982. JREIM Publication Office, B 29/19, Lanka, PO BHU, Varanasi 221 005, India. Judith, Anodea. Eastern Body, Western Mind: Psychology and the Chakra System as a Path to the Self . Berkeley, Calif.: Celestial Arts, 1997. ___________. The Chakra Syst em: A Complete Course in Self - Diagnosis and Healing audiotape set. Boulder, Colo.: Sounds True, 2000. Twelve sessions, six tapes. “Anodea Judith has mapped the striking connections between the yogic healing arts and modern psychology and demonstrates how a combination of both traditions can be dramatically more effective than using either one alone.” 16 ___________. Wheels of Life: A User’s Guide to the Chakra System . St. Paul, Minn.: Llewellyn Publications, 2000. ___________. Coming of Age in the Heart: Ch akras, Evolution and the Myth of Our Time . Forthcoming. URL: http://www.sacredcenters.com/articles/CAHconcept.htm. From the website: “The chakra system is a profound model for both personal and planetary transformation. This model mirrors the process of individual psychological development from birth to adulthood, described in detail in Eastern Body, Western Mind (and more briefly in the article, ‘How to foster health chakras in children’). “The same model can be applied to our collective development fr om first chakra stone age infancy, to second chakra Neolithic toddlerhood, and the past 5,000 years of third chakra sibling rivalry and social organization, to emerge at the present time in the throes of adolescence, coming of age into adulthood. Having re ached our adult size in terms of population, we must now grow in a spiritual direction, which involves awakening the values of the heart and integrating the chakras above with those below. This coming of age process is an initiatory rite of passage, occurr ing both individually and collectively through the byproducts of our civilization: overpopulation, environmental destruction, resource scarcity, political conflict, and the global brain that is awakening through mass media and the internet.” Combines non fiction and fiction chapters. ___________. The Truth about Chakras . St. Paul, Minn.: Llewellyn Publications. ___________, and Selene Vega. The Sevenfold Journey: Reclaiming Mind, Body, and Spirit through the Chakras . Crossing Press, 1993. ___________, a nd Selene Vega. Psychology of the Chakras workshop. Kripalu Center for Yoga and Health, Lenox, Massachusetts. See http://www.kripalu.org. Jung, Carl Gustav. The Psychology of Kundalini Yoga: Notes of the Seminar Given in 1932 . Princeton University Press, 1999. Kaam, Adrian van. Transcendence Therapy . Formative Spirituality series, Vol. 7. New York: Crossroad, 1995. Kalghatgi, T. G. Some Problems in Jaina Psychology . Dharwar Karnatak University. 1961. Contents: Jaina Theory of the Soul; Mind in Jainism; Jaina Theory of Upayoga; The Sense Organs & the Senses; The Jaina Theory of Sense Perception; Other Sources of Empirical Knowledge; Supernormal Perception; The Journey of the Soul; Conclusion ___________. Studies in Jain Psychology . Kalupahana, D. J. The Principles of Buddhist Psychology . Albany, N.Y.: State University of New York Press, 1987. Kanellakos, D. P., and J. S. Lukas, eds. The Psychobiology of TM: A Literature Review . Calif.: 1971. 17 Katz, Nathan, ed. Buddhist and Western Psychology . Boulder, C o.: Prajna Press, 1983. Contents: The Meeting of Buddhist and Western Psychology (Chögyam Trungpa Rinpoche); Defense Mechanisms According to Psychoanalysis and the Pali Nikayas; Psychological Observations on the “Life of Gautama Buddha”; The Concept of Ci tta in Some Early Buddhist Texts and Jung’s Analytical Psychology; Mind/Cosmos Maps in the Pali Nikayas; The Ideational Content of the Buddha’s Enlightenment as Selbstverwirklichung; Emotions and Therapy: Three Paradigmatic Zones; Illusion and Human Suffer ing: A Brief Comparison of Horney’s Ideas with Buddhistic Understanding of Mind; The Meaning of Death in Psychoanalysis, Existential Phenomenology and Dogen Zen; The Human Situation and Zen Buddhism; Prasanga and Double - Bind; Paratantra and Parikalpita as Epistemological Concepts in Yogacara Buddhism and Holographic Psychology; Buddhist rDzogs - chen Thought and Western “Daseinsanalyse”; On the Phenomena of the “Feminine” According to Tantric Hagiographical Texts and Jungian Psychology Kaza, Stephanie, ed. H ooked! Buddhist Writings on Greed, Desire, and the Urge to Consume . Boston: Shambhala, 2005. Kenghe, C. T. Yoga as Depth - Psychology and Para - Psychology . 2 vols. Bharata Manisha Research Series No. 5. Varanasi: 1975 - 1976. Kirschner, S. Zen meditators: A c linical study . Di ss ertation s Abstr acts Int ernational , 1976, 36(7 - B):3613 - 3614. Kowalski, Reinhard. The Only Way Out Is In: Yoga, Ayurveda and Psychology . Jon Carpenter Publishing, 2001. From the publisher: “ A practical guidebook for spiritual seekers tha t provides a bridge between the best in Western psychology and the most relevant in yogic spirituality. It provides maps for an inner journey. Meditation, breathing techniques, mantra and devotion are presented as practical psychological tools to change ou r thoughts, emotions and deep - seated conditionings.” Krishnamacharya Yoga Mandiram in collaboration with Vijay Human Services. Teaching Yoga to the Children with Special Needs . Contact Krishnamacharya Yoga Mandiram, 31 (old no. 13) Fourth Cross Street, Ra makrishna Nagar, Chennai - 600 028, India, tel.: + 91 (0)44 4933092, fax: + 91 (0)44 4613341, email: director@kym.org, URL: www.kym.org. “The KYM in collaboration with Vijay Human services (VHS) — an institution specializing in handling children with special needs — started introducing yoga to these children and has witnessed enormous progress in them. KYM now continues this commitment towards helping these children. An outcome of this commitment is a publication in association with the VHS titled Teaching Yoga to the Children with Special Needs . The KYM has also sponsored seminars and trains teachers to handle the mentally handicapped.” ___________. Teaching Yogasana to the Mentally Retarded Persons: A Guide Book for Personnel Serving the Mentally Retarded Pers ons . Madras, India: Krishnamacharya Yoga Mandiram: Vijay Human Services, 1988. Kurtz, Ron. Body - Centered Psychotherapy: The Hakomi Method: The Integrated Use of Mindfulness, Nonviolence and the Body. Mendocino, Calif.: LifeRhythm, 1990. 18 Kwee, M. G. T., e d. Psychotherapy, Meditation, and Health . London: East - West Publications, 1990. Ladner, Lorne. The Lost Art of Compassion: Discovering the Practice of Happiness in the Meeting of Buddhism and Psychology . San Francisco: HarperSanFrancisco, 2004. From the publisher: “ Western culture has long sidelined compassion as the province of the saintly or the overly naïve. To our great detriment, we have overlooked one of our most powerful inner resources for creating a life of happiness and contentment. In The Lost Art of Compassion , clinical psychologist and longtime Tibetan Buddhist practitioner Lorne Ladner rescues compassion from the margins, and demonstrates its direct and powerful benefits for our day - to - day lives. “Until recently Western psychology focused al most exclusively on working with unhealthy emotions and relationships, turning very little of its research or expertise toward understanding positive emotional states. While interest in positive psychology is just dawning in the West, the cultivation of co mpassion has been a cornerstone of Tibetan Buddhism, studied and developed for over a thousand years. The Lost Art of Compassion is the first book to incorporate the Tibetan Buddhist teachings most suited to Westerners and provides a crucial perspective th at is sorely lacking in Western psychology. Bringing together the best contributions of psychology and Buddhism, Dr. Ladner bridges the gap between East and West, theory and practice, in this user - friendly guide for getting through each day with gre ater co ntentment and ease . . .” Lati Rinpoche. Trans. by Elizabeth Napper. Mind in Tibetan Buddhism . Snow Lion, 1986. “The understanding of mind is essential for treading the spiritual path of Tibetan Buddhism. This book presents penetrating instructional meth ods for approaching this understanding.” Lee, Grace W. The subjective well - being of beginning vs. advanced hatha yoga practitioners. Ph.D. dissertation (social psychology). University of Hawaii, 2004. Abstract: A study was conducted to investigate the re lationship between hatha yoga practice and subjective well - being (SWB) by comparing SWB levels of beginning and advanced hatha yoga practitioners. Since SWB is correlated with several variables, the most highly correlated of these variables, extraversion ( E) and neuroticism (N), were controlled to prevent potential confounding effects. Thus, in addition to completing questionnaires on SWB and demographics, participants also completed measures for extraversion and neuroticism. Participants were 107 male and female adult hatha yoga practitioners recruited from various hatha yoga centers in Hawaii. Multivariate analysis of covariance (MANCOVA) was used to analyze the effect of yoga experience on the thr ee dependent SWB variable— life satisfaction, positive af fec t, and negative affect— con sidered together. Subsequent univariate analysis of covariance (ANCOVA) was then performed on each of the three dependent measures. As hypothesized, the advanced hatha yoga practitioners were found to have higher levels of SWB tha n the beginning hatha yoga practitioners — that is, the effect of yoga experience on SWB was found to be marginally significant ( p = .0526). Subsequent ANCOVA revealed that of the three de pendent components of SWB — life satisfaction, positive af fect, and nega tive affect — yoga experience was found to have a significant effect on positive affect. No interaction effects were found. The advanced and beginner yoga groups were comparable in terms of 19 gender, education, relationship status, extraversion, and neuroticis m. The two groups studied were not comparable in age, income, and ethnicity. Leifer, Ron. The Happiness Project: Transforming the Three Poisons that Cause the Suffering We Inflicton on Ourselves and Others . Ithaca, N.Y.: Snow Lion, 1997. “A psychiatr ist/psychologist identifies a point of clarity from which lasting happiness can be achieved.” Leuba, J. H. Die Psychologie der religiösen Mystik. München, 1927. [In German.] Levine, Martin. The Positive Psychology of Buddhism and Yoga: Paths to a Mature Happiness , with a Special Application to Handling Anger . Mahwah, N.J.: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, 2000. Contents: PART I: BUDDHISM: King Ashoka’s question: What is your secret? Maturity and serenity; The story of Siddhartha; The Hindu context; The core of the Buddha’s teachings; The Noble Truth of dukkha (suffering), part 1: Suffering and transitoriness; The Noble Truth of dukkha, part 2: Caught in the causal matrix; The Noble Truth of tanha (craving); The Noble Truth of nirvana (liberation), part 1: Con quer the beasts within; The Noble Truth of nirvana, part 2: The nature of attachment; The Buddha: The compassionate one; Supermaturity; Anatman reconsidered: You are not your mind; The Noble Truch of magga (the path), part 1: Wisdom and ethics; The Noble T ruth of maggas, part 2: Mental discipline; PART II: YOGA: Yoga and Buddhism; I discover Hatha Yoga; Savarasana [Shavasana]; The yogic state, part 1: Immersion; The yogic state, part 2: Transforming judgment; The yogic state, part 3: Life is where you find it; Yogic theory: The unenlightened mind; The eight angas, part 1: The practices; The eight angas, part 2: The experiences; Yogic theory: The enlightened mind; PART III: EXTENDED SUPPLEMENTS: Buddhism, Yoga, and Western psychology; Mindfulness and right th oughts; Problem solving as compassionate action; Empathic assertiveness as right speech; PART IV: HANDLING ANGER: The nature of anger; Anger: Assumptions and levels of expression; A schematic, physiological model; General methods of decreasing anger; Speci fic methods, part 1: Right views of others; Specific methods, part 2: Changing one’s own attitudes; Specific methods, part 3: When anger occurs Lindquist, Sigurd . Die Methoden des Yoga . Lund, 1932. [In German.] Loy, David. Lack and Transcendence: The Pro blem of Death and Life in Psychotherapy, Existentialism, and Buddhism . Atlantic Highlands, N.J.: Humanities Press International, 1996. Reviewed by Michael F. Stoeber in Journal of Buddhist Ethics, 1998, vol. 5, review available online: http://jbe.la.psu.ed u/5/stoeber.htm. ___________. A Buddhist History of the West: Studies in Lack . Albany, N.Y.: SUNY Press, 2002. From a review in Tricycle, Summer 2002, p. 94: “According to David Loy, Westerners place a high value on individuality and self - consciousness. But in Buddhism an Western psychology, the self is recognized as a construct, ungrounded. As Westerners we experience this groundlessness as a sense of lack. Greed, ill - will, and delusion— the three sources of suffering, according to Buddhism — result rom our efforts to resolve this lack. Loy’s esoteric but provocative examines how lack has been experienced in different historical periods and how its consequences have critically affected the development of Western history.” 20 Magid, Barry. Ordinary Mind: Explor ing the Common Ground of Zen and Psycho analysis . 2d ed. Boston: Wisdom Publications, 2002. Mann, Ron ald L . Sacred Healing: Integrating Spirituality and Psychotherapy . Blue Dolphin Publishing, 1998. URL: www.ronmann.com. From the publisher: “Dr. Mann inte grates the ancient wisdom found in yoga philosophy with modern psychotherapy.” Dr. Mann’s Institute for Alternative Healing offers a nine - month training program in Sacred Psychotherapy. More information is available at the website above. Marechal, J. Stu dies in the Psychology of the Mystics . New York, 1964. Martin, Donna. Yoga for Self - Awareness . URL: http://www.donnamartin.net/books.htm#seeing. “ An introduction to some of the basic principles of yoga and mindfulness, this booklet begins with Donna’s in terpretation of Patanjalis Yoga Sutras. These are followed with twenty simple postures and breathing techniques for increasing self - awareness and relaxation.” Martin, Philip. The Zen Path through Depression . New York: HarperCollins, 1999. “A sufferer him self, Martin suggests that depression is a spiritual issue. Showing how Zen practices and wisdom can be used effectively as an instrument of healing in an easy - to - follow format, Martin offers the techniques that helped him through his own crisis. Each chap ter focuses on a different aspect of depression, followed by a suggested meditation or reflection.” Contents: Introduction, Stopping to learn, Exploring the territory, Pain, Impermanence, Death, Fear, Doubt, The body’s grief, Desire, Escapes, Picking and choosing, Anger, Time A larger meadow, An end to suffering The truth of joy, Freedom, Seeing without blame, Breaking open your heart, You are enough, Emotional geology, A path through depression, The middle way, Not what we think, The final authority, Com munity, Faith, Selflessness, Embedded in life, No expectations, Close to the truth, Gratitude, Attention, Sit down, Four hourses, Homelessness, The healing life of nature, The value of uselessness, Effort, Work, Parental mind, Compassion and action, Living in vow Masson - Oursel, P. Doctrines et Méthodes Psychologiques de l’Inde. Paris, 1921. [In French.] Mayer, E. L. On the psychological nature of resistance to meditation which arises during the meditation process: A study of a form of alternative educatio n . Diss ertation Abstr acts Int ernational , 1975, 35(9 - A):5929 - 5930. Méditation et Psychothérapie . Spiramed, Le Fennec éd., 1995. [In French.] Mehta, M. L. Jain Psychology . 1955. Mishra, Ramurti S. The Textbook of Yoga Psychology: A New Translation and Int erpretation of Patanjali’s Yoga Sutras for Meaningful Application in All Modern Psychologic Disciplines. London: The Lyrebird Press, 1972. 21 Moacanin, Radmila . Jung’s Psychology and Tibetan Buddhism: Western and Eastern Paths to the Heart . Boston: Wisdom P ublications, 1986. There is also a new expanded edition, [date unknown]. Contents: Buddhsim , C. G. Jung, Methods in Jung’s Psychology and Tibetan Buddhism, Archetypal Symbols — Tantra and Jung, Tantric Buddhism and Jung — Connections, Similarities, Difference s Molino, A., ed. The Couch and the Tree . New York: North Point Press, 1998. Monod - Herzen, Gabriel E. Le yoga et les Yoga: Essai Psychologique . Monaco: Editions du Rocher, 1978. [In French.] Mooney, Lucindi Frances. Storming Eastern Temples: A Psycholog ical Exploration of Yoga . Wheaton, Ill.: The Theosophical Publishing House, 1976. Motoyama, Hiroshi. Proceedings of the 5 th I.A.R.P. Convention: Yoga and Parapsychology . Tokyo: The International Association for Religion and Parapsychology, 1976. Motoyama , Hiroshi. Toward a Superconsciousness: Meditational Theory and Practice . Asian Humanities Press, 1990. From the publisher: “ This book is designed to be a guidebook for the initiates as well a seasoned practitioners of Yoga meditation, and approaches the subject from the comprehensive standpoints of physiology, neurophysiology, psychology, parapsychology, philosophy and religion. People who practice other forms of Eastern of Western meditation should also benefit from this book, because it clearly demarcat es the phenomena that characterize each stage of meditational practice and hence serves as a yardstick for their progress in spiritual growth.” Murphy, Gardner, and Lois B. Murphy, eds. Asian Psychology . New York/London: Basic Books, 1968. (Covers psychol ogy of India, China, and Japan.) Murphy, M. Explorations in the use of group meditation with persons in psychotherapy. Diss ertation Abstr acts Int ernational , June 1973, 33(12 - B):6089. Murphy, M., and S. Donovan. The Physical and Psychological Effects of M editation . San Rafael, Calif.: Esalen Institute Study of Exceptional Functioning, 1988. ___________. The Physiological and Psychological Effects of Meditation: A Review of Contemporary Research with a Comprehensive Bibliography 1931 - 1996 . 2d ed. Sausalito , Calif.: The Institute of Noetic Sciences, 1997. Nagendra, H. R. The Science of Emotion’s Culture (Bhakti Yoga) . Bangalore, India: Swami Vivekananda Yoga Prakashana, 2000. ___________, and S. Telles. Yoga and Memory . Bangalore, India: Vivekananda Yoga K endra Prakashana, 1996. Nairn, Rob. Diamond Mind: A Psychology of Meditation . Boston, Mass.: Shambhala Publications, 2001. 22 Naranjo, Claudio, and Robert E. Ornstein. On the Psychology of Meditation. New York, 1975. Contents include: The Domain of Meditat ion, Concentrative or Absorptive Meditation, The Negative Way, The Way of Surrender and Self - Expression, “Turning Off” Awareness, The Esoteric and Modern Psychologies of Awareness, An Extended Concept of Human Capacities, A Closing Note Nhi, Barti. Yoga e t Psychiatrie . Par

bundet

is: Tete de Fuilles, 1972. Noe, Allisun. Self psychology, Buddhism, and mindfulness meditation: An integrated conceptualization and treatment approach for women experiencing post - abortion distress. Psy.D. dissertation (clinical psycholog y). Chicago School of Professional Psychology, 2004. Abstract: Abortion is a complex phenomenon experienced by millions of women every year. Post - abortion distress, operationally characterized by feelings such as guilt, regret, sadness, depression, bereav ement, and anxiety is found in approximately 9 – 26% of women who have an abortion. This dissertation reviews the literature surrounding the experience of abortion, including the psychodynamics of abortion and its relationship with mourning. Seeking to bette r understand the concepts discovered, a thorough review of the theories of self psychology, Buddhism, and mindfulness meditation is provided. Using these frameworks as lenses, the experiences of abortion and post - abortion distress are explored. This disser tation integrates several key elements of the aforementioned schools of thought, ultimately seeking to conceptualize the experience of post - abortion distress. In light of the integration, psychotherapy is discussed including implications for treatment, the therapeutic relationship, and the therapist. Following a descriptive analysis of these concepts, the discussion offers a summary, potential cultural implications, limitations, and recommendations for future theoretical and empirical efforts. Nuernberger , Phil. Strong and Fearless: The Quest for Personal Power . Saint Paul, Minn.: Yes International Publishers, 1996, 2003. From the publisher: “Stress is not a necessary part of life says [the author]. Stress, he tells us, arises when we let fear and self - do ubt control our thoughts and actions. He then shows us how to take charge of the powers of our mind, addresses the roots of our fears, and offers real, workable solutions to the epidemic of stress in the world today.” Nyanponika, Therea. Abhidhamma Studie s . Colombo, Ceylon: Frewin, 1949. Odajnyk, V. Walter. Gathering the Light: A Psychology of Meditation . Boston and London: Shambhala, 1993. Contents: Jung, Meditation, and the West; What is Meditation?; The Psychology of Zen; Can West Meet East?; Meditati on and Alchemy; Wilber on Jung: A Critique; Cleary, Juny, and The Secret of the Golden Flower Oki, Masahiro. Yoga Therapy . Tokyo: Japan Publications, 1976. ___________. Zen Yoga Therapy . Tokyo: Japan Publications, 1979. Ornstein, Robert, ed. The Nature of Human Consciousness: A Book of Readings . San Francisco: W. H. Freeman, 1973. 23 Pal, Kumar. Yoga and Psycho - Analysis: A Comparative Study of Psychotherapy . Academy of Learning Series, vol. 1. New Delhi: Dr. Bhagavan Das Memorial Trust, 1966. Paranjpe, A . C., D. Y. F. Ho, and R. W. Rieber. Asian Contributions to Psychology. New York: Praeger Publishers, 1988. Pathak, P. V. The Keyapaksha of Yoga, or Towards a Constructive Synthesis of Psychological Material in Indian Philosophy. Ahmedabad, 1931. Paul, R obert A. The Tibetan Symbolic World: Psychoanalytic Explorations . Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1982. Pearson, Craig Alan. The supreme awakening: Maharishi’s model of higher states of consciousness applied to the experiences of individuals through history (Maharishi Mahesh Yogi). Ph.D. dissertation. Maharishi University of Management, 2002. Dissertation Abstracts International , Nov 2002, B 63/05, p. 2624. First 24 pages available online: http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/preview/3053342. UMI #305 3342. Abstract: This dissertation extends and elaborates a theory of human development which significantly advances what is commonly considered possible for human life. The research entailed collection and multiple analysis of historical texts, specifical ly personal descriptions of exalted experiences from a range of individuals representing a range of cultural, religious, and historical periods. These accounts were collected and analyzed in the light of the understanding of higher states of consciousness brought to light from the ancient Vedic tradition of knowledge by Maharishi Mahesh Yogi. Maharishi has described the range of human development as consisting of seven states of consciousness altogether; beyond the three common states of waking, dreaming, a nd deep sleep, he has described four higher states of consciousness, termed Transcendental Consciousness, Cosmic Consciousness, God Consciousness, and Unity Consciousness. This dissertation compiles and analyzes experiences suggestive of the first two of t he higher states, Transcendental Consciousness and Cosmic Consciousness. The accounts were analyzed (1) in terms of the chief features of higher states of consciousness as set forth by Maharishi, (2) in light of the results of the extensive scientific rese arch on higher states of consciousness (as elicited by Maharishi’s Transcendental Meditation ® and TM - Sidhi ® programs) that has been conducted over the past 35 years, (3) in light of the proposed identity between pure consciousness and the unified field of all the laws of nature, and (4) in terms of the meta - themes of experience that emerge from these accounts taken collectively. The results suggest that higher states of consciousness, experienced even as glimpses, are universal, i.e., that they are independ ent of cultural background and historical epoch. The results extend and elaborate the model of higher states of consciousness and demonstrates the model’’ power to illuminate descriptions of exalted experiences by individuals through history. Phillips, Su san Kay. Yoga psychology and dimensions of counseling practice. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Wisconsin — Madison, 1979. Pickering, John, ed. The Authority of Experience: Essays on Buddhism and Psychology . London: Curzon Press, 1997. Reviewed by Gay Wat son in Journal of Buddhist Ethics, 1998, vol. 5, review available online: http://jbe.la.psu.edu/5/watsn981.htm. Preece, Rob. The Alchemical Buddha: Introducing the Psychology of Buddhist Tantra . Mudra Publications. 24 From the publisher: “ The Alchemical Bud dha offers a unique insight into the nature of Buddhist Tantra. It explores a psychological perspective that draws on Jung’s knowledge of alchemy to clarify the meaning behind what can often be obscure within the Tantric tradition. Rob Preece addresses som e of the major difficulties we may encounter when trying to integrate this profound path of transformation into western life. He draws on his own experiences and struggles as a practitioner of many years, and his work as a Psychotherapist and meditation te acher.” ___________. The Noble Imperfection: The Challenge of Individuation in Buddhist Life . Mudra Publications, 2005. From the publisher: “Compassion grows from an understanding of our fallibility not from ideals of perfection. Wisdom does not always c ome as a flash of inspiration but from the slow often painful working of experience. We grow from our errors, they are the manure of transformation. The Noble Imperfection explores the journey of individuation in Buddhist life, looking at the psychological process beneath the traditional Buddhist path of the Bodhisattva. Rob Preece draws on his work as a psychotherapist and meditation teacher to explore the psychological influences on our struggle to awaken.” Prendergast, John J., Peter Fenner, and Sheila Krystal, eds. The Sacred Mirror: Nondual Wisdom and Psychotherapy . St. Paul, Minn.: Paragon House, 2003, Radha, Swami Sivananda. Hatha Yoga: The Hidden Language . Spokane, Wash.: Timeless Books, 1987. ___________. Kundalini: Yoga for the West . Spokane, W ash.: Timeless Books, 1978. (A psychological interpretation.} Radhakrishnan, S. Eastern Religions and Western Thought . New York: Oxford University Press, 1990. Rama, Swami, Perennial Psychology of the Bhagavad Gita . Honesdale, Pa.: Himalayan Institute Pr ess, 1985. ___________ , and Swami Ajaya. Creative Use of Emotion . Honesdale, Pa.: Himalayan Institute Press, 1987. From the publisher: “ A master of yoga collaborates with an American - trained psychologist in presenting this practical, holistic perspective on the role of emotions in the development of consciousness. They explain how we can all expand our consciousness from a state of conflict, confusion, and emotionalism to the experience of greater joy and harmony. Many facets of this developmental process are described, along with methods that lead to emotional maturity and expanded consciousness.” ___________, Rudolph Ballentine, and Swami Ajaya. Yoga and Psychotherapy: The Evolution of Consciousness . Glenview, Ill.: The Himalayan International Institute , 1976. Ramaswami, Sundar, and Anees A. Sheikh. Buddhist psychology: Implications for healing. In Anees A. Sheikh, and Katharina S. Sheikh, eds., Eastern & Western Approaches to Healing: Ancient Wisdom & Modern Knowledge . New York: John Wiley & Sons, 1989 , pp. 91 - 123. 25 Rao, R. C. The Development of Psychological Thought in India . 1963. Rao, S. K. Ramachandra. Development of Psychological Thought in India . Mysore: Kavyalaya Publishers, 1962. Raskin, Donna. Yoga Beats the Blues : Boost Your M ood, Energy, a nd Concentration w ith Easy 5, 10, and 15 - Minute Yoga Routines . Fair Winds Press, 2003. Reat, N. Ross. The Origins of Indian Psychology . Berkeley, Calif.: Asian Humanities Press, 1990. Contents: Monism in the Rg Veda; The Vedic concept of afterlife; The V edic concept of the human being (Individual identity, Vital faculties, Mental organs and faculties); Yoga and Veda in the Upanishads; Upanisadic psychology; The fundamentals of Buddhist psychology Reynolds, David K. The Quiet Therapies: Japanese Pathways to Personal Growth . Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press, 1982. Contents: Morita Psychotherapy., Maikan: Introspection Therapy, Shadan: Isolation Therapy, Seia: Quiet - Sitting Therapy, Zen: Meditation Therapy, Appendix: On Boredom, Brain Waves, and Bliss Rhys - Davids, Caroline A. F. Buddhist Psychology : An Inquiry into the Analysis and Theory of Mind in Pali Literature . London: G. Bell & Sons, 1914. Contents: Habits of Thoughts; The Psychology of the Nikayas; The Psychology of the Nikayas: Consciousness an d the External W orld; Feeling; Ideation; Dhamma Pitaka; Psychology in the Milinda; Some Medieval Developments ___________. The Birth of Indian Psychology and its Development in Buddhism . Luzac, 1936. (A rewritten and enlarged ed ition of Buddhist Psycholog y .) Rockwell, Irini. The Five Wisdom Energies: A Buddhist Way of Understanding Personalities, Emotions, and Relationships . Boston & London: Shambhala, 2002. Roland, Alan. In Search of Self in India and Japan: Toward a Cross - Cultural Psychology. Princeton : Princeton University Press, 1988. Rösel, R. Die psychologischen Grundlagen der Yogapraxis . Stuttgart, 1928. [In German.] Rossner, Marilyn Zwaig. Yoga, Psychotherapy, and Children: A New Hope for Children of All Ages from One of the Most Ancient Human S ciences: Yoga . Montreal, Quebec, Canada: The International Institute of Integral Human Studies, 1988. Contents: Introduction to the study: Yoga as an adjunctive therapy to psychoanalysis, behaviour therapy and/or humanistic therapy in the treatment of emo tionally disturbed children; Emotional disturbance, psychotherapeutic approaches and yoga: Historical background and research; Yoga as an adjunctive therapy: Ten original descriptive studies; Results of the descriptive studies; Summary of the study; Specif ic and general conclusions; Appendix: The Model Yoga Program; Extensive bibliography 26 Rubin, Jeffrey B. Psychotherapy and Buddhism: Toward an Integration . New York: Plenum Press, 1996. Reviewed by Harvey B. Aronson in Journal of Buddhist Ethics, 1998, vol. 5, review available online: http://jbe.la.psu.edu/5/aron198.html. From the review: “Jeffrey Rubin has written a very useful, stimulating, and sometimes provocative work that carries forward the exploration of psychotherapeutic and meditative issues in th e manner of Ken Wilber, Jack Engler, Dan Brown, Mark Epstein, A. H. Almaas and Jack Kornfield before him. This is a ten chapter work that juxtaposes reflections on psychoanalytic approaches to therapy with the practice of mindfulness in the Theravaada trad ition . . . Rubin offers us excellent clinical histories as a basis for rich reflection on the intricate interplay between Buddhist theory and practice on the one hand, and therapeutic processes on the other. It is in the area of Buddhist philosophy that I disagree most with Rubin’s presentation . . .” Sacharow, Yogiraj Boris. Yoga aus dem Urquell. Stuttgart: Günther Verlag, 1957. [In German.] Sachdeva, Inder Pal. Yoga & Depth Psychology: With Special Reference to the Integration of Personality . Delhi: Mo tilal Banarsidass, 1978. (Originally presented as the author’s thesis, Allahabad University, 1965, under the title Yoga and Psychoanalysis.) Safaya, Raghunath. Indian Psychology: A Critical and Historical Analysis of the Psychological Speculations in Indi an Philosophical Literature . New Delhi: Munshiram Manoharlal, 1976. Safran, Meremy D., ed. Psychoanalysis and Buddhism: An Unfolding Dialogue . Wisdom Publications, 2003. From the endorsement by Lewis Aron, Ph.D., Director, New York University Postdoctora l Program in Psychotherapy & Psychoanalysis: “ Psychoanalysis and Buddhism is a breakthrough book that will make all readers reexamine their thinking about psychoanalysis and religion. Bringing together for the first time established Buddhist scholars and t he leading figures in relational psychoanalysis, this volume opens up an important dialogue between these two rich and continually unfolding traditions.” Saher, P. J. Zen - Yoga: A Creative Psychotherapy to Self - Integration . Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, 1991 . Salmon, Paul G. A comparison of brief, single sessions of physical activity and relaxation/meditation on affective responses of female undergraduates. Master’s thesis. University of Louisville, 2004. Abstract: This study compared brief, single sessions of physical activity (PA, self - paced treadmill walking) and relaxat ion/meditation (R/M, the “ Body Scan ” ) on positive and negative affect and anxiety measures in female undergraduates. Both were predicted to reduce negative and enhance positive affect. Dif ferential effects of PA and R/M were predicted for participants with predominantly cognitive or somatic anxiety symptoms. Forty - six undergraduates were randomized to PA or R/M interventions. Changes in positive and negative affect (Positive and Negative Af fect Scale, PANAS) and anxiety (Spielberger State/Trait Anxiety Inventory) were assessed using multivariate, repeated - measures statistics. Both PANAS Negative Affect & STAI anxiety scores declined following PA, but PANAS positive affect also declined. Similarly, R/M significantly reduced STAI and PANAS Positive Affect scores, and (marginally) PANAS negative affect. Anxiety reduction was greatest following R/M for participants with cognitive 27 anxiety symptoms, but the complementary prediction concerning P /A and somatic symptoms was not supported. Sánchez - Rivera Peiró, Juan M., et al. Integración Transindividual y Psicología Humanística: Budismo Zen, Bhakti - Yoga, Meditación Transcendental, Proyecto Vocacional Cristiano, Psicosíntesis . Madrid: Ediciones Mar ova, 1981. Sandweiss, Samuel H. Sai Baba: The Holyman and the Psychiatrist . New Delhi, 1976. Sannella, Lee, M.D. The Kundalini Experience: Psychosis or Transcendence? Lower Lake, Calif.: Integral Publishing, 1987, 1992. Sarkar, Shrii Prabhat Ranjan. Yog a Psychology . Ananda Marga Publications, 1998. Saxena, S. K. The Nature of Consciousness in Indian Philosophy . Sayama, Mike. Samadhi: Self Development in Zen, Swordsmanship, and Psychotherapy . Albany, N.Y.: SUNY Press, 1986. Schär, Hans. Erlösungsvorst ellungen und ihre psychologischen Aspekte. Zürich: Rascher, 1950. [In German.] Schmaltz, Gustav. Östliche Weisheit und westliche Psychotherapie . Stuttgart: Hippokrates, 1951. [In German.] Schmitz, Oscar A. H. Psychoanalyse und Yoga. Darmstadt: Otto Reich l Verlag, 1923. [In German.] Schultz, J. H., and W. Luthe . Autogenic Training: A Psychophysiologic Approach in Psychotherapy . New York, 1959. Scott, C. A. Self - realization and personality change. Diss ertation Abstr acts Int ernational , 1975, 35(9 - B):4634. Seeman, Gary W. Individuation and subtle body: A commentary on Jung’s Kundalini Seminar. Ph.D. dissertation. Pacifica Graduate Institute, 2001. Author email: garyseeman@home.com. Abstract: In 1932, C. G. Jung and J. W. Hauer presented a seminar series on the psychology of Kundalini yoga. Throughout these lectures, Jung used Kundalini yoga symbolism to extend the symbolic range of his analytical psychology. He and Hauer also discussed many concepts from Indian philosophy. Some of their comments have been c riticized for misinterpreting Kundalini yoga. Others have raised controversy, especially Jung’s many warnings about dangers to Westerners who attempt yoga practices. Using a dialogic, hermeneutic method, this study compares Jung’s commentaries about Kunda lini yoga with a Kundalini yoga practitioner’s perspective. To help bridge these disciplines, it addresses the following research questions: 1. How does personal transformation guided by analytical psychology resemble or differ from personal transformation in Kundalini yoga? 2. What controversies have been raised by Jung’s commentaries and interpretations of Kundalini yoga texts? 3. How did these controversies arise from personal, cultural, and practice 28 perspectives? 4. Can some of these controversies be se ttled? 5. What insights or wisdom does each of these disciplines contribute to the other? To answer these questions, the hermeneutic discipline guides the researcher in exploring the cultural and historical perspectives of analytical psychology and Kundal ini yoga. It identifies issues raised by Jung’s critics and presents the evolution of his psychology and its core concepts throughout his mature career. A depth of context is created by addressing (a) Jung’s relationship with Indian spirituality, (b) his i ndividuation construct, © a cross - cultural review of subtle body symbolism and its evolution, and (d) Kundalini yoga as described by practitioners. This study concludes by presenting findings in response to the research questions and suggesting topics fo r other studies, including a survey of current methods for measuring human bio - fields, and creation of a subtle energy model of psychological transformation. Segall, Seth Robert, ed. Encountering Buddhism: Western Psychology and Buddhist Teachings . Albany , N.Y.: State University of New York Press, 2003. Shainberg, Diane. Chasing Elephants: Healing Psychologically with Buddhist Wisdom . Asti - Rahman Books. Shamdasani, Sonu, ed. The Psychology of Kundalini Yoga: Notes of the Seminar Given in 1932 by C. G. Ju ng. Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1996. Shanker, Uday. Psycho - analysis vs. Psycho - synthesis or Yoga: A Comparative Study of Psycho - analysis & Yoga Psychology. Enkay Publishers, 1992. (Available from South Asia Books.) Sharma, Hardari Lal. Yoga T echnique of Psychotherapy. Delhi: G.D.K. Publications, 1979. ___________. The Psychodynamics of Yoga. Delhi: GDK Publications, date unknown. Sharma, S. K., and Balmukand Singh. Mental disorders. In S. K. Sharma and Balmukand Singh, Yoga: A Guide to Healt hy Living . New York: Barnes & Noble Books, 1998, p. 74. (Includes anxiety neurosis, psychoneurosis, schizophrenia, and bipolar disorder.) Sharma, S. L. Yoga Technique of Psychotherapy . New Delhi, India: Metropolitan Books Co., 1979. Sheikh, Anees A., and Katharina S. Sheikh, eds. Eastern & Western Approaches to Healing: Ancient Wisdom & Modern Knowledge . New York: John Wiley & Sons, 1989. Contents: Ayurveda: The science of long life in contemporary perspective; Yoga and healing; Chinese medicine: The law of five elements; Buddhist psychology: Implications for healing; Mind, disease, and health in Tibetan medicine; Sufism: The way to universal self; On being natural: Two Japanese approaches to healing; The four forces of psychotherapy; Hypnosis: Historical and social psychological aspects; Current conceptual trends in biofeedback and self - regulation; Psychosomatic illness: A new look; Cerebral laterality: Implications for Eastern and Western therapies; Psychoneuroimmunology: Toward a mind - body model; The im portance of modern physics for modern medicine; Mediation East and West; Healing images: From ancient wisdom to modern science; Transcultural psychotherapy; Toward a synthesis of Eastern and Weastern psychologies Silva, M. W. P. de. Buddhist and Freudian Psychology . Colombo: Lake House Publishers, 1973. 29 Singh, Lal Amarendra. Yoga Psychology: Methods and Approaches, Volume 1. Unnao, U. P.: Devendra Singh, 1970. Distributed by Bharatiya Vidya Prakashan, Varanasi, India. Contents: Yoga psychology & Western psychology; Methodological issues: Operationism, scientific method and Indian view; Evolutionary base: Cosmogony to evolution of behavioral pattern; The physiological base: Genetic frame, and its regulation; Personality types: Indian system; Affecto - motiva tional theory: Indian and Western approach; Religio - spiritual value pattern: The Indian view Sinha, Jadunath. N. Indian Psychology Perception . London: Kegan Paul, Trench, Trubner & Co., Ltd., 1934. ___________. Indian Psychology . Vols. I and II. Delhi, I ndia: Motilal Banarsidass. Sivananda, Swami. Sadhana: A Textbook of the Psychology and Practice of the Techniques to Spiritual Perfection . 1967, 1968. Smith, Edward W. L. The Body in Psychotherapy . Jefferson, N.C./London: McFarland & Company, 1985. Soli n, Ella. Returning to wholeness: A phenomenological inquiry into the experiences of long - term Hatha yoga practice. Master’s thesis. University of Calgary (Canada), 2004. Abstract: The present study was a phenomenological inquiry exploring the lived experi ence of a long - term Hatha yoga practice. The researcher interviewed six individuals, four women and two men, who had at least five years of experience with Hatha yoga and who were required to articulate details of how Hatha yoga had impacted their physical , emotional, mental, social, and spiritual health and development. Using an existential - phenomenological framework that acknowledges the interconnectedness of person and world, the researcher analyzed each protocol, extracted significant statements, and cl ustered themes. The main themes discovered were: disconnecting, connecting to the flow, new ways of being, growth through connection, a spiritual practice, and returning to wholeness. The findings were discussed within the context of the relevant research and theories in kinesiology and applied psychology. Practical implications for health promotion and counselling, future research directions, and study limitations were considered. Sovatsky, Stuart. Words from the Soul: Time, East/West Spirituality, and P sychotherapeutic Narrative . Transpersonal and Humanistic Psychology Series. New York: SUNY Press, 1998. Richard D. Mann, editor of the SUNY Press Transpersonal and Humanistic Psychology Series: “Accepting relentless impermanence as the ground of human exp erience, Words from the Soul derives a spiritual psychology from the mystery and poignancy of time - passage itself. Drawing from Wittgenstein, Kierkegaard, Heidegger, Foucault, Dostoyevsky, Buddhism, kundalini yoga, and twenty - five years of clinical/mediati on experience, the author’s epigrammatic insights into our struggles with mortality, gratitude, apology, and forgiveness make this book relevant to psychotherapy and conflict resolution in a wide range of professional settings.” Spiegelman, J. Marvin, and Mokusen Miyuki. Buddhism and Jungian Psychology . New Delhi, India: New Age Books, 2003. 30 Spratt, P. Hindu Culture and Personality: A Psycho - analytic Study . Bombay, 1966. Sui, Choa Kok. Pranic Psychotherapy . York Beach, Me.: Samuel Weiser, 1993/New Delhi, India: Sterling, 2000. Sumar, Sonia. Yoga for the Special Child: A Therapeutic Approach for Infants and Children with Down Syndrome, Cerebral Palsy, and Learning Disabilities . Buckingham, Virginia: Special Yoga Publications, 1998. Suzuki, D. T., E. From m, and R. Demartino. Zen Buddhism and Psychoanalysis . New York: Harper & Row, 1963. Taimini, I. K. Glimpses into the Psychology of Yoga . Wheaton, Ill.: The Theosophical Publishing House, 1973. Tarthang Tulku, et al. Reflections of Mind: Western Psycholog y Meets Tibetan Buddhism . 2d ed. Berkeley, Calif.: Dharma Publishing, 1989. “Pioneers in the healing professions offer thought - provoking essays based on personal encounters with the ideas and methods of Tibetan Buddhism, and how Buddhist insights and tech niques can be applied to modern life. Charles Tart, Claudio Naranjo, Gay Luce, and others.” Tucci, Giuseppe. The Theory and Practice of the Mandala: With Special Reference to the Modern Psychology of the Unconscious . Trans. from Italian by Alan Houghton B rodrick. Mineola, N.Y.: Dover Publications, 1961. From the publisher: “This intriguing, thought - provoking study by one of the world’s leading authorities on the subject examines the basic doctrine behind the theory and practice of the mandala in India and Tibet, by both Hindus and Buddhists.” Contents: The doctrinal basis of the mandala; The mandala as a means of reintegration; The symbolism of the mandala and of its various parts; The liturgy of the mandala; The mandala in the human body; Appendix of ill ustrations with explanations Trungpa, Chögyam. Transcending Madness: The Experience of the Six Bardos . Boston: Shambhala Publications, 1992. From the publisher: “The Tibetan word bardo is usually associated with life after death. Here, Chögyan Trungpa di scusses bardo in a very different sense: as the peak experience of any given moment. Our experience of the present moment is always colored by one of the six psychological states: the god realm (bliss), the jealous god real (jealousy and lust for entertain ment), the human realm (passion and desire), the animal realm (ignorance), the hungry ghost realm (poverty and possessiveness), and the hell realm (aggression and hatred). In relating these realms to the six traditional Buddhist bardo experiences, Trungpa prov ides an insightful look at the ‘madness’ of our familiar psychological patterns and shows how they present an opportunity to transmute daily experience into freedom.” ___________. The Sanity We Are Born With: A Buddhist Approach to Psychology . Boston : Shambhala Publications, 2005. 31 From the publisher: “ More and more mental health professionals are discovering the rich tradition of Buddhist psychology and integrating its insights into their work with clients. Buddhist tradition teaches that all of us a re born w ith what Chögyam Trungpa terms ‘basic sanity,’ or inherent goodness, health, and clear perception. Helping ourselves and others to connect with this intrinsic ground of sanity and health is the subject of this collection of teachings, which the au thor gave to Western psychologists, psychotherapists, and students of Buddhist meditation over a number of years. “ The Sanity We Are Born With describes how anyone can strengthen their mental health, and it also addresses the specific problems and needs of people in profound psychological distress. Additionally, the author speaks to the concerns of psychotherapists and any health care professionals who work with their patients ’ states of mind.” Udupa, K. N. Yoga and Meditation for Mental Health . Geneva, Switzerland: World Health Organization, 1983. Vaidyanathan, T. G., and Jeffrey J. Kripal. Vishnu on Freud’s Desk: A Reader in Psychoanalysis and Hinduism . Delhi: Oxford University Press, 1999. Contents: The genesis and adjustment of the Oedipus wish; Fr eud’s encounter with Hinduism: An historical - textual overview; Vishnu on Freud’s desk: Psychoanalysis in colonial India; The Indian Oedipus; Fathers and sons; Further steps in relativization: The Indian Oedipus revisited; Hindu personality formation: Uncon scious processes; Psychoanalytic approaches to Hindu child rearing: A critique; Clinical work and cultural imagination; Sex and yoga: Psychoanalysis and the Indian religious experience; Karma, guilt, and buried memories: Public fantasy and private reality in traiditonal India; When a lingam is just a good cigar: Psychoanalysis and Hindu sexual fantasies; Sati: A nineteenth - century tale of women, violence and protest; The bloodthirsty tongue and the self - feeding breast: Homosexual fellatio fantasy in a South Indian ritual tradition; Selfhood in the Indian context: A psychoanalytic perspective; Shakuntala; Dhannaram’s depression: Psychotherapy with an Indian villager; Psychoanalysis and Hinduism: Thinking through each other Varadachari, K. C., ed. Sahaj Marg a and Personality Problems; and Yoga Psychology and Modern Physiological Theories . Tirupati: Sahaj Marg Research Institute, 1969. Vardachari , Vankeepuram. Psychic Research, Occultism and Yoga . Madras: Higginbothams, 1970. Vivekananda, Swami. Personality Development . Vedanta Press. A collection from Swami Vivekananda’s complete works on the methods to develop a solid personality with a strong mind. Sample chapters include: Influence of thought; Control your negative emotions; Work like a master; The power of concentration; It is love that pays. Vrinte, Joseph. The Concept of Personality in Sri Aurobindo’s Integral Yoga Psychology and A. Maslow’s Humanistic/Transpersonal Psychology . New Delhi, India: Munshiram Manharlal Publishers, 1995. ___________. Pere nnial Quest for a Psychology with a Soul: An Inquiry into the Relevance of Sri Aurobindo’s Metaphysical Yoga Psychology in the Context of Ken Wilber’s Integral Psychology . Delhin: Motilal Banarsidass, 2002. 32 Watson, Gay. The Resonance of Emptiness: A Buddh ist Inspiration for a Contemporary Psychotherapy . Curzon Press. ___________, S. Batchelor, and G. Claxton, eds. The Psychology of Awakening . York Beach, Me.: Samuel Weiser, 2000. Wattelle, Charles. Yoga et Handicapés Mentaux . Paris: Epi, 1975. [In French .] Watts, Alan W. Psychotherapy East and West. New York: Pantheon Books, 1961. Weintraub, Amy . Yoga for Depression: A Compassionate Guide to Relieve Suffering through Yoga . New York: Broadway Books, 2004 . Author’s email: azamyoga@aol.com. Reviewed by Phi l Catalfo in Yoga Journal , Jan/Feb 2004, pp. 115 - 116. From the author: “I would like to talk with yogins who maintain a strong practice and who also suffer or have suffered from depression. I would also like to talk with yoga teachers who are psychotherap ists about how they use asana, pranayama and meditation in their clinical practice. I’ve written quite a bit about yoga and depression for national magazines and lead workshops on the subject.” Contents: Empty pockets, A house on fire, Why yoga works, Fe rtilizing ground — the healing principles of yoga, Lotus of many petals — ways we practice, Fire in the belling — managing with yogic breathing, Art of living — breathing that heals, Meditate to mediate, Grief in the tissues — releasing trauma, Yoga on and off the m at, Resources Welwood, John. Toward a Psychology of Awakening: Buddhism, Psychotherapy, and the Path of Personal and Spiritual Transformation . Boston, Mass.: Shambhala Publications, 2000. Contents: Between Heaven and Earth: Principles of inner work; Per sonality: Path or pathology?; Ego strength and egolessness; The play of the mind: form, emptiness, and beyond; Meditation and the unconscious; Psychological space; The unfolding of experience; Reflection and presence: The dialectic of awakening; The healin g power of unconditional presence; Vulnerability, power, and the healing relationship; Psychotherapy as a practice of love; Depression as a loss of heart; Making friends with emotion; Embodying your realization: Psychological work in the service of spiritu al development; Intimate relationship as transformative path; Dancing on the razor’s edge; Refining the gold; Love, conditional and unconditional; Passion as path; Spiritual authority, genuine and counterfeit; Conscious love and sacred community _________ __, ed. Awakening the Heart: East/West Approaches to Psychotherapy and the Healing Relationship . Boston: Shambhala Publications, 1983. From the publisher: “Can a meditative practice assist and promote the healing relationship between psychotherapist and p atient? The notable contributors to this practical book draw on a wide range of Eastern and Western disciplines — psychoanalysis, Gestalt, Aikido, and various Christian, Hindu, and Buddhist contemplative traditions — to show that it can. What they propose is a meeting between the Western psychotherapeutic approach — grounded in working with the personal problems and the need to carve out a strong awareness of self — and Eastern tradition, which emphasizes a larger kind of awareness and equanimity as a continuously available source of clarity and health for those who know how to find it. They show that joining psychotherapy 33 with meditation can mutually awaken the hearts of both therapist and client, sparking them both to open more fully.” Contributors include Jacob Needleman, Erich Fromm, Robin Skynner, Ram Dass, Karl Sperber, Roger Walsh, Chögyam Trungpa, and Thomas Hora. West, Michael, ed. The Psychology of Meditation . Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1987. Wilber, Ken. Integral Psychology . Boston: Shambhala Publications , 2000. Also in Ken Wilber, The Collected Works , Volume Four . Boston: Shambhala Publications, 2000. From a review by D.L. in Bodhi Tree Book Review, Summer/Fall 2000: “. . . a concise version of Wilber’s . . . textbook of transpersonal psychology includes : one of the first . . . integrative models of consciousness, psychology, and therapy; charts correlating over one hundred developmental and evolutionary theories, ranging from ancient mystical traditions to modern theorists; essays on human development, a rt, meditation, spirituality, yoga, women’s studies, death and rebirth, science and mysticism, and transpersonal psychotherapies; and Wilber’s replies to criticisms of his work.” Wulliemier, Ferdinand. Psychology & Its Role in Spirituality. Molena, Ga.: S hri Ram Chandra Mission, 1996. Yamazaki, M. Yoga and Psychology (Yoga as a Living Therapy) . Fukui University Press, 1977. Yeshe, Lama Thubten, and Lama Zopa Rinpoche. Make Your Mind an Ocean, Aspects of Buddhist Psychology . Weston, Mass.: Lama Yeshe Wisd om Archive, 2002. Contents: Your Mind is Your Religion; A Buddhist Approach to Mental Illness; Everything Comes From the Mind; Make Your Mind an Ocean Young - Eisendrath, Polly, and Shoji Muramoto, eds. Awakening and Insight: Zen Buddhism and Psychotherapy . Brunner - R outledge, 2002. “Buddhism first came to the West many centuries ago through the Greeks, who also influenced some of the culture and practices of Indian Buddhism. As Buddhism has spread beyond India it has always been affected by the indigenous traditions of its new homes. When Buddhism appeared in America and Europe in the 1950s and 1960s it encountered contemporary psychology and psychotherapy, rather than religious traditions. Since the 1990s many efforts have been made by Westerners to analys e and integrate the similarities and differences between Buddhism and its therapeutic ancestors, particularly Jungian psychology. Taking Japanese Zen Buddhism as its starting point, this volume is a collection of critiques, commentaries, and histories abou t a particular meeting of Buddhism and psychology. It is based on the Zen Buddhism and Psychotherapy conference that took place in Kyoto, Japan, in 1999, expanded by additional papers, and includes: new perspectives on Buddhism and psychology, East and Wes t; cautions and insights about potential confusions; traditional ideas in a new light” It also features a new translation of the conversation between Shin’ichi Hisamatsu and Carl Jung, which took place in 1958. 34 Awakening and Insight expresses a meeting of minds, Japanese and Western in a way that opens new questions, about and sheds new light on, our subjective lives. ___________, and Melvin Miller. The Psychology of Mature Spirituality: Integrity, Wisdom, Transcendence . London: Routledge, 2000. Content s: Introduction: Beyond Enlightened Self - Interest: Spiritual Maturity in the Twenty - first Century; The Place of Integrity in Spirituality; A Buddha and his Cousin; The Mutual Influence and Involvement of the Therapist and Patient: Co - contributors to Matura tion and Integrity; Spiritual Abuse: When Good People do Bad Things; Authenticity and Integrity: A Heideggerian Perspective; The Wisdom of P sychological Creativity and “Amor Fati”; Relationship as a Path to Integrity, Wisdom, and Meaning; Affect Complexity and Views of the Transcendent; The Tao of Wisdom: Integration of Taoism and Psychologies of Jung, Erikson and Maslow; Psychotherapy as Ordinary Transcendence: The Unspeakable and the Unspoken; Emissaries from the Underworld: Psychotherapy’s Challenge to C hristian Fundamentalism; The Prism of Self: Multiplicity on the Path to Transcendence; Wholeness and Transcendence in the Practice of Pastoral Psychotherapy from a Judeo - Christian Perspective; Green Spirituality: Horizontal Transcendence Zusne, Leonard, a nd Warren H. Jones. Anomalistic Psychology: A Study of Extraordinary Phenomena of Behavior and Experience . Hillsdale, N.J.: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, 1982. Articles Abegg, Emil. Jung und Indien. Asiatische Studien, 1955, 9:6 - 8. [In German.] Abhi - dha rma. Answers the question: Can Buddhist practice be used a s an aid to depression? Sangha - e! (Newsletter of the San Francisco Zen Center), Sep 2004. “ Abhi - Dharma thinks it can because two of the many zen practitioners with depression she has seen in priva te interviews have been able to deal with their depression through the kind of single - mindedness that is born of desperation. Both practitioners used mindfulness to see the source of their depressed feelings, as well as the actual components. In one case m indfulness led the practitioner to see clearly that the emotion underlying the gloomy haze of depression was anger. Then she addressed her efforts to moving her rage through her body through physical activity and painting wildly disturbing canvases which, though not for the faint - hearted, have their own power and beauty. “ In the other case, the practitioner slowly accepted over his years of sitting the role of pain in his and everyone else’s life, that it is deluded and sel f- defeating to think that life ‘shouldn’t’ include pain. He made a tremendous effort to acknowle dge his pain and intentionally ‘feel’ it, rather than let it unconsciously diffuse through the ambiguous pall of depressive thought. This kind of work is not easy; it is merely preferable to a sense of crushing oppression. Plus you’ll note that only two students Abhi - Dharma has known have been able to make this kind of effort. The others were not able to stay so focused, as focus requires energy and perhaps trust, two attributes not easily cult ivated by depressed people. 35 “ There are now several books available that have been written by Buddhist meditators dealing with chronic depression. Abhi - Dharma encourages you . . . to explore every avenue for help. Good luck. Your path isn’t easy but it ma y be greatly rewarding. ” ADDICTION. See the “Addiction” bibliography. Addison, Dominic. Can meditation help psychotherapists to practice more effectively? A literature review. International Journal of Yoga Therapy, 2002, no. 12, pp. 89 - 104. Adiswaranan da, Swami. Self - expression or self - control? Prabuddha Bharata, Jul 2003, 108:364 - 370. Aftanas, L. I., and S. A. Golocheikine. Human anterior and frontal midline theta and lower alpha reflect emotionally positive state and internalized attention: high - reso lution EEG investigation of meditation. Neurosci Lett 2001 Sep 7;310(1):57 - 60. Author email: aftanas@iph.ma.nsc.ru. PMID: 11524157. EEG spectral power and coherence estimates in the individually defined delta, theta, alpha - 1, alpha - 2, and alpha - 3 bands we re used to identify and characterize brain regions involved in meditative states, in which focused internalized attention gives rise to emotionally positive “blissful” experience. Blissful state was accompanied by increased anterior frontal and midline the ta synchronization as well as enhanced theta long- distant connectivity between prefrontal and posterior association cortex with distinct “center of gravity” in the left prefrontal region (AF3 site). Subjective scores of emotional experience significantly c orrelated with theta, whereas scores of internalized attention with both theta and alpha lower synchronization. Our results propose selective associations of theta and alpha oscillating networks activity with states of internalized attention and positive e motional experience. Agnew, Paulette. Emotional management and healing trauma through Dru Yoga. Spectrum: The Journal of the British Wheel of Yoga , Spring 2002, pp. 24 - 25. Ahmad, S., H. Ahmad, and S. S. Sumboo. Personality study of individuals regularly practicing Transcendental Meditation technique. Journal of Personality and Clinical Studies, 1988, 4(1):89 - 92. Ajnananda, Swami. Tratak. Available online: http://www.yogalinks.net/Articles/Tratak.htm. On using tratak to assist someone suffering from ins omnia due to night terrors linked to earlier sexual abuse. Akers, T. K., D. M. Tucker, R. S. Roth, et al. Personality correlates of EEG change during meditation. Psychological Reports, 1977, 40(2):439 - 442. Akishige, Yoshiharu. Psychological studies on Ze n . Bulletin of the Faculty of Literature of Kyushu University (Japan) , 1968, no. 5. ___________. A h istorical survey of the psychological studies of Zen. Bulletin of the Faculty of Literature of Kyushu University (Japan) , 1974, 5:1 - 57. Also in Kyushu Psyc hological StudiesV, Bulletin of the Faculty of Literature of the Kyushu University , 1968, 11:1 - 56. 36 ___________. The principles of psychology of Zen. In D. H. Shapiro and R. N. Walsh, eds., Meditation: Classic and Contemporary Perspectives . New York: Aldin e, 1974, pp. 686 - 690. ___________. Psychological Studies of Zen II. Tokyo: Komazawa University, 1977. Alexander, Charles N. , and E. J. Marks. Ego development, personality and behavioural change in inmates practicing the Transcendental Meditation techniqu e or participating in other programs: A summary of cross - sectional and longitudinal results. Ph.D. dissertation summary (first author), Department of Psychology and Social Relations, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts, USA. Dissertation Abstracts International , 1982, 43:539B. Also in R. A. Chalmers, G. Clements, H. Schenkluhn, and M. Weinless, eds., Scientific Research on the Transcendental Meditation Program: Collected Papers, Vol. 4 . Vlodrop, The Netherlands: MIU Press, 1984. From an article en titled “Researcher Profile: Charles Alexander” in the Summer 1997 issue of Noetic Sciences Review , pp. 36 - 37: “Alexander’s dissertation explored the effects of introducing TM into a prison population of violent offenders. As a developmental psychologist, h e questioned the assumption that normal psychological development — prematurely stunted in these inmates — was permanently arrested. His study at Walpole prison in Massachusetts compared the effects of learning and practicing TM with individual/group counselin g and other prison programs. The results showed that those in the TM group completed two full stages of standard developmental measures during the three years of the study; in the nonmeditation control groups, such changes were not seen. Follow - up studies at Folsom and San Quentin prisons showed similarly beneficial effects. In practical terms, this meant that the members of the group practicing TM were less angry, anxious, and had fewer psychotic symptoms. They often reported feelings of unity and refineme nt of perception. The recidivism rate in this group went down by 40 percent; and the overall in - prison murder rate dropped to zero during this period. Despite such radical benefits, this work has not been incorporated into mainstream rehabilitation program s.” ___________, J. L. Davies, C. Dixon, et al. Growth of higher stages of consciousness: Maharishi’s Vedic psychology of human development. In C. N. Alexander and E. J. Langer, eds., Higher Stages of Human Development Perspectives on Adult Growth . New Yo rk: Oxford University Press, 1990, pp. 286 - 341. ____________, J. L. Davies, C. Dixon, R. Oetzel, M. Muehlman. The Vedic psychology of human development: A theory of development of higher states of consciousness beyond formal operations. In C. N. Alexander , E. Langer, and R. Oetzel, eds. Higher Stages of Human Development: Adult Growth Beyond Formal Operation . New York: Oxford, 1986. ___________, J. L. Davies, R. I. Newman, and H. M. Chandler. The effects of Transcendental Meditation on cognitive and behav ioural flexibility, health, and longevity in the elderly: An experimental comparison of the Transcendental Meditation program, mindfulness training, and relaxation. In R. A. Chalmers, G. Clements, H. Schenkluhn, and M. Weinless, eds., Scientific Research o n the Transcendental Meditation Program: Collected Papers, Vol. 4 . Vlodrop, The Netherlands: MIU Press, 1984. ___________, D. Heaton, and H. N. Chandler. Advanced human development in the Vedic psychology of Maharishi Mahesh Yogi: Theory and research. In M. Miller and S. Cook - Greuter, eds., Transcendence and Mature Thought in Adulthood. Lanham, Md.: Roman and Littlefield, 1994. 37 ____________, M. Rainforth, and P. Gelderloos. Transcendental Meditation, self - actualization, and psychological health: A concept ual overview and statistical meta - analysis. Special issue: Handbook of self - actualization. Journal of Social Behavior and Personality, 1991, 6(5):189 - 248. Allen, K. S., and R. P. Steinkohl. Yoga in a geriatric mental clinic. Activities, Adaptation, & Agin g , 1987, 9:61 - 69. Allione, Tsultrim. Cutting through Fear: A Tibetan Buddhist Practice for Cultivating Compassion and Courage audiotapes. Sounds True, 2001. Reviewed by Anne Seidlitz in Tricycle , Spring 2002, pp. 82 - 83. Based on the Chod practice. From the review by Anne Seidlitz: “. . . Making a compelling connection between Buddhist and psychotherapeutic perspectives, Allione recognizes the importance of making the ‘split - off’ parts of ourselves ‘conscious’ in order to work with them — rather than battl ing or rejecting them. This follows the logic of both psychotherapy and Buddhist psychology: if we fight with our thoughts in meditation, for example, they just become stronger. “It seems that Allione’s program — and the Chod practice — offer powerful tools f or understanding and working with psychological, personal, and physical challenges. While psychotherapists might argue that simply neutralizing them through the offering doesn’t provide enough insight into their root causes, from the Vajrayana Buddhist per spective inviting and transforming difficulties on the spot is the best path for awakening insight . . .” “. . . However, unless you feel emotionally, intellectually, and spiritually sound enough to eject your consciousness, chop up your body, and face yo ur demons in full - frontal view, maybe it’s better to work up to this practice with a teacher before embarking solo on the Chod path . . .” Alongi, Richard. Attitudinal healing using the Tibetan Seven - Point Mind Training . Presentation at the Transpersonal Psychology Conference, Feb 13 - 15, 204, Palo Alto, California. Author email: richalon@worldnet.att.net . “ For millenia, Tibetan Buddhists have devised and practiced the lojong, or mental training exercises, as a way of refreshing one ’ s mental attitude. Ther e has been a system of lojong brought to Tibet by Atisha (982 - 1054) and as passed down by Chekawa Yeshe Dorje (1101 - 1175) of using slogans as a way of shifting the mind out of old patterned ways of thinking. These slogans can help both the transpersonal th erapist and his/her clients to move beyond the ordin ary ways of conceptualizing one’ s self and other s and of operating in the world . In this presentaion, I would like to introduce the transpersonal professional community to this time - tested method of mind training, present clinical examples of the effectiveness of this approach, and guide the participants in some exercises whereby one might get a taste of this marvelous approach. ” Ambikananda Saraswati, Swami. Anxiety or panic attacks . In Swami Ambikananda , Healing Yoga: A Guide to Integrating the Chakras with Your Yoga Practice . New York: Marlowe & Co., 2001, pp. 138 - 139 . ___________. Depression . In Swami Ambikananda, Healing Yoga: A Guide to Integrating the Chakras with Your Yoga Practice . New York: Marl owe & Co., 2001, pp. 132 - 133. Anand. How psychiatrists look at yoga. Journal of the Yoga Institute, Oct 1968, 14(3):42 - 44. 38 Anand, B. K. Yoga and medical sciences. Indian J Physiol Pharmacol , Apr 1991, 35(2):84 - 87. Anandi Ma, Shri. Mantras for Releasing Fear audiotape. Farmington, Ct.: Dhyanyoga Centers Books & Tapes. Anantharaman, R. N., and R. Kabir. A study of yoga. Journal of Psychological Researches, 1984, 29:97 - 101. Anderson, Elayne. Yoga for the mentally challenged. Reaching Out with Yoga , no. 6, pp. 3 - 4. Anderson, Michael. Depression and meditation: A case study. 6 Dec 1998. Article available online: http://www.behavior.net/cgi - bin/nph - display.cgi?MessageID=88&Top=87&config=meditation&uid=nC1M8.user&new=0&adm=0 Andresen, J. Meditation meets beh avioural medicine: The story of experimental research on meditation. Journal of Consciousness Studies, 2000, 7(11 - 12):17 - 73. Also in Jensine Andresen and Robert K. C. Forman, eds., Cognitive Models and Spiritual Maps: Interdisciplinary Explorations of Reli gious Experience . Thorverton, England: Imprint Academic, 2000. Anger and Yoga. Yoga Life , Oct 1994, 25(10):5. Antidotes to anxiety. Yoga Journal , Mar/Apr 2001. Article available online: http://www.yogajournal.com/health/123_1.cfm?ctsrc=nlv129 . Ao, S., T . Noda, and J. R. M. Goyeche. The role of yoga therapy on a psychosomatic ward. Paper read at IV Congress International College of Psychosomatic Medicine, Kyoto, 1977. Aranow, P. T. Psychoanalytic theories of the self: A review and critique from Buddhist perspective. Dissertation Abstracts International , 1988, 49(9 - B):3992. Arbe, A. That new tranquilliser called yoga. Med Times, Sep 1972, 100:107ff. Arpita (Joan Harrigan) . Physiological and psychological effects of Hatha Yoga: A review of the literature. Research Bulletin Himalayan International Institute, 1983, 5:25 - 43. Reprinted in the Journal of The International Association of Yoga Therapists, 1990, 1(I & II). The Art of Living Foundation. The Art of Living Course for Depression. See description onli ne at http://www.artofliving.org/c - special_depression.html and abstracts of depression research cited in this bibliography at http://artofliving.org//r - depression.html. See also the entry below for Ronnie Newman et al. Arundhati Saraswati, Swami. Yoga: A holistic approach to mental health. Journal of Dharma, Jul - Sep 1995, 20(3):287 - 296. Asrani, U. A. The psychology of mysticism. In U. A. Asrani, Yoga Unveiled, Part Two. Delhi, India: Motilal Banarsidass, 1993, pp. 113 - 201. Contents: Thirteen schools of m ysticism or yogas — psychologically analysed; Jnana Yoga; Patanjala Astanga Yoga; Buddhist mysticism (The Vipassana Paddhati of the Burma School); The Zen (The Koan; Correct psychology of living; End target in different yogas compared; 39 Satori); Jain mysticis m (Note on the conception of jivanmukti; Note on sannyasa — whether it is essential for enlightenment); Sikh mysticism; Karma Yoga; Mantra Yoga; Tantric mysticism (Techniques of the Tantras; Weak points and risks in the Tantric mysticism; Avadhutas and aghau ris; Kundalini Yoga; Summary — Sahaja Yoga; Kundalini experience Asthana, H. S. Modern psychology and yoga psychology. Presidential address, Darshan Parisad , 1964. Atmananda, Swami. The psychology of Yoga. In Swami Atmananda, The Four Yogas: The Four Paths to Spiritual Enlightenment (in the Words of Ancient Rishis) . 2d ed. Bombay, India: Bharatiya Vidya Bhavan, 1991, pp. 95 - 108. Contents: The principle of evolution; Creation or evolution?; Evolution in India and the West; Principle of evolution; The great discoveries of Kapila; The gunas of the mind; Yogic psychology; Purusha; Atman; Ahamkara; Maya; Why is maya incomprehensible?; Aim of yoga; The “going in” in Yoga; Evolution in universe; The tanmatras; Purusha or atman or seer Atmatattwananda, Sannyasi. A ntar mouna. Yoga (Sivananda Math), May - Jun 2002, 1(3):12 - 20. “Antar mouna is a powerful psychiatric tool with which we learn to understand and befriend the mind, its tendencies and reactions that arise due to thoughts . . . Most importantly, we can learn to develop and strengthen the drashta or the witness, the observer of all that happens. This allows deep - rooted tensions, long forgotten painful memories, fears, hatreds and phobias to arise in a relatively controlled manner and to be eradicated . . .” At re, Jaya A. Meditation for certain ailments through a yantra. In H. R. Nagendra, R. Ragarathna, and S. Telles, Yoga Research & Applications: Proceedings of the 5 th International Conference on Frontiers in Yoga Research and Applications . Bangalore, Vivekana nda Kendra Yoga Research Foundation, 2000, pp. 289 - 290. (Helps to control “negative emotions like fear, anger, depression, worry, etc.”) Atreya, S. P. Personality in the light of yoga. Ph.D. dissertation, Benares Hindu University, Varanasi, 1964. Auriol, B. Prolégomènes à une togathérapie de groupe. 1970. Outline available online: http://auriol.free.fr/yogathera/prolegom.htm. ___________. Yogathérapie et training autogène. Paper presented at 1st Congrès Mondial de Sophrologie, Sofrologia Medica, Oriente - Occidente, Barcelona, 1 - 5 Oct 1970. In Les Actes du Congrés . 3 vol. Barcelona: Aura Ed., T.1, pp. 275 - 279. ___________. La yogathérapie de groupe: Une expérience en milieu psychiatrique. La Presse Médicale, 21 Mar 1970, 78(14). ___________. La yogathér apie de groupe: Indications et contre indications du’une nouvelle technique somato - psychique. [Group yoga therapy: Indications and contraindications for a new psychosomatic technique]. Psychotherapy and Psychosomatics, 1972, 20(3&4):162 - 168. [In French.] Abstract: Dans ce travail, l’auteur, après avoir rappelé l’urgence d’une approche nondualiste de l’organisme humain, même dans le domaine psychothérapique, indique les grandes lignes d’une 40 nouvelle technique: la yogathérapie de groupe. Il précise ensuite l es indications et contre indications de cette technique: dangereux pour les névrosés et les psychotiques, quand ils le pratiquent seuls, le yoga devient source d’évolution dans le cadre d’une pratique en groupe, sous la direction d’un psychothérapeute. Un parallèle peut être établi entre la yogathérapie et les techniques visant à une harmonisation du tonus musculaire. On ne doit proposer le yoga thérapeutique qu’à des sujets dépourvus de lésion vertébrale et fortement intéressés. En dehors des effets bénéfi ques à court terme, l’auteur indique une transformation durable à l’issue de plusieurs mois de pratique. Les femmes semblent en tirer plus de bénéfice que les hommes. Les troubles du caractère (agressivité) sont les mieux accessibles. Les névrosés en profi tent plus que les psychotiques. Enfin sont évoquées quelques perspectives futures. ___________. Meditation: Admission to the essential being and desire. Paper presented at an international conference, Lyon, France, 18 - 19 March 1994. Also in Méditation et Psychothérapie , Spiramed, Le Fennec éd., 1995. Paper available online: http://auriol.free.fr/yogathera/psymeng.htm. Discusses the physiological and psychological aspects underlying the practice of meditation. ___________. Blanche neige et les sept chakr as. Paper presented at a conference 11 Feb 1992. Paper available online: http://auriol.free.fr/yogathera/bn.htm. ___________. Chakras et mots d’amour. Paper presented at Le Congrès du Transpersonnel sur l’Amour, à Lavaur, Centre Vajra Yogini. Paper availa ble online: http://auriol.free.fr/yogathera/chakamor.htm. [In French.] “Chakras, known as energy centers of the body in the tantric Yoga System, were ‘previews’ of psychoanalytic ‘driving zones.’” ___________, and Rose Charlotte Poinçon. La yogathérapies de groupe. Paper presented at the 1 st Congrès International de Psychothérapie Non Verbale, Istanbul, Aug 1970. Paper available online: http://auriol.free.fr/yogathera/gerip.htm. ___________, and Paule Vern. Le yoga et les chakras. Paper presented at 2nd Congrès Mondial de Sophrologie, Barcelona, Oct 1975. [In French.] Aurobindo, Sri. Comments of Sri Aurobindo on introspection and science. Circa 1912. Article available online: http://www.jps.net/virtreal/workgroups - sci - sri - a - on - introspection.html. “The first great fundamental discovery of the yogins was a means of analyzing the experiences of the mind and the heart. By yoga one can isolate mind, watch its workings as under a microscope, separate every minute function of the various parts of the antahkara na, the inner organ, every mental and moral faculty, test its isolated workings as well as its relations to other functions and faculties and trace backwards the operations of mind to subtler and ever subtler sources until just as material analysis arrives at a primal entity from which all proceeds, so yoga - analysis arrives at a primal spiritual entity from which all proceeds.” Austin, James H. Consciousness evolves when the self dissolves. In Jensine Andresen and Robert K. C. Forman, eds., Cognitive Model s and Spiritual Maps: Interdisciplinary Explorations of Religious Experience . Thorverton, England: Imprint Academic, 2000. 41 Abstract: We need to clarify at least four aspects of selfhood if we are to reach a better understanding of consciousness in general , and of its alternate states. First, how did we develop our self - centred psychophysiology? Second, can the four familiar lobes of the brain alone serve, if only as preliminary landmarks of convenience, to help understand the functions of our many se lf - referent networks? Third, what could cause one’s former sense of self to vanish from the mental field during an extraordinary state of consciousness? Fourth, when a person’s physical and psychic self do drop off briefly, how has conscious experience the n been transformed? In particular, what happens to that subject’s personal sense of time? Our many - sided self arose in widely distributed brain networks. Since infancy, these self - oriented circuits have been over - conditioned by limbic biases. Selfhoo d then seems to have evolved along lines suggesting at least in shorthand the operations of a kind of ‘I – Me – Mine’ complex. But what happens when this egocentric triad briefly dissolves? Novel states of consciousness emerge. Two personally - observed st ates are discussed: (1) insight - wisdom (kensho - satori); (2) internal absorption. How do these two states differ phenomenologically? The physiological processes briefly suggested here emphasize shifts in deeper systems, and pivotal roles for thalamo - cortica l interactions in the front and back of the brain. Austin, Miriam. Down in the dumps. In Miriam Austin, Yoga for Wimps: Poses for the Flexibly Impaired . New York: Sterling Publishing, 2000, pp. 70 - 71. Avalon, Arthur (Sir John Woodroffe). The psychology o f the Hindu religious ritual. In Arthur Avalon, Shakti and Shâkta. Article available online: http://www.sacred - texts.com/tantra/sas/sas23.htm. Avery, W. M. Depression and meditation. 16 May 1998. Article available online: http://www.behavior.net/cgi - bin/np h - display.cgi?MessageID=58&Top=17&config=meditation&uid=nC1M8.user&new=0&ad m=0. Avila, D., and R. Numella. Transcendental Meditation — A psychological interpretation. Journal of Clinical Psychology , 1977, 33(3):842 - 844. Bacher, C. An investigation into the compatibility of existential - humanistic psychotherapy in Buddhist meditation. Dissertation Abstracts International , 1981, 42(6 - A):2565 - 2566. Badaracco, M. R. Psychoanalysis as altering states of consciousness. Journal of the American Academy of Psychoana lysis , 1975, 3:205 - 210. Bagchi, B. K. Mental hygiene and the Hindu doctrine of relaxation. Mental Hygiene, 1936, 20:424 - 440. Bahr

bundet

ke, M. S. Influence of acute physical activity and non - cultic meditation on state anxiety. Dissertation Abstracts Internation al , 1978, 38(10 - A):5987. ___________. Exercise, meditation and anxiety reduction: A review. American Corrective Therapy Journal , 1979, 33(2):41 - 44. 42 ___________. Anxiety reduction following exercise and meditation. Cognitive Therapy and Research , 1978, 2( 4):323 - 333. Baier, Karl. Chapter 7: Die psychologische Interpretation des Yoga vor der Tiefenpsychologie and Chapter 8: Die tiefenpsychologische Rezeption des Yoga. In Karl Baier, Yoga auf dem Weg nach Westen . Würzburg, Germany: Verlag Königshausen & Neum ann, 1998, pp. 161 - 256. Baker, M. A. The effects of hatha yoga and self - recording on trait anxiety and locus of control. Doctoral dissertation, United States International University, 1979. Dissertation Abstracts International , 1980, 41:680B. Balaratnam, Sri. Vibrational breath therapy. Yoga Life, Jan 1994, 25(3):11 - 20. Includes vibrational breath therapy for “neutralizing physical, mental, and emotional trauma locked in the nervous system” (see p. 20). Bali, L. R. Long - term effect of relaxation on bloo d pressure and anxiety level of essential hypertensive males — a controlled study. Psychosomatic Medicine, 1979, 46(8):637 - 645. Balodhi, J. P. Perspective of Raja yoga in its application to mental health. NIMHANS Journal , 1986, 4(2):133 - 138. ___________, and H. Mishra. Patanjala yoga and behavior therapy. The Behavior Therapist, 1983, 6:196 - 197. Balogh, Penelope. Gestalt awareness: A way of being as a yoga for the West. International Journal of Social Psychiatry , Spring 1976, 22:64 - 66. Barnes, Martina Gl asscock. The meditation doctor: Depression. Yoga & Health, Aug 2004, pp. 13 - 14. Excerpted from Martina Glasscock Barnes, The Meditation Doctor : A Practical Approach to Healing Common Ailments Through Meditation (Collins & Brown, 2004). Barr, E. Integrated approach of yoga therapy for bronchial asthma, anxiety neurosis, psychosis, and paralysis. Vivekananda Kendra Yoga Research Foundation, 1991. Bass, C., and W. Gardner. Emotional influences on breathing and breathlessness. J Psychosom Res , 1985, 29(6):599 - 609. Batcheller, Lori. Yoga and emotions. Kripalu Online, Aug 2005. Bathgate, David. Psychiatry, religion and cognitive science. Australian and New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry , Jun 2003, 37(3):277 - 285. Author email: Bathgate@nex.net.au. Abstract: Ob jective: To see whether certain findings in cognitive science can serve to bridge the conceptual gap between psychiatry, particularly in its psychotherapeutic aspects, and religious/spiritual understanding. Method: A brief review is given of certain basic differences between psychiatric understanding in its psychotherapeutic aspects, and much of Western religious/spiritual understanding. Reference is then made to certain findings in contemporary cognitive science which might challenge the implicit mind body split of Western religious tradition and its parallel in psychotherapeutic practice. Attention is also drawn to elements in 43 religious/spirit ual tradition that run counter to this dualistic point of view. Results and Conclusions: Much of contemporary religious/spiritual understanding, and of modern psychiatric understanding, especially in terms of psychotherapy, appear to exist in quite separat e domains. Psychotherapy and the greater part of Western religious thinking, however, share a belief in the existence of a transcendent mind. Recent developments in cognitive science and certain spiritual traditions, challenge this implicit mind - b ody split , providing an opportunity for a renewed dialogue between psychiatry and religion and the possibility of collaborative research. Beal, Yogi Harinam Baba Prem Tom. Mantra: Inner Transformation . URL: http://www.floridavedicinstitute.com/booksandcds.htm. F rom the website: “. . . a complete and in- depth mantra book, featuring mantras for fear, anger, prosperity, and many of life’s situations . . . includes original Sanskrit, transliteration, and some translations. Comes in a three ring binder [and] . . . inc ludes an audiotape to insure proper pronunciation . . . for those unfamiliar with Sanskrit.” Becker, Ina. Uses of yoga in psychiatry and medicine. In P. R. Muskin, ed., Complementary and Alternative Medicine in Psychiatry . American Psychiatric Associatio n, 2000, pp. 107 - 145. Chapter content: The history of yoga, Obstacles to the use of yoga in western medicine, Philosophy of yoga, Psychology of yoga, The eight limbs of yoga, Yoga in health and prevention, Yoga and psychiatry, Psychiatric indications fo r yoga, Psychiatric disturbances caused by yoga, Medical indications for yoga, Injuries from yogic exercise, Conclusions, Resources, References Becker, Rick. Integrating yoga and depth psychologies. Master’s thesis. Carpenteria, Calif.: Pacifica Graduate Institute, Mar 2000. Behanan, Kovoor T. Yoga psychology: The process of knowing; Yoga psychology: Ethical preparation; Yoga and psychoanalysis. In Kovoor T. Behanan, Yoga: A Scientific Evaluation. New York: Dover Publications, 1937, 1964, pp. 92 - 108; 109 - 114; 141 - 164. Beiman, Irving H., Stephen A. Johnson, Antonio E. Uente, Henry W. Majestic, and Lewis E. Graham. The relationship of client characteristics to outcome for Transcendental Meditation, behavior therapy, and self - relaxation. In D. H. Shapiro, a nd R. N. Walsh, eds., Meditation: Classic and Contemporary Perspectives . New York: Aldine Publishing, 1984, pp. 565 - 571. Bending it like yoga. The Times of India (City Supplements: Lucknow Times ) , 28 Jan 2005. Article available online: http://timesofindia .indiatimes.com/articleshow/1004473.cms. “Taking a cue from the yogis of TV channels related to religion and spiritualism, youngsters are attending yoga classes. They believe this will increase their concentration power. Not only can one find students in clined towards yoga but the faculty members and parents also believe that yoga will yield their students and kids good results in examinations. “For that exam - time nirvana, when the stomach butterflies refuse to settle down, the best thing to do is yoga. Or so think certain schools and students. “Mrs Smita Agarwal, a career counsellor and a coaching institute manager informs, ‘Students deserve their peace of mind before they get cracking with their exams. We’ve set up a meditation camp in some city schoo ls where relaxation therapy and techniques are taught . . .’” 44 Bennett - Goleman, Tara. Emotional alchemy. Tara Bennett - Goleman describes how the transforming power of mindfulness can be applied to our painful emotional patterns. Shambhala Sun , Mar 2001, pp. 38 - 41. ___________, and Daniel Goleman. Breaking the chains: The Shambhala Sun talks to Tara Bennett - Goleman and Daniel Goleman, author of the best - seller Emotional Intelligence, about how to free ourselves from the chain of painful emotional habits. The y are joined by Judith Lief. Shambhala Sun , Mar 2001, pp. 42 - 43, 72 - 75. Benson, H., F. H. Frankel, R. Apfel, et al. Treatment of anxiety: A comparison of the usefulness of self - hypnosis and a meditational relaxation technique. An overview. Psychother Psy chosom , 1978, 30:229 - 242. Benson, H., et al. Relaxation response: Bridge between psychiatry and medicine. Med Clin North Am , 1977, 61(4):929 - 938. ___________. The relaxation response: Psychophysiologic aspects and clinical applications. Int J Psychiatry Med., 1975, 6(1 - 2):87 - 98. Berger, B. G., and D. R. Owen. Mood alteration with yoga and swimming: Aerobic exercise may not be necessary. Perceptual Motor Skills, Dec 1992, 75(3, Pt. 2):1331 - 1343. Abstract: The mood benefits of Hatha yoga and swimming, tw o activities that differ greatly in aerobic training benefits, were examined. College students (N = 87) in two swimming classes, a yoga class, and a lecture - control class completed mood and personality inventories before and after class on three occasions. A multivariate analysis of variance indicated that both yoga participants (n = 22) and swimmers (n = 37) reported greater decreases in scores on Anget, Confusion, Tension, and Depression than did the control students (n = 28). The consistent mood benefits of yoga supported our earlier observation that the exercise need not be aerobic to be associated with mood enhancement. However, underlying and causal mechanisms remain uncertain. Among the men, the acute decreases in Tension, Fatigue, and Anger after yog a were significantly greater than those after swimming. Yoga may be even more beneficial than swimming for men who personally select to participate. The women reported fairly similar mood benefits after swimming and yoga. It seems that aerobic exercise may not be necessary to facilitate the mood benefits. Also, students with greater mood changes attended class more regularly than those who reported fewer psychological benefits. Maximizing the immediate psychological benefits of exercise might be one way to encourage adults to be physically active. Berkow, Dan. A psychology of no - thingness: Seeing through the projected self. In John J. Prendergast, Peter Fenner, and Sheila Krystal, eds., The Sacred Mirror: Nondual Wisdom and Psychotherapy . St. Paul, Minn.: P aragon House, 2003. Berwich, P., and L. J. Oziel. The use of meditation as a behavioral technique. Beh. Therapy, 1973, 4:743 - 745. Bhajan, Yogi. Brahm mudra meditation. In Sadhana Guideline for Kundalini Yoga Daily Practice: Exercise & Meditation Manual . P omona/Berkeley, Calif.: Arline Publications for the Kundalini Research Institute, 1978, p. 106 . “Brahm mudra is good for . . . tremendous depression . . . It creates happiness on the spot where there is unhappiness.” 45 Bhajan, Yogi. Depression; Insanity; Tr anquilizer. In Alice Clagett and Elandra Kirsten Meredith, eds., Yoga for Health and Healing: From the Teachings of Yogi Bhajan, Ph.D. Santa Monica, Calif.: Alice B. Clagett, 1994, p p . 61; 75; 99. Bharati, Agehananda. Hinduism, psychotherapy and the human predicament. In Cox, ed., Religious Systems and Psychotherapy . 1973, pp. 167 - 179. Bhat, Vasanthi. Anger; Anxiety; Depression; Memory. In Vasanthi Bhat, The Power of Conscious Breathing in Hatha Yoga . San Jose, Calif.: Vasanthi Bhat, 1997, pp. 219; 219; 2 20; 223. Bhatta, C. Panduranga. Personality development through pancha yajna. Yoga Life, Jan 2000, 31(1):29 - 33. Bhattacharya, Haridas. Yoga psychology. In The Cultural Heritage of India, Vol. 3. Calcutta: 1953, pp. 53 - 90. Bhattacharya, Kalidas. Modern p sychology and Hindu thought. Philosophical Quarterly, 1960, 33(1):1 - 12. ___________. The concept of self in Buddhism. Philosophy Today, 1963, 7:216 - 223. Bhavanani , Ananda Balayogi. Integral p sychology of Yoga. Paper for the International Seminar on Integ ral Yoga Psychology, 26 June 2004 at Pondicherry, India. (IAYT library holds a copy of this paper.) Well - written, concise overview of Yoga psychology. Bhavasar, S. N. Pathogenesis with special reference to yoga. In Souvenir of Yogis’ Conference of Yogoce n (Yoga Co - ordination Centre), New Delhi, 1981, pp. 79 - 82. Bhobe, S. D. Integrated approach of yoga therapy for anxiety neurosis, hypertension, headache, and IHD. Vivekananda Kendra Yoga Research Foundation, 1990. Bhogal, R. S. Indian and Western concept of personality — A comparative study. Yoga - Mimamsa , 1990, 29(2):57 - 70. ___________. Therapeutic research in yoga psychology at Kaivalyadhama: A review. Souvenir, Institute for Yoga Culture , Howrah, India, 1991, pp. 1 - 5. ___________. Yoga and modern psycho logy. In P. P. Gokhale, ed., Yoga: Its Philosophy and Science . Pune: Dutta Laxmi Trust, 1995, pp. 252 - 305. ___________. Concept of mental disorder in Patanjala yoga sutras and modern medicine. Presented at PYS Seminar, unpublished manuscript with Scientif ic Research Department, Kaivalyadhama SMYM, Samiti, Lonavla, India. Bhole, M. V. Yoga therapy in psychosomatic disorders. Jour Res Edn Ind Med, 1982, 1(2):5 - 11. 46 ___________. Viscero - emotional training and re - education through asanas. Yoga - Mimamsa, 1977 - 7 8, 19:1 - 3, 44 - 51. ___________, and P. V. Karambelkar. Yoga practices in relation to therapeutics. Yoga - Mimamsa , 1971 - 1972, 14(3 - 4):27 - 34. Bhushan, L. I. (Sannyasi Yogasindhu). Yoga: an instrument of psychological transformation . Yoga (Australia edition), Feb 1999. Bhuteshanandaji, Swami. Answers the question: “Maharaj, fear arises in the mind often. What shall I do?” Prabuddha Bharata, May 2002, 107(4):37 - 38. Birven, Henri. Yoga und Psychoanalyse. [journal title unknown], Jan 1959, 2:1 - 14. [In German.] Block, B. Transcendental Meditation as a reciprocal inhibitor in psychotherapy. J Contemp Psychol , 1977, 9(1):78 - 82. Bloise, Patricia. Bipolar disorder and kundalini. Article available online: http://swiftweb.com/ha/kun.html. Bloomfield, Harold H. Appl ications of Transcendental Meditation in psychiatry. In Arnold Binder, Virginia Binder, and Bernard Rimland, eds., Modern Therapies. New Jersey: Prentice Hall, 1976, pp. 110 and 114. ___________ . Some observations on the uses of the Transcendental Meditat ion program in psychiatry. In D. W. Orme - Johnson and J. T. Farrow, eds., Scientific Research on Transcendental Meditation, Vol. I . Weggis: M.E.R.U. Press, 1977, pp. 605 - 622. ___________, Michael Peter Cain, and Dennis T. Jaffe. Meditation and psychothera py. TM: Discovering Inner Energy and Overcoming Stress . New York: Delacorte Press, 1975, pp. 115 - 144. ___________, Michael Peter Cain, and Dennis T. Jaffe. The psychological effects of Transcendental Meditation. TM: Discovering Inner Energy and Overcoming Stress . New York: Delacorte Press, 1975, pp. 91 - 114. Boccio, Frank Jude. Anger: Practical practice in daily life (part 1). 23 Jan 2002. Article available online: http://www.judekaruna.net/archives/2002_01_20_archive.html. ___________. Anger: Practical p ractice in daily life (part 2). 31 Jan 2002. Article available online:http://www.judekaruna.net/archives/2002_01_27_archive.html. Bodhananda Saraswati, Swami. Yoga therapy for emotionally disturbed children. In Swami Satyananda Saraswati, Yoga Education f or Children . Munger, Bihar, India: Bihar School of Yoga, 1985, pp. 91 - 97. Bodian, Stephen. Deconstructing the self: The uses of inquiry in psychotherapy and spiritual practice. In John J. Prendergast, Peter Fenner, and Sheila Krystal, eds., The Sacred Mir ror: Nondual Wisdom and Psychotherapy . St. Paul, Minn.: Paragon House, 2003. 47 Boeree, C. George. Towards a Buddhist psychotherapy. 1997. Article available online: http://www.ship.edu/~cgboeree/buddhapsych.html. Boerstler, R.W., and H. S. Kornfeld. Meditat ion as a clinical intervention. J Psychosoc Nurs Ment Health Serv , Jun 1987, 25(6):29 - 32. Bogart, G. The use of meditation in psychotherapy: A review of the literature. American Journal of Psychotherapy , Jul 1991, 45(3):383 - 412. Article available online: http://www.jps.net/gbogart//med_article.html. Bono, Joseph, Jr. Psychological assessment of Transcendental Meditation. In D. H. Shapiro, and R. N. Walsh, eds., Meditation: Classic and Contemporary Perspectives. New York: Aldine Publishing, 1984, pp. 209 - 2 17. (Studied cognitive style, self - concept, and autonomic learning aptitude.) Boorstein, S. The use of bibliotherapy and mindfulness meditation in a psychiatric setting. The Journal of Transpersonal Psychology , 1981, 12(2):143 - 192. Boswell, P., and E. Mu rray. Effects of meditation on psychological and physiological measures of anxiety. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 1979, 47(3):606 - 607. Boudreau, Leonce. Transcendental Meditation and yoga as reciprocal inhibitors. Journal of Behavior Ther apy and Experimental Psychiatry , Jun 1972, 3:97 - 98. Brace, W. The effects of yoga on blood pressure and anxiety. Yoga Journal , 1976, 1:6. Brahinsky, Rachel. Yoga for emotional trauma. Yoga Journal . Article available online: http://www.yogajournal.com/tea cher/1497_1.cfm. “It may seem daunting to teach students who suffer from emotional trauma, but thankfully, it’s mostly a question of creating a safe space.” Brar, Harchand Singh. Yoga and psychoanalysis. British Journal of Psychiatry, Feb 1970, 116(531):2 01 - 206. Breathing Lessons . Yoga International Reprint Series. Honesdale, Pa.: The Himalayan International Institute Press, www.himalayaninstitute.org. “Includes instructions in calming, quieting breathing practices, including: 2:1 breathing, Bhramari, U jjayi. Plus — how to relieve anxiety with breathing.” Brooks, J. S., and T. Scarano. Transcendental meditation in the treatment of post - Vietnam adjustment. Journal of Counseling and Development , 1985, 65:212 - 215. Brosse, Th. Psychophysiologie de Yoga et le s problèmes d’Hygiène mentale. In Yoga, Science de l’Homme Intégral . Les Cahiers du Sud, 1953. [In French.] Brown, C. O. Inservice education on a psychiatric unit. Hosp Prog, Jan 1973, 54(1):58 - 62. 48 Brown, Daniel P. A model for the levels of concentrative meditation. International Journal of Clinical Exp. Hypnosis , 1977, 25(4):236 - 273. Theoretical review of meditation and the meditative state as they are described in the classical Tibetan meditation texts, which are compared with modern theories within co gnitive psychology. ___________. A model for the levels of concentrative meditation. In D. H. Shapiro, and R. N. Walsh, eds., Meditation: Classic and Contemporary Perspectives. New York: Aldine Publishing, 1984, pp. 281 - 316. ___________, and Jack Engler. A Rorschach study of the stages of mindfulness meditation. In D. H. Shapiro, and R. N. Walsh, eds., Meditation: Classic and Contemporary Perspectives. New York: Aldine Publishing, 1984, pp. 232 - 262. Brown, Richard P., Patricia L. Gebarg, and Philip R. Mu skin. Yogic breathing, Sudarshan Kriya for treatment of: Depression, anxiety, stress, PTSD, aggression, and violence. In Allen Tasman, Jeffrey Lieberman, and Jerald Kay, eds., Chapter 104: Complementary and Alternative Treatments in Psychiatry. Psychiatry . 2d ed. London: Wiley & Sons, 2003, pp. 2171 - 2172. Bruno, J. Yoga et training autogène. Critique, 1960, p. 798ff. [In French.] Buddhism and psychotherapy. Theme of issue no. 21, Ordinary Mind. Buebel, Marcia E., David S. Shannahoff - Khalsa, and Michael R. Boyle. The effects of unilateral forced nostril breathing on cognition. International Journal of Neuroscience, 1991, 57:239 - 249. Buhrman, Sarasvati. What is the mind, how does it create depression, and what can we do about it? Light on Ayurveda Journal , Summer 2005, 3(4):13 - 16. An Ayurvedic and yogic view, including the gunas, treatment for excess tamas, treatment for excess rajas, the ahamkar and the kleshas (samskara and desire), and the human predicament. Bullard, Maria. Yoga with the mentally hand icapped and other disabled people. The Yoga Review , 1985, 5(1&2):1 - 13. ___________. Yoga with the mentally handicapped. Yoga Biomedical Bulletin, 1985, 1(⅔):52 - 57. Bunk, Brian Edward. Effects of Hathayoga and mantra meditation on the psychological heal th and behaviour of incarcerated males. Doctoral dissertation, University of Texas Health Science Center, Dallas, Texas, 1978. Burke, Patricia . Road rage, SUVs, yoga and the mind. Article available online: http://www.ofspirit.com/patburke7.htm. Burnard, P. Meditation: Uses and methods in psychiatric nurse education. Nurse Education Today , Aug 1987, 7(4):187 - 191. Burns, D., and R. J. Ohayv. Psychological changes in meditating Western monks in Thailand. Journal of Transpersonal Psychology , 1980, 12(1):11 - 2 4. 49 Burns, Douglas M. Buddhist meditation and depth psychology. The Wheel , no. 88/89. Article available online: http://www.accesstoinsight.org/lib/bps/wheels/wheel088.html. Busch, Colleen Morton. It’s cool to be grounded [Teen Yoga Influences section]. Yo ga Journal , Jul/Aug 2003, p. 99. “Yoga created a ‘total turnaround’ in Matt Harris’s life. Suffering from chronic depression and social anxiety in his early teens, Harris tried yoga at his therapist’s suggestion. ‘Within four months,” says Harris, ‘I was off medication, which was just taking away my symptoms temporarily. Yoga helped me figure out what was going on underneath it all. It showed me what was right with me rather than what was wrong.” Butler, Katy. On the borderline: How a Zen - friendly psychol ogist revolutionized the treatment of patients once thought hopeless. Tricycle, Spring 2002, pp. 47 - 49, 98 - 106. On Marsha Linehan’s Dialectical Behavior Therapy, “now widely believed to be the most effective way to treat people . . . diagnosed with border line personality disorder. The term borderline . . . has become a code word for clients whom many therapists avoid because of the pity, anger, hopelessness, and fear they can arouse in those who try to help them.” Linehan describes borderlines as having “no emotional skin,” and she felt that standard therapy “repeated the pain of the invalidating family when it offered insluting interpretations, ignored cries of distress, or inadvertently rewarded tantrums or suicidality with extra attention or hospitaliz ation. In an unconscious echo of the Buddhist notion that there is no fixed and permanent self, she wrote that borderline individuals did not have fixed, deficient ‘personalities’ — just huge but remediable deficits in life skills.” She thus paired therapy w ith a weekly “‘skills training’ class that blended Western assertiveness training with Eastern mindfulness. Her manual for the classes (vetted, she says, by two of her Zen teachers) includes mindfulness exercises and lengthy quotations from Thich Nhat Hanh on ‘washing the dishes just to wash the dishes.’” See also Linehan’s Cognitive Behavioral Treatment of Borderline Personality Disorder (Guildford Publications, 1993). Byramjee, Dominique. Yoga as psychotherapy. Vaghul, N. Karma upga amd the managerial e thos. Krishnamacharya Yoga Mandiram Darsanam , Feb 1994, pp. 24 - 25. Campbell, Debra Elise, and Kathleen A. Moore. Yoga as a preventative and treatment for depression, anxiety, and stress. International Journal of Yoga Therapy, 2004, no. 14, pp. 53 - 58. Auth or email: decampbe@deakin.edu.au. Abstract: With the dual aims of better understanding the contribution of Yoga to positive mental health and exploring links between yogic philosophy and psychological theory, researchers at Deakin University in Melbourne , Australia, conducted a study on Yoga as a preventative and treatment for symptoms of mental illness. The Yoga classes were designed as a six - week program incorporating breathing techniques ( prânâyâma), exercises for stre ngth, vitality, and flexibility ( â sanas ), guided relaxation ( yoga - nidrâ ), and meditation. The aim of this process was to enhance self - awareness, encourage the perspective that emotional states are somewhat transient, and encourage a self - accepting and calm attitude through concen trating on synchronizing gentle 50 movements and breathing. By developing calmness, self - acceptance, a balanced perspective, and enhanced concentration it was hypothesized that participants in the six - week Yoga program would strengthen their resistance to emotional dis tress. Psychometric testing was carried out to assess symptoms of stress, anxiety, and depression ac ross three groups: regular Yoga practitioners, beginners entering the program, and people who did not practice Yoga, and these tests were re - administered af ter six weeks. In addition, a strong sense of intrinsic spiritual experience has been cited as a possible buffer to stress, anxie ty, and depression and has been associated with decreased frequency of medical symptoms. All p articipants were therefore also a ssessed on their sense of intrinsic spirituality, but not on religious beliefs. At the end of six weeks, the Yoga beginners group showed lower average le vels of symptoms of depression, anxiety , and stress than at commencement, but levels were stable for re gular Yoga practitioners and people who did not practice Yoga. In addition, beginners showed growth in their self - reported level of intrinsic spiritual experience. Candelent, T., and G. Candelent. Teaching Transcendental Meditation in a psychiatric settin g. Hospital and Community Psychiatry , 1975, 26(3):156 - 158. Can yoga banish the blues? Yoga can lift your mood along with lifting your posture. Article available online: http://www.allspiritfitness.com/library/features/aa031501a.shtml. Cardin, Dinah. Yoga and therapy? That’ s a stretch. Merrimack River Current , 21 Jan 2005. “ For reporters, where does the writing end and our lives begin? Well, all this talk about holistic health has me taking my herbs and vitamins these days. And in the spirit of reporting on alternative medicine this week, I underwent a Transformative Yoga Therapy Session. This was certainly a holistic experience that focused on my mind, heart and body. “ I went into it knowing nothing. Just that the name implied it would combine the head w ork of the couch with the physical work of yoga. I take a few yoga classes here and there and have been trying to go more regularly. But there was something more complete about this. “ When Jennie Lee, owner of Stillness in Motion Studio in Newburyport, of fered me this free session so that I could understand her work, I pictured an afternoon of arms outstretched in Warrior II pose, tears streaming down my cheeks as I recounted stories of rejection, bad breakups and being lost in the groce ry store as a littl e kid. There’ s something about throbbing pain during impossible contortions that could no doubt bring on the waterworks. “It didn’ t exactly go like that, but did combine the often sedentary counseling session — when even a pat on the back as your therapist walks you to the door can seem for ced after an hour of face - off — with the physicality of yoga, which is often the coming together of 25 mute bodies in a room . . . ” Carpenter, J. T. Meditation, esoteric traditions: Contributions to psychotherapy. American Journal of Psychotherapy , 1977, 31(3):394 - 404. Carr, S. Meditation and medication in a personal tale of clinical depression. Perspectives in Biology and Medicine, Autumn 1999, 43(1):98 - 102. Carrington, Patricia. Meditation and personal growth. In Patric ia Carrington, Freedom in Meditation . New York: Anchor Pr ess/Doubleday, 1977, pp. 189 - 284 . 51 Topics addressed: The Hartford experience; Reducing anxiety; Combating addiction; Why is meditation anti - addictive?; Combating physical illness; Counteracting insom nia; A repression lifts; Sense of self increases; Greater openness to others; Increased productivity; Improved quality of creative work; Strengthening of staying power; Refusal to learn meditation; Those who learn then quit; Resistance of self - image to cha nge; Depression and meditation; Fear of pleasure; Problems from overmeditation; How deep does meditation go? Is meditation psychotherapy? The meditating therapist ___________. Reducing anxiety. In Patricia Carrington, Freedom in Meditation. New York: Anch or Press/Doubleday, 1977, pp. 195 - 197. ___________, and H. S. Ephron. Clinical use of meditation. Current Psychiatric Therapies, 1975. 15:101 - 108. ___________. Meditation as an adjunct to psychotherapy. In S. Arieti and G. Chrzanowski, eds., New Dimensio ns in Psychiatry: A World View . New York: 1975. (Also in S. Arieti and G. Chrzanowski, eds., The World Biennial of Psychotherapy and Psychiatry (III). New York: J. Wiley, 1975.) ___________. Meditation and psychoanalysis. Journal of the American Academy o f Psychoanal. , 1975, 3(1):43 - 57. Cashman, K., and M. Halpern. Transcendental Meditation and individual development. NLN Publ. , 1977, 16 - 674:70 - 76. Cassel, Russel M. Basic fundamentals of mind control and Transcendental Meditation. Psychology , May 1974, 1 1(2):26 - 33. Chakraborty, A. Yoga and psychoanalysis. British Journal of Psychiatry, Oct 1970, 117(539):478. Chandiramani, K., S. K. Verma, and P. L. Dhar. Psychological effects of Vipassana on Tihar Jail Inmates. Maharashtra, India: Vipassana Research In stitute, 1995. Available for purchase online at: http://www.vri.dhamma.org/publications/publist.html. From the publisher: “Vipassana has been adopted as a prison reform technique in the largest jail in India, the Tihar Jail. The book gives detailed repor t of the scientific studies carried out to assess the impact of Vipassana meditation on the prisoners’ mental health.” Chan - Ob, T., and V. Boonyanaruthee. Meditation in association with psychosis. Journal of the Medical Association of Thailand , Sep 1999 , 82(9):925 - 930. MEDLINE® PMID: 0010561951. Abstract: This study analysed the correlation between contemplation and psychosis from three cases of patients presenting psychotic symptoms subsequent to practising meditation. Sleep loss following a wrong do ing in meditation was found to be the main cause in the first two cases, and drug withdrawal was found to be the principal factor in causing a psychotic eruption in the third case. In this last case, sleep deprivation subsequent to meditation was only a mi nor influence. Discussion regarding the correlation between meditation and psychosis is presented in this study. Chang, S. The psychology of consciousness. Am J Psychother, 1978, 32(1):105 - 116. 52 Chaudhuri, H. K. De. Samadi, a psychological study. Bullet in of the Ramakrishna Mission Institute of Culture , 1969, 20:339 - 352. Chaudhary, L. Effectiveness of Vipassana meditation as a technique of stress management and reformation among adolescent prisoners. Unpublished dissertation. 1999. Chaudhuri, H. Yoga p sychology. In Charles C. Tart, ed., Transpersonal Psychologies . New York: Harper & Row, pp. 223 - 280. Cheaper, D. M., and D. Giber. Meditation and psychotherapeutic effects. Archives of General Psychiatry , 1978, 35:294 - 302. Chodon, Yeshe. My bed of nails. 1999. Article available online: http://www.soultospirit.com/traditions/columnists/chodon/buddhism/buddhism10.asp. Buddhism as a tool for relieving depression. Chödrön, Pema. Sitting in the middle of the fire. Shambhala Sun , Mar 2001, p. 41. (On dealing with painful emotions.) ___________. Discipline and Depression audiotape. Portage, Mich.: Great Path Tapes and Books. ___________. The Lion’s Roar audiotape. Portage, Mich.: Great Path Tapes and Books. “On the workability of all situations, including a humorous presentation on overcoming depression.” ___________. When Things Fall Apart 12/98 audiotape. (Not the book of the same title.) Portage, Mich.: Great Path Tapes and Books. “Contains guidance on working with depression.” ___________. The Places that Scare You: A Guide to Fearlessness in Difficult Times . Boston: Shambhala Publications, 2001. Chodron, Thubten . Working with Anger . Snow Lion, 2001. “. . . how to deal with anger on a personal, national and international level — not by changing what i s happening, but by framing it differently . . .” Chotak, Ngawang. Letting go of codependency. Mandala, Mar - May 2002, pp. 54 - 56. “Training our throughts to recondition the way we approach life lies at the heart of Mahayana Buddhism. The teachings can, ho wever, be interpreted or misinterpreted according to one’s psychological conditioning. Counselor Ngawang Chotak shows how, using Kadampa lama Geshe Langri Tangpa Dorje Senghe’s Eight Verses of Thought Training.” Christensen, A., and S. Rudnick. A glimpse of Zen practice within the realm of countertransference. American Journal of Psychoanalysis, Mar 1999, 59(1):59 - 69. 53 Christensen, Alice. Anxiety. In Alice Christensen, The American Yoga Association Wellness Book . New York: Kensington Books, 1996, pp. 41 - 49 . Chung, C. Y. Psychotherapist and expansion of awareness. Psychother apy and Psychosom atics , 1990, 53(1 - 4):28 - 32. Abstract: The author emphasizes the therapist’s well - integrated and matured personality as the crucial element for being a good psychothera pist; therefore, it is essential for a psychotherapist to make ceaseless efforts regarding his own personality growth with his ongoing therapeutic experiences. Nevertheless, nowadays students are apt to satisfy themselves with or cling to the theories and techniques of psychotherapy, neglecting their own personality growth. The author attributes such a tendency, on the one hand, to the contemporary thought of “technology first and convenience first,” on the other, to the current system of medical education which is extremely faithful to scientism. He warns that concepts or theories sometimes serve as a barrier in one’s mind and falsify the reality. He reiterates the importance of the therapist’s own maturity and expansion of awareness. In this context, the a uthor recommends Zen meditation or Theravada meditation as one of the advanced courses of training for psychotherapists. He elucidates a way of promoting one’s awareness in Zen meditation and what the ultimate state of “no - self” of Zen should be, based on his own experience of Zen practices. Clance, P. R., M. Mitchell, and S. R. Engelman. Body cathexis in children as a function of awareness training and yoga. Journal of Clinical Child Psychology, 1980, 9(1), 82 - 85. Clark, M. E., and R. Hirschman. Effects of paced respiration on anxiety reduction in a clincial population. Biofeedback and Self - Regulation , 1990, 15(3):273 - 284. Clarke, Isabel. Madness [psychosis] and mysticism: Clarifying the mystery. Network: The Scientific and Medical Network Review , April 2000, 72:11 - 14. Clarke, Terreece M. Yoga: Helping students lower stress, pass tests. The Lantern (Ohio State University), 10 Mar 2005. (On overcoming test anxiety.) Article available online: http://www.thelantern.com/news/2005/03/10/Campus/Yoga - Helping.St udents.Lower.Stress.Pass.Tests - 891191.shtml. “Yoga poses and breathing techniques can be used by all Ohio State students to reduce exam - related stress. Serene Tree. Energized Warrior. Pliant Cobra. These are all poses used in residence halls, apartments a nd yoga classes around campus to help relive stress. “Maryanna Klatt, assistant professor of family medicine, said yoga can help students unwind during stressful times such as exam week “‘Yoga can be a proactive approach to doing your best on finals,’ Kl att said. “Klatt also said that yoga can be done at anytime by anyone. “‘The best time to do yoga is in the morning before starting your day, (but) yoga stretches can even be done from your chair as you study for exams,’ Klatt said . . .” Claxton, G uy . Meditation in Buddhist psychology. In M. A. West, ed., The Psychology of Meditation . Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1987. 54 ___________. Therapy, meditation and successful action . Ordinary Mind, Aug 1999, No. 6. Cohen, Michael H . Ethics, adjustments, and carthar tic release. My Yoga Mentor, May 2005, No. 18. Article available online: http://www.yogajournal.com/teacher/1565_2.cfm. “ The owner of successful yoga studio in a major metropolitan city recently welcomed his new yoga teacher with this advice: ‘ Our Power Practice is extremely rigorous and precise; therefore, to ensure that all students are appropriately following the correct sequence of poses, be sure to give each the same adjustment.’ “ Across the same city, the owner of a rival successful studio instr uc ted his teachers as follows: ‘ Adjustments should be correct, precise, standard. Teach every student the correct pose.’ He demonstrated. ‘ Tailbone tuck ed in, shoulders back, like so.’ He added, ‘Now you do exactly like me.’ “ In a third studio somewhere be tween the two, a student began crying during shivasana. ‘ Proce ss emotions through the breath,’ the teacher responded, and the student immediately stifled her tears. In a fourth studio nearby, the tea cher encouraged another student’s crying. ‘These are all of our griefs’ " he said. In response, man y pent - up voices wailed at once.” “ Which of these practices are ethically and legally risky? And which could be justified as essential components of yoga teaching? Would it make a difference if, in any of these stu dios, one of the students claimed an injury (physical or emotional) from the recommended advice? If your answer to each of these questions is ‘it depends,’ you are well into the gray zone of ethics. Like questions of liability, most ethical issues require analysis, call for a delicate balancing of values, and cannot easily be answered with certainty. While at times academic, ethics discussions are meant to be applied in practical situations, and the values that guide the discussion are quite established, at least in the care - giving professions.” Coleman, D., and M. Epstein. Meditation and well - being: An Eastern model of psychological health. In R. Walsh and D. H. Shapiro, eds., Beyond Health and Normality. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold, 1983, pp. 228 - 252 . Collins, C. Yoga: Intuition, preventive medicine, and treatment. J Obstet Gynecol Neonatal Nurs, sep - Oct 1998, 27(5):563 - 568. Cooper, P. C. Buddhist meditation and countertransference: a case study. American Journal of Psychoanalysis , Mar 1999, 59(1): 71 - 85. ___________. The gap between: being and knowing in Zen Buddhism and psychoanalysis. American Journal of Psychoanalysis , Dec 2001, 61(4):341 - 362. Contact: pshaku@aol.com. PMID: 11760662. Abstract: The author discusses various relationships derived from the image of gap, precipice, and abyss with specific emphasis on interacting dynamics between being and knowing as explicated in the Zen Buddhist teachings of Hui - neng and in the psychoanalytic writings of Wilfred Bion. While of significant value to p sychoanalysis, it is argued that symbolic meanings can occlude the actuality of the analysand’s or of the spiritual seeker’s affective experiencing, particularly concerning the human tendency to concretize experiential states engendered through meditation and/or the psychoanalytic encounter. The author draws from Matte - Blanco’s 55 explication of symmetrical and asymmetrical perceptual modalities to discuss the fluid nature of spiritual experiencing, paradoxical coexistence of ultimate and relative realities an d reciprocal dynamics and identities between states of experiencing that might otherwise appear opposed. The primacy of experiencing for both disciplines, particularly concerning the experiencing subject’s momentary state of consciousness, forms a central theme for both Zen and psychoanalysis. Brief clinical vignettes support and illuminate the author’s points. Cope, Stephen. Standing psychotherapy on its head: The yogic understanding of jivan mukti, “the fully alive human being,” is challenging the Wester n psychotherapeutic ego - centered view of mental health. Yoga Journal , May/Jun 2001, pp. 102 - 105, 172 - 179. __________. Yoga for Emotional Flow CD set. 2.5 hours. Boulder, Colo.: Sounds True, 2003. From the publisher: “More than 4,000 years ago, the early masters of yoga made an astonishing discovery: before we can find true happiness, we must first learn how to be open to the energy of our emotions. On Yoga for Emotional Flow , Stephen Cope, psychotherapist and Senior Scholar - in - Residence at Kripalu, the la rgest yoga center in America, presents a life - changing strategy for ‘riding the wave’ in even the most challenging emotional situation. “Cope details the psychology behind the difficult circumstances we create for ourselves through improper handling of ou r feelings, and shares the prescription for effectively relating to anger, fear, grief, joy, and others from a yogic point of view. Through breathing and visualization techniques used successfully by thousands of his students, Cope offers listeners practic al tips for day - to - day emotional balance; lessons in awakening the ‘witness consciousness’— a nonjudgmental vantage point for welcoming emotions; steps for ‘clearing the field’ at the end of each day, and more. “For the yogi, there are no ‘bad’ feelings — on ly unskillful responses to our ever- changing emotional states. Yoga for Emotional Flow is an essential program for working with these powerful forces, and a template for a new way of being.” ___________. When the therapist is a yogi: An inquiry. The Kripa lu Spirit: A Journal of Consciousness , Summer 1994, 2(2):30 - 43 . Corby, James C., Walton T. Roth, Vincent P. Zarcone, and Bert S. Kopell. Psychophysiological correlates of the practice of Tantric Yoga meditation. Archives of General Psychiatry, May 1978, 35(5):571 - 577. Cornell, Laura. Adult psychological development and the practice of Kripalu Yoga: A Jungian perspective. International Journal of Yoga Therapy, 1998, no. 8, pp. 31 - 37. The couch and the yoga mat: Yoga therapy and psychotherapy. Phoenix Ri sing Yoga and Movement Therapy News , Winter/Spring 2001, pp. 1, 3. Coulter, David. Self - preservation: The role of flexion reflexes. Yoga International , Nov/Dec 1994, pp. 67 - 71. Coward, Harold. Jung’s encounter with yoga. Journal of Analytical Psychology, 1978, 23(4):339 - 357. 56 ___________. Mysticism in the analytical psychology of Carl Jung and the yoga psychology of Patanjali: A comparative study. Philosophy East and West, Jul 1979, 29:323 - 336. ___________. Psychology and karma. The American Theosophist, Fall Special Issue 1983, pp. 374 - 384. “Modern Western psychology has rejected yoga as a valid form of psychology. Yoga is dismissed as yet anther version of Eastern metaphysics and mysticism. But there is perhaps one promising point of contact between Yo ga and modern psychology; namely, an apparent parallel between the modern psychology of memory and the Yoga notion of karma. This is especially notable if a comparison is made of the conception of karma found in Patanjali’s Yoga Sutras and the views of the contemporary psychologist Sigmund Freud and Carl Jung. For both the ancient Yoga of Patanjali and the modern psychology of Freud and Jung, memory, motivation, and the unconscious are intimately intertwined.” ___________. Human nature in yoga and transper sonal psychology. Religious Studies Review, April 1992, 18(2):100ff. Cozort, Daniel. “Cutting the roots of virtue:” Tsongkhapa on the results of anger. Article available online: http://jbe.la.psu.edu/2/cozorabs.html. Abstract: Anger is the most powerful of the kle’sas that not only “plant seeds” for suffering but also “cut the roots of virtue” for periods of up to a thousand aeons per instance. This article examines and assesses the exegesis by Tsongkhapa, founder of the Tibetan Gelukba order, of Indian s ources on the topic of anger. It argues that despite Tsongkhapa’s many careful qualifications he may not be successful in avoiding the conclusion that if the sutras are to be accepted literally, there almost certainly will be persons for whom liberation fr om samsaara is precluded. Cranson, R. W., et al. Transcendental meditation and improved performance on intelligence - related measures: A longitudinal study. Personality and Individual Differences, 1991, 12:1105 - 1116. Craven, J. L. Meditation and psychoth erapy. Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, Oct 1989, 34(7):648 - 653. CREATIVITY. See the “Creativity” bibliography. Crisan, H. G. Application of pranayama for cases of anxiety neurosis. Doctoral dissertation, University of Heidelberg, Germany, 1984. ________ ___, R. Nagarathna, H. R. Nagendra, and R. Seethalakshmi. Yoga in anxiety neurosis: A scientific study. Proceedings of the International Symposium of the Royal College of Physicians and Surgeons of Glasgow: Update Medicine and Surgery , 1988, pp. 192 - 196. Criswell, Eleanor. Yoga/Vedanta in psychotherapy. Forthcoming. ___________. Experimental yoga psychology course for college students: A progress report. Journal of Transpersonal Psychology , 1970, 2(1):71 - 78. Cunningham, M. Mala. Yoga and Psychotherapy wo rkshop. Buckingham, Va.: Yogaville, 2000. 57 “Both yoga and psychotherapy are wonderful systems that help individuals remove inner pain. Taken together these systems provide an individual with techniques for dealing with a variety of issues such as depressio n, anxiety, anger, and fear . . .” Cushman, Anne. Relax and recharge: Yoga for total fitness. New Woman, Apr 1993, pp. 113 - 115. “Sasha started practicing yoga at age 50, when her husband left her for another owman after 28 years of marriage. ‘I was despe rate for anything that would help me through that incredible pain,’ she recalls. ‘I was totally anxious and depressed. I was hunch - shouldered and weak. Life felt pretty much over.’ “Today, after two years of daily yoga, the San Francisco high school teach er claims that she has been physically and mentally transformed. ‘I’m not a victim anymore. I can create peace and happiness in my body and my mind follows,’ she exults. ‘Despair still comes back now and then, but I know that relief is only one yoga sessio n away.” ___________. The path of the peaceful warrior. Yoga Journal , May/Jun 2002, pp. 98 - 103, 174 - 176. “How do we deal with the lingering uncertainty and fear in the aftermath of September 11 and the ongoing war on terrorism? Yoga offers a time - tested arsenal of weapons against the forces of ignorance and delusion that feed fear.” Daniels, L. K. The treatment of psychophysiological disorders and severe anxiety by behavior therapy, hypnosis and TM. Am J Clin Hyp, 1975, 17:267 - 270. Dasgupta, S. N. Freud ian and Yoga conceptions of repression. Philosophical Quarterly, 1937, 13:148 - 154. ___________. Yoga psychology. Quest, 1921 - 1922, 13:1 - 19. (Also in Proceedings of the All India Oriental Conference , 1924, 2:427 - 438.) Davidge, Donna. Yoga and emotion. New York Yoga Teachers Association Newsletter . Also in Inner Tapestry . Article available online: http://www.yoganetwork.org/articles/article_8.html or http://www.byregion.net/articles - healers/Yoga_Emotion.html . ___________. Yoga and psychology. Article avail able online: http://www.yoganetwork.org/articles/article_9.html . Davidson, Richard J., and Daniel J. Goleman. The role of attention in meditation and hypnosis: A psychobiological perspective on transformations of consciousness. In D. H. Shapiro, and R. N. Walsh, eds., Meditation: Classic and Contemporary Perspectives. New York: Aldine Publishing, 1984, pp. 599 - 615. ___________, Daniel J. Goleman, and Gary E. Schwartz. Attentional and affective concomitants of meditation: A cross - sectional study. In D. H. Shapiro, and R. N. Walsh, eds., Meditation: Classic and Contemporary Perspectives . New York: Aldine Publishing, 1984, pp. 227 - 231. 58 ___________, and Gary E. Schwartz. Matching relaxation therapies to types of anxiety: A patterning approach. In D. H. Shapir o, and R. N. Walsh, eds., Meditation: Classic and Contemporary Perspectives . New York: Aldine Publishing, 1984, pp. 622 - 631. (Examines meditation, progressive relaxation, autogenic training, and hypnotic suggestion.) Davies, J. The Transcendental Meditati on program and progressive relaxation: Comparative effects on trait anxiety and self - actualization. In D. W. Orme - Johnson and J. T. Farrow, eds., Scientific Research on Transcendental Meditation, Vol. I . Weggis: M.E.R.U. Press, 1977, pp. 449 - 452. Davis, Barbara. Yoga for psychiatric patients. Spectrum: The Journal of the British Wheel of Yoga , Autumn 2000. See also letter to the editor from Julia Strachan in response to this In the Winter 2000 issue of Spectrum . Dean, Cheer. A case study of a therapeutic approach in practicing Buddhist psychological counseling. Hsi Lai Journal of Humanistic Buddhism , Spring 2002, Vol. 3. Deatherage, G. The clinical use of “mindfulness” meditation techniques in short - term psychotherapy. Journal of Transpersonal Psychology, 1975, 7(2):133 - 143. Deikman, Arthur. Experimental meditation. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 1963, 136:329 - 343. Also in Psychiatry, 1966, 29. Also in Charles Tart, Altered States of Consciousness . New York: John Wiley & Sons, 1969. ___________. Deautomatization and the mystic experience. Psychiatry , 1966, 29:324 - 338. Also in Charles Tart, Altered States of Consciousness. New York: John Wiley & Sons, 1969. ___________. Implications of experimentally produced contemplative meditation. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease , 1966, 142:101 - 116. DeLiz, A. Meditation, protein, diet, and megavitamins in the treatment of a progressive, iatrogenic and psychotic condition. Journal of Orthomolecular Psychiatry, 1977, 6(1):44 - 49. Delmonte, M. M. Personalit y characteristics and regularity of meditation. Psychological Reports , 1980, 46:703 - 712. ___________. Expectation and meditation. Psychological Reports, 1981, 49:699 - 709. ___________. Meditation and anxiety reduction: A literature review. Clinc Psychol R ev , 1985, 5:91 - 102. ___________. Response to meditation in terms of physiological, behavioural and self - report measures: A brief summary. Psychol Rep, Feb 1985, 56(1):9 - 10. ___________. Meditation as a clinical intervention strategy: A brief review. Int J Psychosom , 1986, 33(3):9 - 12. ___________. Constructivist view of meditation. American Journal of Psychotherapy, Apr 1987, 41(2):286 - 298. 59 ___________. Personality correlates of meditation practice frequency and dropout in an outpatient population. Journ al of Behavioral Medicine , Dec 1988, 11(6):593 - 597. ___________. Meditation, the unconscious, and psychosomatic disorders. International Journal of Psychosomatics , 1989, 36(1 - 4):45 - 52. DeMartini, Carey K. The effects of the combination of art therapy and yoga on women’s body images: A follow - up study. Master’s thesis, Antioch University, Seattle, 2001. Denley, Elizabeth. Krodha: Anger as a divine emotion. Australian Yoga Life, 2003, no. 6, pp. 34 - 37. D’Epiro, Nancy Walsh. Can yoga tame OCD [obsessive - co mpulsive disorder]? Patient Care for the Nurse Practitioner , April 2000, pp. 17 - 20. Desai, P. Karma, death and madness. In Health and Medicine in the Hindu Tradition . New York: Lutheran General Health Care System, 1989. Desai, Yogi Amrit (Gurudev). The Kripalu approach to psychological healing and personal transformation. The Kripalu Spirit: A Journal of Consciousness, Summer 1994, 2(2):12 - 21. ___________. Psychotherapy and the evolution of humanity. The Kripalu Spirit: A Journal of Consciousness , Summ er 1994, 2(2):2 - 11. Descamps, M. A. Les verifications du yoga par la psychologie contemporaine. Vie Med Special , Mar 1974, 55:41 - 45. [In French.] Deshmukh, C. D. The analysis of the psyche in the new psychology and Yoga philosophy. Proceedings of the All India Oriental Conference , 1946, 13(2):318 - 221. ___________. Some clear advantages of the methods of Yoga over those of modern psychoanalytical schools. Philosophical Quarterly, 1946, 20(3):193 - 198. Deshmukh, D. K. Yoga in management of psychoneurotic a nd other conditions. Journal of the Yoga Institute , 1972, 18(5):80 - 83 ___________. Experiences in management of psychiatric and psychosomatic disorders with yoga. Journal of the Yoga Institute , 1978, 23(12):186 - 188. ___________. Yoga in management of psy choneurotic, psychotic and psychosomatic conditions. Journal of the Yoga Institute , 1971, 16(10):154 - 156. Desikachar, T. K. V. Yoga and psychology (section of Yoga and the 21 st century). Yoga & Health , April 1999, p. 23. Desiraju, T. Yoga and altered st ates of consciousness. In Vivekananda Kendra Prakashan, Yoga: The Science of Holistic Living . Madras, India: Vivekananda Kendra Prakashan, 1996, pp. 188 - 194. 60 Deutsch, A. Observations on a sidewalk ashram. Archives of General Psychiatry, Feb 1975, 32(2): 166 - 175. (According to PubMed search engine, contains info on Yoga and bipolar disorder.) Devi, Nalini. The pancha kleshas and medical science. Yoga Life, Mar 2002, 33(3):21 - 22. deVicente, Monjo Pedro. Role of yoga therapy in anxiety, neurosis and depre ssion. Yoga - Mimamsa , 1987 - 1988, 26(3&4):1 - 14. ___________. Yoga and psychosomatic medicine. Article no. 14, Proceedings, ICYR, 1984 - 1985, pp. 111 - 124. De Wit, Han F. The case for contemplative psychology. Han F. De Wit argues that spiritual tradition can be viewed as its own school of psychology. Shambhala Sun, Mar 2001, pp. 34 - 37. Dharanendriah, A. S. Jaina Yoga: A psychological analysis. Indian Philosophical Quarterly, Oct 1975, 3:37 - 42. Dhawan, K. R. Yoga und seine psychologischen Bedeutungen. Medizi nische Klinik , 1956, pp. 2231 - 2233. [In German.] Dhurandhar, V. A. The incurable and yoga. Journal of the Yoga Institute, 1969, 14(6):84 - 87. Dhyansky, Yan. Yoga for the elderly. The Journal of The International Association of Yoga Therapists , 1993, no. 4 , pp. 18 - 20. On teaching Yoga to frail seniors in their seventies and eighties at Mount Zion Hospital Geriatric Services, San Francisco, California, many of whom were suffering from depression, recovering from strokes and heart attacks, etc. DiGiuseppe , Raymond, and Raymond Chip Tafrate. Anger treatment for adults: A meta - analytic review. Clinical Psychology, 2003, 10(1): 70 - 84. Abstract available online: http://clipsy.oupjournals.org/cgi/content/abstract/10/1/70?ct. Meditation is one of the modalitie s reviewed. Dillbeck, M. C. The effect of the Transcendental Meditation technique on anxiety levels. Clinical Psychology , 1977, 33(4):1076 - 1078. Doi, M. Psychological study of the relation between respiratory function and mental self - control. In Y. Akish ige, ed., Psychological Studies in Zen. Tokyo: Zen Institute of Komazawa University, 1977. Dolezalová, V. Zkušenosti s aplikací jogy pri rehabilitaci psychiatrických pacientu’ [Experiences with the application of yoga in the rehabilitation of psychiatric patients], In Abstrakty I. Pracovnej Konferencie of Problematike Jógy v Rehabilitacii [Abstracts of the First Conference on the Applications of Yoga in Rehabilitational Therapy], Košice - Šaca, 21 - 23 Jun 1978, pp. 71 - 74. [In Czechoslovakian.] ___________. H athayogic kriyas: Comments [on] their use in therapy. Jógová Cvicení , 1982, pp. 11 - 15. [In Czechoslovakian.] 61 Dosajh, N. L. Yoga philosophy and Western psychology. Darshana, 1963, 9:40 - 44. Douglass, Laura Sevika. Yoga therapy for mental illness . Article available online: http://www.yogapsychology.org/yt_mental_ill.html . “ Yoga therapy or Yoga Chikitsa, is a way to gradually move the individual into a state of equanimity. The mind is made stronger and less vulnerable to outside impressions by following an eight - step process known as Asthanga Yoga. The following is a list of the eight limbs with a brief explanation of their therapeutic benefits . . . ” D’Souza, Russell. Do patients expect psychiatrists to be interested in spiritual issues? Australasian Psych iatry , Mar 2002, 10 (1):44 - 47. Abstract: Objective : To carry out a pilot study surveying the spiritual attitudes and needs of patients with a psychiatric illness at the Centre of Excellence in Remote and Rural Psychological Medicine, Broken Hill Base Hospi tal, NSW. Method: A questionnaire consisting of 6 questions was completed by 79 patients. Results: It was found that 79% of the patients rated spirituality as very important and 82% thought their therapists should be aware of their spiritual beliefs and ne eds. Sixty- nine per cent of the patients reported that patients’ spiritual needs should be considered by the therapist in treating their psychological illness and 67% said that their spirituality helped them cope with their psychological pain. Conclusion: The majority of patients said spirituality was important to them and that they wanted their therapist to take their spiritual needs into consideration in the assessment and management of their illness. Dugal, Satya Pal. An investigation into the effects o f yoga education on attitudes. In Yoga in Modern Life . Bombay: 1966. ___________. Yoga and emotional education. In Shri Yogendra, ed., Yoga in Modern Life. Santa Cruz, Bombay, India: The Yoga Institute, 1966, pp. 129 - 134. ___________. Yoga and emotional education. Yoga and Total Health, May 2000, pp. 8 - 9. Dumel, R. Problématique du Yoga et de son vécu occidental. Maîtrise de Psychologie Clinique, Lyon II (Pr. Guillaumin), Oct 1976. [In French.] Dunn, B. R., J. A. Hartigan, and W. L. Mikulas. Concentrati on and mindfulness meditations: Unique forms of consciousness? Appl Psychophysiol Biofeedback, Sep 1999, 24(3):147 - 165. Bandwidth data suggest that concentration and mindfulness meditations may be unique forms of consciousness and are not merely degrees o f a state of relaxation. Dwivedi, Chandra Bal. Yogadarsana: A nucleus towards the synthesis of Indian psychology. Prabuddha Bharata , 1967, 73:65 - 75. Easy yoga for depression. Article available online: http://www.goldentemple.com/Clients/KIIT/GT/Yoga.nsf/ AllKriyas. EATING DISORDERS. See the “Eating Disorders” bibliography. 62 Edwards, L. R. Psychological change and spiritual growth through the practice of siddha yoga. Dissertation Abstracts International , 1987, 48(2 - A):340. Ehrlich, M. P. The role of body experience in therapy. Psychoanal Review, 1970, 57:181 - 195. Elam, Jennifer. Psychosis and spirituality: Exploring the new frontier. A report of the conference held at University of Southampton Medical School, King Alfred’s College, Winchester, 6 - 7 Sep 200 1. Network, Dec 2001, no. 77, pp. 28- 30. Elder, George. Psychological ob servations on the l ife of Gautama Buddha, Psychological Perspectives , Spring 1997, No. 35. Elkinds, David N. Spirituality: It’s what’s missing in mental health. Self - Realization , Win ter 2000, pp. 61 - 66. Elkins, G., M. H. Rajab, and J. Marcus. Complementary and alternative medicine use by psychiatric inpatients. Psychological Reports, Feb 2005; 96(1):163 - 166. Author email: gelkins@swmail.sw.org. Abstract: 82 psychiatric inpatients h ospitalized for acute care were interviewed about their use of complementary and alternative medicine (CAM) modalities. The clinical diagnoses of respondents included Depressive Disorder (61%), Substance Abuse (26%), Schizophrenia (9%), and Anxiety Disorde rs (5%). Analysis indicated that 63% used at least one CAM modality within the previous 12 mo. The most frequently used modality was herbal therapies (44%), followed by mind - body therapies such as relaxation or mental imagery, hypnosis, meditation, biofeed back (30%), and spiritual healing by another (30%). Physical modalities such as massage, chiropractic treatment, acupuncture, and yoga were used by 21% of respondents. CAM therapies were used for a variety of reasons ranging from treatment of anxiety and d epression to weight loss. However, most respondents indicated they did not discuss such use with their psychiatrist or psychotherapist. Ellis, Albert. The place of meditation in cognitive - behavior therapy and rational - emotive therapy. In D. H. Shapiro, an d R. N. Walsh, eds., Meditation: Classic and Contemporary Perspectives . New York: Aldine Publishing, 1984, pp. 671 - 673. Emavardhana, T., and C. D. Tori. Changes in self - concept, ego defence mechanisms, and religiosity following a seven - day vipassana medi tation retreats. Journal ofor the Scientific Study of Religion , 1997, 36(2):194 - 206. Engelman, S. R., P. R. Clance, and S. Imes. Self and body - cathexis change in therapy and yoga groups. Journal of the American Society of Psychosomatic Dentistry and Medic ine , 1982, 29(3):77 - 88. Engler, Jack. Therapeutic aims in psychotherapy and meditation: Developmental stages in the representation of self. The Journal of Transpersonal Psychology, 1984, 16(1):25 - 61. Also in K. Wilber, J. Engler, and D. Brown, eds., Trans formations of Consciousness: Conventional and Contemplative Perspectives on Development . Boston: Shambhala, 1986, pp. 17 - 51. ___________. Buddhist Satipatthana - Vipassana meditation and an object relations model of therapeutic developmental change: A clini cal case study. Dissertation. Chicago: University of Chicago, 1983. 63 ___________. Vicissitudes of the self according to psychoanalysis and Buddhism: A spectrum model of object relations development. Psychoanalysis and Contemporary Thought , 1983, 6(1):29 - 72 . Eppley, K. R., A. I. Abrams, and J. Shear. Differential effects of relaxation techniques on trait anxiety: A meta - analysis. J ournal of Clin ical Psychol ogy , Nov 1989, 45(6):957 - 974. Epstein, Mark, M.D. Therapy and meditation: A path to wholeness [rename d: “The Buddhas goes to therapy” at the website) . Psychology Today, May - Jun 1998. (Includes an interview with Buddhist psychiatrist Mark Epstein.) Article available online: http://cms.psychologytoday.com/articles/pto - 19980501 - 000027.html . Summary: How psy chotherapy and meditation can help manage powerful emotions. A therapy session under the method of Zen Buddhism; Buddhist views on love. ___________. Sitting with depression: Depressed people t

bundet

hink they know themselves, but maybe they only know depression . Yoga Journal , Sep/Oct 2000, pp. 133 - 135. Article available online: http://www.yogajournal.com/meditation/137_1.cfm . ___________. Blind spots: Most of us can’t see how chronic emotional tightening colors our thinking and separates us from others. Yoga Jo urnal , May/Jun 2001, pp. 134 - 137. (On avoiding the error of emotional paralysis in our practice.) ___________. Facing anger. Yoga Journal , Jul/Aug 2001, pp. 61 - 63. ___________, and J. D. Lieff. Psychiatric complications of meditation practice. Journal of Transpersonal Psychology , 1981, 13(2):137 - 147. ___________, and Lobsang Rapgay. Mind, disease, and health in Tibetan medicine. In Anees A. Sheikh, and Katharina S. Sheikh, eds., Eastern & Western Approaches to Healing: Ancient Wisdom & Modern Knowledge . New York: John Wiley & Sons, 1989, pp. 124 - 145. Ergenbright, Erin. How to solve the depression puzzle. YOGANorthwest, Winter 2002, pp. 14 - 15, 26 - 27. Ernst, C. W. The psychophysiology of ecstasy in Sufism and Yoga . N C Med J, May - Jun 1998, 59(3):182 - 184. Eschenbach, H. W. Meditation in Religion und Psychotherapie. Mitteilungsblatt der Gemeinschaft Arzt und Seelsorger , 1957, 8(3); 1958, 8(4). Everett, Charles Caroll. The psychology of the Sankhya philosophy. JAOS, 1899, pp. 309 - 316. Fabbro, F., A. Muzur, R. Bellen, R. Calacione, and A. Bava. Effects of praying and a working memory task in participants trained in meditation and controls on the occurrence of spontaneous thoughts. Perceptual and Motor Skills, Jun 1999, 88(3 Pt 1):765 - 770. MEDLINE® PMID: 001 0407883. Abstract: So - called “intrusive thoughts” appear independently from external stimuli and are the cause of severe disturbances in depressed patients. Following Baddeley’s 1986 discoveries 64 regarding “articulatory suppression,” we investigated the in fluence of praying and of a working memory task on the number of spontaneous thoughts reported by 20 subjects compared to the control (quiet) state. Two groups of subjects were tested: those trained in meditation and controls. Significant reduction in simu ltaneous thought arousal was obtained during both the working memory task and the recitation of prayer. In all three experimental conditions, meditation practitioners reported significantly fewer spontaneous thoughts. Faber, P. A., G. S. Saayman, and S. W. Touyz. Meditation and archetypal content of nocturnal dreams. J Anal Psychol , Jan 1978, 23(1):1 - 22. Falde, Kathy. Embodying Transpersonal Psychology Through Yogic Practices. Joy: The Journl of Yoga , Summer 2004, 3(5). Farhi, Donna. Depression; Pre - p erformance anxiety. In Donna Farhi, The Breathing Book. New York: Henry Holt & Co., 1996, pp. 213 - 214; 225. Fehr, T. A longitudinal study of the effect of the TM program on changes in personality. Sc Res TM Coll Pap , 1976, I:476 - 483. ___________, and S. Törber. Study of personality changes resulting from TM program: Freiburger Personality Inventory. Sc Res TM Coll Pap, 1976, I:420 - 424. Fein, Ron. Is in a self - designed M.A. program in Transpersonal Psychology with a focus on meditation, breathwork, body work, and therapies derived from Yoga and Zen. Contact: ronfein@sprynet.com. Fenner, Peter. Deconstructive contemplation: Dissolving fixations through insight and detachment. A contemporary psycho - spiritual method. Article available online: http://integra lage.org/docs/deconstruct.html. ___________. Nonduality and therapy: Awakening the unconditioned mind. In John J. Prendergast, Peter Fenner, and Sheila Krystal, eds., The Sacred Mirror: Nondual Wisdom and Psychotherapy . St. Paul, Minn.: Paragon House, 200 3. Ferguson, Phillip C. The psychobiology of Transcendental Meditation: A review. Journal of Altered States of Consciousness , 1975, 2:15 - 36. A literature review that highlights the influence of TM in areas of oxygen consumption, cardiac output, blood lac tate concentrations, stress, anxiety, and neuroticism. Implications in psychotherapy, prisoner rehabilitation, and personality are noted. Ferguson, Phillip C., and John C. Gowan. Psychological findings on TM. Sc Res TM Coll Pap, 1976, I:484 - 489. _______ ____. The influence of transcendental meditation on anxiety, depression, aggression, neuroticism and self - actualisation. Paper given at the California State Psychological Association, Fresno, California, 1974. ___________. T.M. — Some preliminary psychologi cal findings. Journal of Humanistic Psychology , 1976, 16(3). 65 Ferrari, G., and P. Roberti. Yoga e yogaterapia: Verso un nuovo approccio psicosomatico. Intervento Preordinato al XXXV Congresso della Society Italiana di Psichiatria , Cagliari, 1982. [In Itali an.] Feuerstein, Georg. Holy madness from a psychological perspective. Unpublished paper. ___________. The elusive emotions. Yoga International, Apr/May 2002, pp. 24 - 28. Fields, Nerissa. Yoga, relaxation and massage for [students with profound and mult iple] learning disabilities. Yoga & Health, Oct 2003, pp. 33 - 36. Finn, Christine. Yoga as a healing resource for mental illness. Kripalu Yoga Teachers Association Yoga Bulletin , Summer 2000, 9(2):5. Fishman, Barbara Miller. Emotional Healing through Mind fulness Meditation: Stories of Women and Guided Meditations for Those Seeking Wholeness . Rochester, Vt.: Inner Traditions, 2002. Guided meditations are included on an accompanying 60 - minutes CD. From the publisher: “As a result of her years of working wit h women as a psychotherapist, Barbara Miller Fishman developed the discipline of Mindfulness Psychotherapy — a combination of mindfulness meditation and psychotherapy that, taken altogether, describe a path toward wholeness. [In Emotional Healing] she presen ts the integratioan of her life’s work thorugh the poignant stories of eight women — all faced with critical decisions and tough life circumstances — and how they used Mindfulness Psychotherapy to attain greater levels of peace and well - being. “The author off ers a radical shift in a woman’s relationship to life. Readers will discover the importance of naming a life problem, accepting the ‘is - ness’ of it, developing a matter - of - fact curiosity, and exploring the mind/body reactions that we call emotional pain. T he path continues as the reader creates an observing self and discovers the deep compassion that ultimately heals. Once learned, these six awarness practices can be used to face difficult situations, discover self - acceptance, and release the love needed to reside fully in ones’ whole self.” Flamm, H. [Necessary new ways of psychotherapy]. Praxis, 5 Aug 1969, 58(31):972 - 973. [In German.] Fletcher, Ann (Satyaprakash). Yoga for the management of depression. Spectrum: The Journal of the British Wheel of Yoga , Spring 2000, pp. 12 - 14. Fodor, N. Hindu on the couch. Research Journal of Philosophy and Social Sciences, 1964, 1:204 - 210. Fontana, David. Essay review: Tibetan and Western models of mind (parts 1 and 2). Network , Aug 2000, 73:2 - 5/74. Article available online: http://www.datadiwan.de/SciMedNet/library/articlesN73+/N73Fontana_essayreview1.htm. Forget, Madame. Le Hatha yoga à l’aide des déficients mentaux. Nos Enfants Inadaptés (Revue de l’U.N.A.P.E.I), 70:9 - 10. [In French.] The Forum: Buddhist and Chris tian monasticism in dialogue. Ordinary Mind , Autumn 2002, No. 18. 66 Fowler, Paul. Turning their world upside down: Yoga with teens suffering from depression. YOGAChicago , Nov - Dec 2002, pp. 17 - 18, 35. Fox, Kenneth R. The influence of physical activity on me ntal well - being. Public Health Nutrition , 1999, 2(3a):411 - 418. Frawley, David. Ayurveda and the mind: An overview. Light on Ayurveda Journal , Summer 2005, 3(4):8 - 11. Includes a section on Ayurvedic psychology and Yoga, in which it is stated: “Yoga psycho logy requires Ayurvedic psychology; neither is likely to flourish or develop properly without the other.” Fredenberg, Jason Richard. The Buddhist psychologist: An exploration into spirituality and psychotherapy. Ph.D. dissertation. Chicago School of Profe ssional Psychology, 2002. Dissertations Abstract International , Oct 2002, B 63/04, p. 2055. First 24 pages available online: http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/preview/3049731 . UMI #3049731. Abstract: An exploratory, phenomenological investigation was co nducted of psychologists who were Buddhist, or who felt strongly influenced by Buddhism, to investigate the way in which their clinical work was impacted by their spiritual beliefs and practices. Interviews were conducted of 12 psychologists using a semi - s tructured interview format. After analysis of the qualitative data two significant themes emerged. Theme I consisted of the reports that Buddhist meditation practices significantly impacted the subjects’ clinical work by increasing their abilities to be pr esent with their clients and also by increasing the awareness of their own internal process during clinical sessions. Conflicting thoughts regarding the use of meditation with clients were also addressed. The evidence in Theme II suggests that for many of these subjects their identities as Buddhists seemed to overshadow their identities as clinical psychologists. Furthermore, it seemed as if it was their spiritual practice that served as the foundation for their clinical practice. They reported perceiving n umerous limitations to Western psychotherapy and indicated that for them, their Buddhist practice helps to deepen and expand, not only Western psychological understanding, but also their practice of clinical psychology in general. These findings were compa red and contrasted to existing literature in the field. Limitations to this study were noted and suggestions for further research were made. French, A. P., and J. P. Tupin. Therapeutic application of a simple relaxation method. American Journal of Psychot herapy , April 1974, 28(2):282 - 287. PMID: 4829708. ___________, A. C. Schmid, and E. Ingalls. Transcendental Meditation, altered reality testing, and behavioral change: A case report. Journal Nerv Ment Dis, 1975, 161:55 - 58. Fried, Robert, and Joseph Grima ldi. The Psychology and Physiology of Breathing: In Behavioral Medicine, Clinical Psychology, and Psychiatry . The Plenum Series in Behavioral Psychophysics. Plenum 1993. Friedrichsen, Shari. Emotional & physical stability: A firm foundation. Yoga Interna tional , Feb/Mar 2005, pp. 86 - 95. Gaarder, [first name unknown]. Control of states of consciousness. Archives of General Psychiatry , 1971, 25:429 - 441. 67 Gabriel, Kirsten Trabbic. Yoga therapy and post - traumatic stress disorder. Forthcoming Yoga Studies , Sep - Dec 2002. Author email: kiralynne@aol.com. Gach, Michael Reed, with Carolyn Marco. Gall bladder meridian [anger]; Depression. In Michael Reed Gach with Carolyn Marco, Acu - Yoga: The Acupressure Stress Management Book. Tokyo: Japan Publications, 1981, pp. 116 - 117; 151 - 156. Gajjar, J. T. Psychological tests on Yoga education. Journal of The Yoga Institute, 1961, 7(4):58 - 62. Galle, Susana A. The awareness/energy connection through hypnosis, Yoga, and neurofeedback. International Journal of Yoga Therapy , 200 1, no. 11. Presents a holistic model for utilizing Yoga therapy, hypnosis, and biofeedback in Western psychotherapy, along with three case studies. Gallo, Fred P. Meridian - based psychotherapy. In Eric Leskowitz, ed., Complementary and Alternative Medicin e in Rehabilitation (New York: Churchill Livingstone, 2003), pp. 215 - 225. Gangadhar, B. N., N. Janakiramaiah, B. Sudarshan, and K. T. Shety. Stress - related biochemical effects of Sudarshan Kriya Yoga in depressed patients. National Institute of Mental Hea lth and Neurosciences of India (NIMHANS), 2000. Paper presented at the Conference on Biological Psychiatry, May 2000. Abstract available online at http://www.artofliving.org/r - depression.html. Garde, R. K. Psychic complaints; Suppression versus subliminat ion. In R. K. Garde, Principles and Practice of Yoga - Therapy . Bombay, India: D. B. Taraporevala Sons & Co., 1972, 1984, pp. 76 - 77; 103 - 106. Garza, Janiss. Can yoga banish the blues? Article available online: http://yoga.about.com/library/weekly/aa031501a. htm. Gelderloos, P., H. J. Hermans, H. H. Ahlscrom, and R. Jacoby. Transcendence and psychological health: Studies with long - term participants of the transcendental meditation and TM -Sidhi program. Journal of Psychology, Mar 1990, 124(2):177 - 197. Gerard, R. Symbolic apperception and Integral Psychology. Psychother Psychosom , 1974, 24(4 - 6):471 - 481. Gersten, Dennis J. Meditation as an adjunct to medical and psychiatric treatment. Am J Psychiatry , 1978, 15(5): 598 - 599. ___________. Holy madness in healing: Psychiatrist as disciple. Psychology Today, Mar/Apr 1998, pp. 59, 76, 79. Gillani, N. B., and J. C. Smith. Zen meditation and ABC relaxation theory: An exploration of relaxation states, beliefs, dispositions, and motivations. Journal of Clinical Psycholo gy , Jun 2001, 57(6):839 - 46. 68 Abstract: This study is an attempt to rigorously map the psychological effects of Zen meditation among experienced practitioners. Fifty - nine Zen meditators with at least six years of experience practiced an hour of traditional Zazen seated meditation. A control group of 24 college students spent 60 min. silently reading popular magazines. Before relaxation, all participants took the Smith Relaxation States Inventory (SRSI), the Smith Relaxation Dispositions/Motivations Inventory (SRD/MI), and the Smith Relaxation Beliefs Inventory (SRBI). After practice, participants again took the SRSI. Analyses revealed that meditators are less likely to believe in God, more likely to believe in Inner Wisdom, and more likely to display the rela xation dispositions Mental Quiet, Mental Relaxation, and Timeless/Boundless/Infinite. Pre - and post - session analyses revealed that meditators showed greater increments in the relaxation states Mental Quiet, Love and Thankfulness, and Prayerfulness, as well as reduced Worry. Results support Smith’s ABC Relaxation Theory. Copyright 2001 John Wiley & Sons, Inc. Gimbel, M. A. Yoga, meditation, and imagery: Clinical applications. Nurse Pract Forum , Dec 1998, 9(4):243 - 255. Gitananda, Swami. Yoga as psycho - the rapy. Yoga Today, Feb 1981, 5(10):34 - 36. The giving up of anger. Article available online: http://www.vri.dhamma.org/newsletters/nl9704.html. Glueck, B. C., and C. F. Stroebel. Biofeedback and meditation in the treatment of psychiatric illnesses. Curr Ps ychiatric Ther , 1975, 15:109 - 116; Comprehensive Psychiatry , 1975, 16:303 - 321. ___________. The use of transcendental meditation in a psychiatric hospital. Paper read at 127 th Annual Meeting of the American Psychiatric Association, Detroit, Michigan, May 1 974. ___________. Meditation in the treatment of psychiatric illness. In D. H. Shapiro, and R. N. Walsh, eds., Meditation: Classic and Contemporary Perspectives. New York: Aldine Publishing, 1984, pp. 143 - 151. Gold, Stan. Lama Yeshe on Buddhist psycholog y: Dr. Stan Gold interviews Lama Yeshe. Article available online: http://nmazca.com/dharma/lamayeshe.htm. Goldman, B. L., P. J. Monitor, and E. F. Murray. Effets of Zen meditation on anxiety reduction and perceptual functioning. J Consult Clin Psychol , 19 79, 47:551 - 556. Goleman, D. Meditation and consciousness: An Asian approach to mental health. American Journal of Psychotherapy , 1976, 30(1):41 - 54. ___________. Mental health in classical Buddhist psychology . Journal of Transpersonal Psychology , 1975, 7( 2):176 - 181. Also in Roger Walsh and Frances Vaughan, eds., Beyond Ego: Transpersonal Dimensions in Psychology . Los Angeles: J. P. Tarcher, 1980, pp. 131 - 134. ___________. Meditation as meta - therapy: Hypotheses toward a proposed fifth state of consciousnes s. Journal of Transpersonal Psychology, 1971, 3:1 - 25. ___________, and Tara Bennett - Goleman. Breaking the chains: The Shambhala Sun talks to Tara Bennett - Goleman and Daniel Goleman, author of the best - seller Emotional Intelligence , 69 about how to free ourse lves from the chain of painful emotional habits. They are joined by Judith Lief. Shambhala Sun, Mar 2001, pp. 42 - 43, 72 - 75. ___________, and Mark Epstein. Meditation and well - being: An Eastern model of psychological health. ReVISION, Fall 1980, 3(2):73 - 84 . Also in R. Walsh and D. H. Shapiro, eds., Beyond Health and Normality: Explorations of Exceptional Psychological Wellbeing . New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold, 1983. (On radical personality transformation in the Buddhist psychology, Abhidhamma .) Goode, Gre g. Nondualism, yogas and personality characteristics. Article available online: http://www.nonduality.com/goode2.htm. Gordon, J. S., J. K. Staples, A. Blyta, and M. Bytyqi. Treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder in postwar Kosovo high school students using mind - body skills groups: A pilot study. Journal of Traumatic Stress, Apr 2004, 17(2):143 - 147. Author email: jgordon@cmbm.org. Abstract: This preliminary study examined whether the practice of mind – body techniques decreases symptoms of posttraumatic stress in adolescents. Posttraumatic Stress Reaction Index questionnaires were collected from 139 high school students in Kosovo who participated in a 6 - week program that included meditation, biofeedback, drawings, autogenic training, guided imagery, geno grams, movement, and breathing techniques. Three separate programs were held approximately 2 months apart. There was no control group. Posttraumatic stress scores significantly decreased after participation in the programs. These scores remained decreased in the 2 groups that participated in the follow - up study when compared to pretest measures. These data indicate that mind – body skills groups were effective in reducing posttraumatic stress symptoms in war - traumatized high school students. Study conducted by Dr. James Gordon’s team from The Center for Mind - Body Medicine in Washington, D.C. Gouger, Sandra C. The effects of Hatha Yoga on psychiatric outpatients. Dissertation Abstracts International , 1979, 39(11 - B):5554. Goyeche, John R. M. Towards the integ ration of Eastern and Western approaches to the “mind - body” problem. Paper presented at 6 th World Congress of International College of Psychosomatic Medicine, Montreal, 1981. ___________. Egocide: The basis of psychosomatic cure. Paper presented at 5 th Wo rld Congress of International College of Psychosomatic Medicine, Jerusalem, Israel, 1979. ___________. Yoga as therapy in psychosomatic medicine. Psychotherapy and Psychosomatics, 1979, 31(1 - 4):373 - 381. ___________. Yoga therapy: Its relationship to othe r psychophysiological therapies. Paper presented at 5 th World Congress of International College of Psychosomatic Medicine, Jerusalem, Israel, 1979. ___________. A somatopsychic metaview of psychotherapy. Paper presented at a symposium on Transactional Ana lysis and the Practice of Psychotherapy, 1977. 70 ___________. Yoga: Clinical observations and somatopsychic principles. Paper presented at the 4 th Congress of International College of Psychosomatic Medicine, Kyoto, Japan, 1977. ___________. Yoga and psycho therapy. Yoga Journal , 1976, 1:6ff. ___________. Yoga as psychotherapy. Journal of the Yoga Institute, 1972, 18(1):4 - 7. ___________. Yoga as child psychology. Journal of the Yoga Institute, 1971, 16(9):143 - 148. ___________, and Yujiro Ikemi. Breathing a nd psychosomatic medicine. Asian Med J, 1978, 21:674ff. ___________. Yoga as potential psychosomatic therapy. Asian Medical Journal , 1977, 20(2):26 - 32. Grâce, G. de. Effects of meditation on personality and values. J Clin Psychol , 1976, 32(4):809 - 813. G reen, E. E., A. M. Green, and E. D. Walters. Voluntary control of internal states: Psychological and physiological. Journal of Transpersonal Psychology, 1970, 2:1 - 26. Gregory, Kathleen. Buddhist view in p sychotherapy. Ordinary Mind, Autumn 1998, No. 2. G rim, P. F. Psychotherapy by somatic alteration. Mental Hygiene, Jul 1969, 53(3):451 - 458. Groves, P. Meditation and anxiety. British Journal of Psychiatry, Jan 1999, 174:79. Grover, Poonam, V. K. Varma, and S. K. Verma. Role of Yoga in treatment of neurot ic disorders: Current status and future directions. Indian Journal of Psychiatry, October 1994, 36(4):153ff. ___________. Factors influencing treatment acceptance in neurotic patients referred for yoga therapy: An exploratory study. Indian Journal of Psyc hiatry , Jul 1989, 31(3):250 - 257. ___________. Construction of a scale for the measurement of attitudes to yoga (a preliminary report). Indian Journal of Clinical Psychology, 1983, 10(2):173 - 178. Abstract: The PGI Yoga Attitude Scale is a simple, 14 - item Likert type of scale developed on the basis of the Kaivalyadham Yoga Attit6ude Scale. It was standardized on 71 subjects including 26 from the Yoga group and 45 from the non - Yoga group. Item analysis shows that items discriminate well (p < 0.01 level) bet ween the low and the high scorers. Reliability using the test - retest and the split half methods ranged from 0.7564 - 0.9298. Validity is indicated by the high correlation of this test with the Kaivalyadham Yoga attitude scale (r=0.8734). The test also discri minated significantly between those who practise Yoga regularly and those who do not practise Yoga. Thus, for all practical purposes, the test is a standard instrument and may be used for general and research purposes. Gudmestad, Julie. Break out of your slump: Yoga can help prevent slouching — and the depression, shallow breathing, tension, and headaches that often go with it. Yoga Journal , 2001. Article available online: http://www.yogajournal.com/practice/615_1.cfm. 71 Gupta, B. S. Yoga and para - psychology. In A. K. Sinha, ed., Perspectives in Yoga . Varanasi, India: Bharata Manisha, 1976, pp. 59 - 66. Gupta, M. Possibilities of Jnana yoga therapy for psychosomatic disease. Yoga Review, 1983, 3(1):35 - 44. Guy, David. Trying to speak: A personal history of stag e fright. Tricycle, Summer 2003, pp. 80 - 82, 105 - 208. Gyatso, Tenzin [His Holiness the Dalai Lama]. The monk in the lab. The New York Times, 26 Apr 2003. Article available online: http://www.nytimes.com/2003/04/26/opinion/26LAMA.html. On working with des tructive emotions and scientific studies of advanced meditators. Hanh, Thich Nhat. Anger: Wisdom for Cooling the Flames . New York: Penguin Putnam, 2001. ___________. Loosening the knots of anger. Shambhala Sun, Nov 2001, pp. 55 - 59. (Reprinted from Anger , Penguin Putnam, 2001.) ___________. Embracing anger. Mandala , Mar - May 2002, pp. 16 - 18. Hanna, Fred J. Meditation and psychopathology: Stabilizing the benefits. Was to have been published in Journal of Humanistic Psychology. (Contact: fhanna@jhu.edu) Hansen, G. [Schizophrenia or spiritual crisis? On “raising the kundalini” and its diagnostic classification]. Ugeskr Laeger, 31 Jul 1995, 157(31):4360 - 4362. [In Danish.] Hansen, W. [Psychoses and meditation]. Ugeskr Laeger, 29 Dec 1980,143(1):20 - 22. [In D anish.] Harchand, S. B. Yoga and psychoanalysis. Br J Psychiatry, 1970, 17:201. Haratani, T., and T. Henmi. Effects of Transcendental Meditation ™ on the mental health of industrial workers. Japanese Journal of Industrial Health 1990, 32(7):346. Recen t Research 456. Findings: Improvements in general physical and mental well - being in industrial workers: decreased physical complaints, decreased impulsive tendency, reduced emotional instability, and decreased neurotic tendency. Harinath, Kasiganesan, A nand Sawarup Malhotra, Karan Pal, Rajendra Prasad, Rajesh Kumar, Trilok Chand Kain, Lajpat Rai, and Ramesh Chand Sawhney. Effects of Hatha Yoga and Omkar meditation on cardiorespiratory performance, psychologic profile, and melatonin secretion. Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine , Apr 2004, 10(2):2 61 - 268. Abstract: Objective: To evaluate effects of Hatha yoga and Omkar meditation on cardiorespiratory performance, psychologic profile, and melatonin secretion. Subjects and methods: Thirty healt hy men in the age group of 25 - 35 years volunteered for the study. They were randomly divided in two groups of 15 each. Group 1 subjects served as controls and performed body flexibility exercises for 40 minutes and slow running for 20 minutes during mornin g hours and played games for 60 minutes during evening hours daily for 3 months. Group 72 2 subjects practiced selected yogic asanas (postures) for 45 minutes and pranayama for 15 minutes during the morning, whereas during the evening hours these subjects per formed preparatory yogic postures for 15 minutes, pranayama for 15 minutes, and meditation for 30 minutes daily, for 3 months. Orthostatic tolerance, heart rate, blood pressure, respiratory rate, dynamic lung function (such as forced vital capacity, forced expiratory volume in 1 second, forced expiratory volume percentage, peak expiratory flow rate, and maximum voluntary ventilation), and psychologic profile were measured before and after 3 months of yogic practices. Serial blood samples were drawn at vario us time intervals to study effects of these yogic practices and Omkar meditation on melatonin levels. Results: Yogic practices for 3 months resulted in an improvement in cardiorespiratory performance and psychologic profile. The plasma melatonin also showe d an increase after three months of yogic practices. The systolic blood pressure, diastolic blood pressure, mean arterial pressure, and orthostatic tolerance did not show any significant correlation with plasma melatonin. However, the maximum night time me latonin levels in yoga group showed a significant correlation ( r = 0.71, p < 0.05) with well - being score. Conclusion: These observations suggest that yogic practices can be used as psychophysiologic stimuli to increase endogenous secretion of melatonin, wh ich, in turn, might be responsible for improved sense of well - being. Harte, J. L., G. H. Eifert, and R. Smith. The effects of running and meditation on beta - endorphin, corticotropin - releasing hormone and cortisol in plasma, and on mood. Biol Psychol , Jun 1995, 40(3):251 - 265. Hartman, David, and Diane Zimberoff. Deintegrate, d is integrate, unintegrate: A Buddhist p erspective in Heart- Centered t herapies. Journal of Heart - Centered Therapies , 2003, 6 ( 2 ): 27 - 87 . Article available online: http://www.heartcenter edtherapies.org/public_documents/PDF%20Docs/Journal%206 - 2%20Buddhist%20Perspective.pdf. Abstract : Our intention in Heart - Centered therapies is to bring to conscious awareness the habitual choices we make by default, habitual patterns based on old outdated beliefs, providing the opportunity to break through the automated pattern and open that moment to new and spontaneous choices. Then we are, in a real and conscious way, constructing our sense of self anew from moment to moment. We will investigate the int ersection between Heart - Centered therapies and Buddhist psychology on three levels of depth and expansion: ego, existential and transpersonal. The personality traits contributing to openness operate on the first level through the ego’s navigation of (1) a realignment of the twin ideals of ego ideal (yearning for perfection) and ideal ego (inflated sense of self); and (2) successive deintegrations (Fordham) to accommodate newly consolidated growth. From a Buddhist viewpoint, we may all be said to be sufferin g from narcissism, i.e., identification with the fantasy ideal ego of a permanent and immortal self. De - constructing the ego occurs in the context of delicately balancing the ideal ego and the ego ideal to avoid either ego inflation or deflation. O penness to experience or ego permissiveness connotes a reduction of ego control in the interests of self expression and growth. For some, however, the experience of letting go feels too undefended, unstructured, unbounded, too open, and is equated with annihilatio n: ego - chill , angst , or in Zen Buddhism the “Great Death.” The experience of openness expands into the existential level of ego transcendence with non - defensiveness to the “existential vacuum”: fear of life and fear of death (Rank), and acceptance of living in a world of miracles. The transitional space between existential healing and transpersonal healing is that of operating right at the edge of system disintegration, balancing the challenges of deintegration and the sublime peacefulness of 73 unintegration (Winnicott). The personality dips into formlessness for rest, taking time off from self, in a state of unboundaried radical connectedness between minds and also between mind and matter. Finally openness expands into the transpersonal level, ultimately to non - defensiveness toward the transpersonal anxiety of “spiritual exile” on earth, and receptivity to unintegration, the vast openness of unstructured being. The experience begins to approach, we might say, the three facets of Buddha - mind: sila, an open - he arted response to the gift of life; samadhi , infinite flexibility, magical and energetic; and prajna, effortless wisdom, the insight that comes from recognizing that nothing can be possessed and thus from letting go. Harvey, J. R. The effect of yogic brea thing exercises on mood . Journal of the American Society of Psychosomatic Dentistry and Medicine , 1983, 30(2):39 - 48. Hauer, J. W. Yoga und Zeitwende. Yoga (H. Palmié, ed., Harburg), 1931, 1(1). [In German.] Hayes , Stephen C.. Acceptance, mindfulness, a nd science. . Clinical Psychology: Science and Practice , 2002, 9:101 - 106. Author email: hayes@unr.nevada.edu. Abstract: The inclusion of technologies drawn from spiritual and religious traditions into empirical clinical psychology is a positive step forw ard, but it also helps reveal problems in the technological model of treatment development. The technological model does not necessarily lead to a more coherent, innovative, and progressive discipline, which requires the development of more adequate theory , not merely more adequate technology. If technologies drawn from spiritual and religious traditions are to be included in modern scientific psychology, the field must be free to interpret and transform them theoretically, without being limited by their re ligious and spiritual past. Haynes, C. T., et al. The psychophysiology of advanced participants in the TM program. Sc Res TM Coll Pap , 1976, I:208 - 212. Held, Fritz. Studie zur Psychologie der Meditation am Modell der indischen Lehren. Jahrbuch für Psych ologie und Psychotherapie , 1954, 2(4):406 - 424. (Also in Zeitschrift für Psychotherapie und medizinische Psychologie , 1955, 5:122 - 133.) [In German.] Hennessy, Sandy. Let the caged bird sing! Iyengar Yoga Institute of San Francisco Review, Winter 2001, 21(1 ):16 - 17. “I have come to be aware of the feedback loop that exists between the collapsing of my chest and negative emotions.” Herzog - Dürck, Johanna. Probleme einer meditativen Psychotherapie. Jahrbuch fur Psychologie und Psychotherapie , 1958, 6:249 - 261. [In German.] Heuser, Margaretha. Dealing with anger: Cultivation of the Aklista qualities has to become a conscious continuous effort. Yoga and Total Health, Aug 2001, 47(1):22 - 23. Heyer, Gustav. Yoga und psychotherapie. Jahrbuch fur Psychologie und Psyc hotherapie , 1958, 6:350 - 355. [In German] 74 Hillegas, Joseph. [Yoga nidra helpful for a schizoaffective disorder.] Personal communication to Richard Miller, Ph.D., 28 Oct 2000. Hjelle, L. A. Transcendental meditation and psychological health. Perceptual and Motor Skills , Aug 1974, 39(1, Pt. 2):623 - 628. Also in D. W. Orme - Johnson and J. T. Farrow, eds., Scientific Research on Transcendental Meditation, Vol. I . Weggis: M.E.R.U. Press, 1977, pp. 437 - 441. Hoen, Birgitt. Yoga to build a strong and spiritual body for life. 1998. Available from Robin Tear, 66 Haumoana Road, Rotorua, New Zealand. Abstract: The Eastern view of the body as koshas is compared to the Western view of the gross physical body. The Western psychology of Freud and Eriksen is contrasted with the Eastern view of the mental aspects and the chakras . The philosophies of Freud, Eriksen, and Steiner are contrasted with the Sutras . Hoenig, J. Medical research on yoga. Confinia Psychiatrica, 1968, 11:69 - 89. Holmes, D. S. Meditation and somatic arou sal reduction: A review of the experimental evidence. American Psychologist , 1984, 39:1 - 10. Hood, R. W., J. R. Hall, P. J. Watson, and M. Biderman. Personality correlates of the report of mystical experiences. Psychological Reports, 1979. 44:804 - 806. Hou ten, Peter Van. Overcoming Anxiety and Depression: A Holistic Approach. Nevada City, Calif.: Crystal Clarity Publishers, 2002. (Contains a section on meditation.) Hunt, Dorothy. Being intimate with what is: Healing the pain of separation. In John J. Prend ergast, Peter Fenner, and Sheila Krystal, eds., The Sacred Mirror: Nondual Wisdom and Psychotherapy . St. Paul, Minn.: Paragon House, 2003. Hurt, Peter. Yoga can help depression. Charles Darwing University press release, 17 Jun 1005. “Yoga combined with c ounselling could be an effective way of treating the symptoms of major depression, a Charles Darwin University researcher and student counsellor has found. “Stephanie Johnson will present her findings at a public seminar on social work research in mental health at the Museum and Art Gallery of the Northern Territory on Wednesday. “Ms Johnson, who has been a counsellor and so cial worker for 12 years, said ‘tentative, pilot research’ showed that yoga had positive effects on people’s wellbeing and could be u sed as part of overall treatment for depression. . . . “ Ms Johnson said she had conducted a 12 - week study of nine students aged between 18 and 60. The students received fortnightly counselling for six weeks, followed by fortnightly counselling and weekly yoga for six weeks. “ ‘ Of the seven students who finished the treatment, two were deemed to have clinically recovered from major depression; three recovered partially and two were deemed not to have recovered. However, every participant — incl uding the two w ho dropped out — recorded an improvement.’ 75 “ Ms Johnson said she hoped her research would encourage counselling professionals to review alternative treatments for major depression, not only within the university student population, but also in the wider comm unity. It is also important for people who think they may have depression to seek medical assistance .” Ikemi, A., S. Tomita, M. Kuroda, Y. Hayashida, and Y. Ikemi. Self - regulation method: psychological, physiological and clinical considerations. An overv iew. Psychother Psychosom , 1 986, 46(4):184 - 195. Ikemi, Y., H. Ishikawa, J. R. Goyeche, and Y. Sasaki. “Positive” and “negative” aspects of the “altered states of consciousness” induced by autogenic training, Zen and yoga. Psychother Psychosom 1978, 30(3 - 4 ):170 - 178. Ikemi, Y., T. Nakagawa, H. Suematsu, and W. Luthe. The biologic wisdom of self - regulatory mechanism of normalization in autogenic and oriental approaches in psychotherapy. Psychother Psychosom , 1975, 25(1 - 6):99 - 108. The Influence of Mind on He aling and Dying Conference. University of California at Santa Barbara, 119 - 20 May 2000. URL: http://www.infinityfoundation.com/mandala/inner_sci_projects_frameset.htm. Integrated Movement Therapy, Intensive Certification Training. The Samarya Center, Seat tle, Washington. URL: http://www.samaryacenter.com/imt/prof_train.html. From the website: “This training is intended for master’s level therapists in the areas of speech - language pathology, physical therapy, occupational therapy, mental health and other r elated disciplines who have a strong interest in providing holistic, movement based therapy. At the end of the six month training, the student will have the necessary tools, perspective and direct experience to provide effective and rewarding yoga based th erapy. “With six hours of weekly direct observation of and participation in Integrated Movement Therapy sessions, bi - weekly meetings with instructors, direct instruction in the areas yoga, language and learning, mental health, as well specific disorders, our training program is comprehensive and demanding. Because it is also highly individualized, it is unmatched in quality . . .” “ You will come away from this training with the knowledge, spirit and confidence to effectively use a yoga based therapy appr oach in your work. You will understand and be able to implement each of the six core principles of Integrated Movement Therapy, and will have plenty of ideas for creatively incorporating them into your therapy sessions. You will gain an understanding of a yoga based, wellness, perspective and be able to see your students in a new light. You will learn about specific disorders, including autism, ADHD, stroke, addiction, depression, Parkinson’s Disease, anxiety and head injury, and how to use a yoga based app roach with them.” About Integrated Movement Therapy: “Integrated Movement Therapy TM is a holistic therapy approach for people of all ages, from infancy to adulthood. Using yoga based movement and breathing techniques, Master’s level therapists address the unique challenges of people with special needs in a calm, supportive and nurturing environment . . . “Integrated Movement Therapy (I.M.T.) was developed by Molly Kenny, founder and director of the Samarya Center, combining her experience and background i n speech - language pathology, 76 mental and behavioral health, and yoga. I.M.T. has been used successfully to promote wellness and positive self - image in individuals with autism spectrum disorders, Asperger’s Syndrome, AD(H)D, Prader - Willi syndrome, dyspraxia, depression and anxiety, as well as with stroke survivors, individuals experiencing profound grief, those recovering from illness or injury, and adults living with auto - immune diseases . . . “The I.M.T. approach is based on two overarching philosophies: t hat the student is already perfect and whole, and that the student and teacher are both unlimited in their abilities to heal. Supporting these beliefs is an empirically sound, brain - based therapy in which the therapist combines skills from conventional Mas ter’s level training with yoga philosophy and practice to help the student reach his or her highest potential for a rich and peaceful life . “Integrated Movement Therapy was developed to capitalize on the positive effects of movement generally and yoga sp ecifically, and to directly affect frontal lobe efficiency, thereby increasing physical and cognitive functioning and improving therapeutic outcomes. I.M.T. has six core principles: Structure and continuity, Physical stimulation, Social interaction, Langua ge Stimulation, Self - calming (attention/concentration/focus), and Direct self - esteem building. Each of these principles corresponds to specific areas of challenge, and therefore has specific positive effects in the therapeutic environment. “At its most d econstructed level, Integrated Movement Therapy works because it addresses each aspect of the individual using a highly structured, multi - modality teaching method. However there is another integral aspect to this approach that, in the end, is truly the hea rt of this therapy and why it works. Yoga based therapy by definition, should have a spiritual and philosophical bent that separates it from conventional clinical interventions; that is, a focus on the divine being that exists within each individual, no ma tter how distracting the external manifestations of the diagnosis might be. Integrated Movement Therapy works on the principle that encouraging and developing the self - esteem of the individual is the single most important factor in increasing skills in all areas. To this end, in our therapy we focus on what is right , the goodness or divinity of the individual, and write our goals and develop specific therapy programs to increase these positive aspects.” Iris, Keith F. Mindfulness meditation and stress/anxie ty. 28 Mar 1998. Article available online: http://www.behavior.net/cgi - bin/nph - display.cgi?MessageID=62&Top= - 1&config=meditation&uid=nC1M8.user&new=0&adm=0. Isaacs, Michael S. Psychotherapy and spirituality. Yoga & Health, December 1997, pp. 5 - 7. Isabel, J. Yoga and psychology. Article no. 4, Proceedings ICYR, 1984 - 1985, pp. 37 - 45. Iyengar, B. K. S. Yoga: A natural tranquilizer. Yoga Rahasya, 1995, 2(3):19 - 25. Also available online: http://www.skys.com.au/philosophy_tranquil.html. ___________, and Swam i Radha. Commentary by both on the psychological aspects of asanas in the article “Conversations with B. K. S. Iyengar.” Iyengar Yoga Institute Review, summer 1991, pp. 14 - 16. Originally published in Ascent , spring 1982. Iyengar, Prashant. The mind accord ing to yoga psychology. Yoga Rahasya, 1997, 4(2):4 - 12. Part 1 of a 2 - part series. ___________. Psychology of yoga. Yoga Rahasya, 1998, 5(1):18 - 27 . Part 2 of a 2 - part series. 77 Jain, A., R. Nagarathna, and S. Telles. Anxiety neurosis and pranayama (3 types) : A comparative study. Swami Vivekananda Yoga Research Foundation. Jaiswal. Psychology of Jung and yoga. M. A. thesis, Benares Hindu University, Varansai, 1956. Janakiramaiah, N., B. N. Gangadhar, et al. Therapeutic efficacy of Sudarshan Kriya Yoga in dy sthymic disorder. NIMHANS (National Institute of Mental Health and Neurosciences of India) Journal , Jan 1998, pp. 21 - 28. Abstract available online at http://www.artofliving.org/r - depression.html. ___________, B. N. Gangadhar, P. J. N. Venkatesha Murthy, M . G. Harish, D. K. Subakrishna, and A. Vedamurthachar. Antidepressant efficacy of Sudharshan Kriya Yoga (SKY) in melancholia: A randomized comparison with electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) and imipramine. Journal of Affective Disorders, Jan - Mar 2000, 57(1 - 3) :255 - 259. Abstract available online at http://www.artofliving.org/r - depression.html. The following review of this study appears in an article by Ralph La Forge entitled “Spotlight on Yoga” in the May 2001 issue of IDEA Health and Fitness Source (http://ww w.findarticles.com/cf_0/m0BTW/5_19/74886169/p1/article.jhtml?term=yoga): Study: Sudarshan kriya yoga (SKY) is a procedure that involves rhythmic hyperventilation at different rates. SKY’s ability to reduce depression was demonstrated in a prospective, ope n clinical trial conducted by researchers at the National Institute of Mental Health and Neuro Sciences in Bangalore, India. This study measured the antidepressant efficacy of SKY as a treatment for melancholia against the efficacy of two of the current st andard treatments, electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) and imipramine (IMN), an antidepressant also known as tofranil, Consenting, untreated melancholic depressives (n = 45) were hospitalized and randomized equally into the three treatment groups. They were as sessed at recruitment and weely thereafter for four weeks. Total scores on the Beck Depression Inventory and the Hamilton Rating Scale for Depression (HRSD) dropped significantly on successive occasions in all three groups. From group to group, however, r esults did not differ significantly. At week three, the SKY group’s scores were higher than the ECT group’s but no different from the IMN group’s. Rates of remission (defined as a total HRSD score of 7 or less) at the end of the trial were 93, 73 and 67 pe rcent in the ECT, IMN and SKY groups, respectively. No clinically significant side effects were observed in any group. While acknowledging the limitations of the design (lack of double - blind conditions), the authors concluded that SKY, although inferior to ECT, can be a potential alternative to drugs like IMN as a first - line treatment for melancholia. Comments: This is one of the first studies to investigate the effect of a meditation - based yoga practice on patients with clinically documented depression. M any patients with depression appear to be responsive to exercise therapy. In theory and as borne out, in part, by the results of this study, yoga may have at least as much to offer as some standard treatments, given its balanced inclusion of individualized asana - exercise, breath work and quiescent cognitive aspects. Jayanti, S. M., R. Nagarathna, and H. R. Nagendra. Autonomic and psychological changes in mentally retarded children undergoing IAYT: A 3 years follow - up. Swami Vivekananda Yoga Research Founda tion. 78 Jella, S. A., and D. S. Shannahoff - Khalsa. The effects of unilateral forced nostril breathing on cognitive performance. International Journal of Neuroscience, Nov 1993, 73(1 - 2):61 - 68. Jelusich, Richard A. Psychology of the chakras. Article availab le online: http://www.lightnews.org/psychology_of_the_chakras.htm. (Excerpted from Richard A. Jelusich, Psychology of the Chakras: A Handbook for Healers and Therapists .) __________. Eye of the Lotus . Twin Lakes, Wis.: Lotus Press, 2004. From the author: Eye of the Lotus is a book about chakra psychology, an esoteric look at the qualitative philosophy and psychology of being and how chakras affect mental, spiritual, emotional, and physical aspects of our life. The book includes a [large] appendix of chakra balancing and toning exercises, prayers, meditations, yoga, etc. It is the culmination of almost 17 years of spiritual counseling and my intuitive observations of the “whole human being.” Jerry, Martin. Body, breath, mind, and spirit: The pursuit of inner health. International Journal of Yoga Therapy , 2000, no. 10, pp. 73 - 86. Jnanarupananda Saraswati, Swami. Music and the mind: Infinite possibilities for transformation. Yoga (Sivananda Math), January 1999, 10(1): 39 - 47. (See especially mantras sec tion, p. 45, on psychoanalysis vs. mantric energy.) Johnston, William M. Descriptive psychology of religion applied to Buddhist meditation. Ordinary Mind , Autumn 2002, No. 18. Jones, Douglas. N. Buddhism meditation and depth psychology. Kandy, Sri Lanka: Buddhist Publication Society, 1994. Article available online: http://www.accesstoinsight.org/lib/bps/wheels/wheel088.html . Jordan, N. [Psychotherapy with expressive techniques in psychotic patients]. Acta Psiquiatr Psicol Am Lat , Jan - Jun 1989, 35(1 - 2):55 - 60. PMID: 2634333. [In Spanish.] Abstract: In February 1984, it was decided to resort to non - verbal expressive techniques as a suitable way for doing group psychotherapy with psychotic patients. A corporal language technique was selected which comprised (a) sense - perception elements, (b) corporal expression, and © yoga, arranged in five - step sessions: space acknowledgment, deep - breathing exercise, palpation of an osteoarticular structure, motility test of the previously palpated zone, and expressive ex ercise. Such an experiment was carried out with a group of psychotic patients, another group with psychosomatic symptoms, and a third, changeable, heterogenous group, with, obviously, a control group. Observations were made of patients’ behavior during ses sions, and their clinical progress throughout. All patients showed good response to the movement proposals, and no emotional excesses were detected. It was clinically observed that, in all cases, sociability improved, and anxiety decreased — in this connecti on, medication could be cut down accordingly. As regards 2 schizophrenic female patients, biological therapy could be ruled out. Jordens, J. Jung and Yoga. Journal of the Indian Academy of Philosophy, 1964, 3:1 - 21. Joseph, C., A. Shankar Ram, H. N. Murth y, and T. Desiraju. Comparison of senior yogis with control subjects on personality traits, levels of self - actualisation and adjustment. Indian Journal of Physiology and Pharmacology , 1987, 31(5). 79 Joshi, A. Integrated approach of yoga therapy for back pai n, mental retardation, and asthma. Vivekananda Kendra Yoga Research Foundation, 1991. Joshi, K. C. Personality in yoga psychology. Ph.D. dissertation, Saugor University. Joshi, K. S. Avidya: A psychological interpretation. Chakra: A Journal of Tantra and Yoga , 1972, 4:170 - 172. Judd uses yoga to combat depression. Contactmusic.com, 29 Aug 2005. “Ashley Judd credits yoga for helping her conquer depression. “The “Kiss the Girls” was diagnosed bipolar a decade ago and found her interest in yoga and all that comes with it was more helpful to her than pills she was prescribed. “She says, ‘My mat is a safe place. I’ll go into Child’s pose or I’ll simply sit on it and cry. It’s my rock. “‘I haven’t been depressed in a while, but it’s something I know how to lo ok for in my life. Yoga has made a big difference there . . . because when I feel that slippery slope, instead of just monitoring it and being fearful, now I give thanks for my struggles. “‘I try to remember that true happiness is not dependant on circums tances and conditions . . .’” Judith, Anodea. The Chakra System: A Complete Course in Self - Diagnosis and Healing audiotape set. Sounds True, 2000. Twelve sessions, six tapes. “Anodea Judith has mapped the striking connections between the yogic healing a rts and modern psychology and demonstrates how a combination of both traditions can be dramatically more effective than using either one alone.” Jung, Carl Gustav. Yoga und der Westen. In Gesammelte Werke Bd. 11. Zürich: Rascher, 1963, pp. 571 - 580. [In German.] ___________. Zur Psychologie östlicher Meditation. In Gesammelte Werke Bd. 11. Zürich: Rascher, 1963, pp. 605 - 621. [In German.] ___________. Uber den indischen Heiligen. Vorwort zu H. Zimmer, der Weg zum Selbst. In Gesammelte Werke Bd. 11. Zürich: Rascher, 1963, pp. 622 - 632. [In German.] Jyotirmayananda, Swami. Overcoming Fear audiotape. South Miami, Fla.: Yoga Research Foundation. To order, call 305 - 666 - 2006. 60 minutes. Kabat - Zinn, J., A. O. Massion, J. Kristeller, L. G. Peterson, K. E. Fletche r, L. Pbert, et al. Effectiveness of a meditation - based stress reduction program in the treatment of anxiety disorders. American Journal of Psychiatry, Jul 1992, 149(7):936 - 942. Kak, Subhash. On the science of consciousness in ancient India. 1998. Article available online: http://www.infinityfoundation.com/mandala/i_es/i_es_kak - s_sci_con_frameset.htm. 80 Kakar, Sudhir. Relative realities: Images of adulthood in psychoanalysis and the yogas. Samiksa , 1977, 31(2):37 - 48. Kalghatgi, T. G. Some problems of Jain psychology. Ph.D. dissertation, karnatak University, Dharwar, 1961. Kalonick, Jill. Yogi bringing the inner wisdom of her book to Montgomery. The Princeton Packet , 1 Jun 2004. Article available online: http://www.yogafordepression.com/prinstonpacket.htm . “ For Amy Weintraub, depression was a lack of feeling and paralysis; she compares it to ‘an element of blank,’ as Emily Dickinson called it. She suffered from cognitive impairment; she lo st things, forgot meetings and ‘ moved as though through a fog.’ “ That changed when Ms. Weintraub began practicing yoga daily. ‘ got a brochure in the mail for Kripalu Center in Massachusetts ,’she says. ‘ here was no literature at the time about it. I decided to go, and I loved the yoga. There was an immediate feel - good e ffect, I felt really connected.’ “ Ms. Weintraub was on antidepressants and seeing a therapist at the time, who had told her ‘You’ re one of those people who will always have empty pockets.’ At the yoga class, her interpretation of this dire prediction c hanged . . . ” Kambe, T. , K. Sato, and K. Naggua. Medical and psychological studies on Zen. In Proceedings 25 th Convention J. P. A. , 1961. Kanjilal, P. Concept of mind in Patanjali Yoga Sutra. Ph.D. dissertation, Lucknow University, 1960. Kapur, R. L. Y oga and the state of mind. Article available online: http://www.yes2yoga.com/article1.asp. “A lot of research has been carried out to examine the effect of yoga on neuro - physiological, hormonal and metabolic parameters but while it is of interest that yo gis can control their heartbeat or change their brain waves, the crucial question from the psychological point of view is whether they can control their mental fluctuations. Indian tradition claims that the only way to understand the impact of yoga on the subjective states is by experiencing it yourself. “A few years ago, I took a year off from my work to do just that. I apprenticed myself to a guru and devoted myself to yoga, spending about five hours every day on yogic practices. Every evening, I would s pend an hour or two recording my observations regarding what had happened to my own mental state. After the completion of one year, I once again stood outside my experiences and examined whether my daily observations revealed any consistent patterns. It is my understanding that if a few fellow professionals go through similar training and report their conclusions in a similar manner, some commonalities can be culled out to form a body of phenomenological knowledge around the yoga technique. Walsh has done s uch an exercise for vipasana meditation but I am not aware of any with respect to yoga. “This paper gives an account of my exploration.” Karunananda, Swami. Yoga and Emotional Well - Being workshop. Integral Yoga, 800 - 858 - YOGA, www.yogaville.org. 81 Kasamat su, A. T. Hirai, and H. Izawa. Medical and psychological studies on Zen. In Proceedings 26 th Convention J. P. A. , 1962. Katz, Nathan. Anima and mKha’ - ’gro - ma: A critical comparative study of Jung and Tibetan Buddhism. Tibet Journal , Autumn 1977, 2(3):13 - 4 3. Katzenstein, Larry. Center for Meditation and Healing integrates psychiatric health. Psychiatric Times , Jul 1998, 15(7). Article available online: http://www.psychiatrictimes.com/p980701b.html . “Is the center unique in what it offers? ‘Jon Kabat - Zin n, at the University of Massachusetts Medical Center in Worcester, is doing something similar by relying on the Buddhist tradition and teaching people mindfulness meditation to improve health and for medical problems,’ said [Joseph] Loizzo[, director of Th e Center for Meditation and Healing]. ‘But we’re using several meditative traditions and multiple meditation techniques and adopting them in a more comprehensive way.’ “As for Benson and his mind - body medical institute at Beth Israel Deaconess, ‘What he has done is to isolate a single technique - transcendental meditation - from a whole traditional belief system and graft it into the Western setting,’ said Loizzo. ‘Our center is based on his work but we’ve gone several steps further. We’re looking more seriou sly at the whole paradigm of self - healing that these alternative traditions offer, studying meditation as a self - healing science and combining alternative traditions with current developments in neuroscience, medicine and psychotherapy.’” Kaushik, Y. P., Y. Paul, and M. Gupta. Yoga for memory development of school - going children. In H. R. Nagendra, R. Ragarathna, and S. Telles, Yoga Research & Applications: Proceedings of the 5 th International Conference on Frontiers in Yoga Research and Applications . Ban galore, Vivekananda Kendra Yoga Research Foundation, 2000, pp. 285 - 288. Keane, W. Michael, and Stephen Cope. When the therapist is a Yogi: Integrating Yoga and psychotherapy. In Seymour Boorstein, M.D., ed., Transpersonal Psychotherapy . 2d ed. New York: S UNY Press, 1996. Reprinted in The Journal of The International Association of Yoga Therapists , 1995, no. 6, pp. 15 - 22. Keefe, T. Meditation and the psychotherapist. Am J Orthopsychiatry, 1975, 45(3):484 - 489. Keller, Doug. Reconcilable differences: Push - p ull, tighten - relax, effort - surrender . . . yoga is about embracing opposing forces. Yoga Journal , Nov/Dec 1999, pp. 104 - 106. Kempf, James. Psychological state changes in meditation. Extracted from the newsgroup talk.religion.buddhism. Article available on line: http://www.serve.com/cmtan/buddhism/Misc/p sybudd1.html. Kempton, Sally. Feel your way: Our intense emotions — even negative ones, like fear, anger, sadness, and grief — can be a path to spiritua l growth. Yoga Journal , Jan/Feb 2004, pp. 61 - 67. Article available online: http://www.yogajournal.com/meditation/1158_1.cfm. Kennedy, C., and A. K. Broome. Yoga and anxiety. Nursing Times, 1979, 75(43):1836 - 1837. 82 Kennedy, R. B., Jr. Self - induced deperson alization syndrome. American Journal of Psychiatry , Nov 1976, 133(11):1326 - 1328. PMID: 10743. Abstract: The author reports two cases in which depersonalization occurred during the waking consciousness of individuals who had engaged in meditative technique s designed to alter consciousness. Psychiatrists should be aware of this phenomenon, as the number organizations in the “consciousness movement” is increasing, and should ask people manifesting depersonalization about any involvement in activities leading to altered states of consciousness. In some cases it might be appropriate to refer such patients to responsible groups that teach altered consciousness by meditation as an egosyntonic desirable state. The author cautions against the use of phenothiazines i n cases where depersonalization is a prominent feature. Khalsa, Gurmukh Kaur. Beyond Anger and Attachment: The Kundalini Experience workshop. 6 th Annual Yoga Journal Convention, 27 - 30 Sep 2001, Estes Park, Colorado. Khalsa, Sat Jiwan Singh. Fear - release and renew through mudra. Article available online: http://100megsfree.com/yoga/fear.html. ___________. Mudra meditation to calm the mind and to cure feelings of ill will, self - anger, hostility, self - hatred, or self - animosity. Article available online: htt p://100megsfree.com/yoga/animosity.html. ___________. Mudra to control the emotions. Article available online: http://www.100megsfree.com/yoga/mudras/emotions.html. Khalsa, Shakta Kaur. Releasing fear & anger. In Shakta Kaur Khalsa, Yoga for Women: Healt h and Radiant Beauty for Every Stage of Life . DK Publishing, 2002. Khona, Chitu. Art of listening. Journal of the Yoga Institute, Dec 1981, 27(5):15. (On teaching students with emotional difficulties.) Kimbrough, John. Yoga and Buddhism as psychotherapie s. Joy: The Journal of Yoga, Jun 2003, 2(6). Article available online: http://www.journalofyoga.org/yogapsychotherapy.htm . Kind, H. Critical thoughts to the article by B. Staehelin, The development of a psychosomatic basis therapy entitled “the ftan medit ation.” Praxis, 1976, 65(27):853. King, Melanie. Mental health and the gunas. Spectrum: The Journal of the British Wheel of Yoga , Summer 2002, pp. 28 - 29 . King, Roy, Ann Brownstone, and Jill Nagahara. Yoga therapy in a partial hospitalization setting. Cont inuum , Summer 1997, 4(2):141 - 151. Abstract: This article outlines the psychological roots of classical yoga and the application of yoga - based therapy techniques to clinical populations. Yoga therapy is differentiated from both insight - mindfulness methods and cognitively based dialectical behavior therapy. The authors review effectiveness studies and biological correlates of yoga meditation. They then describe a model yoga treatment group in a partial hospitalization program and propose that a yoga - based t herapy group may be helpful in developing coping skills for reducing anxiety and anger in a largely personality - disordered population in an ambulatory setting. 83 Kirsch, I., and D. Henry. Self - desensitization and meditation in the reduction of public speaki ng anxiety. J Consult Clin Psychol , 1979, 47:536 - 541. Kirtane, L. T. Transcendental meditation: A multipurpose tool in clinical practice. Sc Res TM Coll Pap , II. Kishimoto, H. Shukyo - Shimpishugi [Religious Mysticism: Psychology Thought of Classical Yoga] . Tokyo, 1958. [In Japanese.] Kishimoto, K. Self - awakening psychotherapy for neurosis: Attaching importance to oriented thought, especially Buddhist thought. Psychologia, 1985, 28:90 - 100. Knittel, Linda. House of healing: In a new study, sacred environme nts have been shown to have a healing effect on the mentally ill. Yoga Journal , Dec 2002, p. 33 . Kocher, H. C. Introverted extroverted practitioners of yoga and their scores on neuroticism, anxiety and general hostility. Yoga - Mimamsa , 1973, 15(4):69 - 74. ___________. Anxiety, general hostility and its direction as a result of yogic practices. Yoga - Mimamsa , 1972, 17(4):73 - 82. ___________. Yoga practices as a variable in neuroticism, anxiety and hostility. Yoga - Mimamsa , Jul 1972, 15(2):37 - 46. ___________, and M. N. Palsane. General hostility and its direction among practitioners and non - practitioners of yoga: A psychological study. Unpublished paper, 1972. ___________, and V. Pratap. Anxiety level and yogic practices — a preliminary communication. Yoga - Mimam sa , 1972, 15(1):11 - 15. ___________, and V. Pratap. A free association study before and after yogic practices. Yoga - Mimamsa , 1971, 14(1&2):41 - 56. ___________, and V. Pratap. Neu

bundet

rotic trend and yogic practices. Yoga - Mimamsa , 1971, 14(1 - 2):34 - 40. Kohli, An u. The cause of emotional upheavals. Yoga and Total Health, Aug 2000, pp. 21 - 22. Kohr, E. Dimensionality in the meditative experience: A replication. Journal of Transpersonal Psychology , 1977, 9(2):193 - 203. Also in D. H. Shapiro, and R. N. Walsh, eds., Me ditation: Classic and Contemporary Perspectives . New York: Aldine Publishing, 1984, pp. 271 - 280. Kokoszka, A. Axiological aspects of comparing psychotherapy and meditation. Int J Psychosom , 1990, 37(1 - 4):78 - 81. ___________. Limitations of a psychobiologi cal concept of the integration of psychotherapy and meditation. American Journal of Psychiatry, Oct 1986, 143(10):1315. 84 Komitor, Jodi B., and Eve Adamson. Yoga to help kids concentrate and increase mental alertness. In Jodi B. Komitor and Eve Adamson, The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Yoga with Kids . New York: Macmillan, 2000. Kondo, Akihisa. Zen in psychotherapy: The virtue of sitting. Chicago Review, 1958, 12:57 - 64. Kopp, Sheldon B. Tantric therapy. Journal of Contemporary Psychotherapy, Winter 1978, 9:131 - 134. Kormendy, A. [Psychological technics and meditation – reflections on some aspects of a borderline treatment area]. Offentl Gesundheitswes , Jan 1990, 52(1):27 - 29. [In German.] Kotansky, Heidi. Mending mindfully: A recent study suggests that practicin g meditation can boost the immune system. Yoga Journal , Nov 2004. Article available online: http://www.yogajournal.com/meditation/1050_1.cfm. “The research team, led by Richard Davidson, professor of psychology and psychiatry at UW — Madison, found that min dfulness meditation produced biological eff ects that improved the subjects’ resiliency. The experimental group, composed of 25 participants, received meditation training from Jon Kabat - Zinn, who developed a mindfulness - based stress - reduction program at the University of Massachusetts Medical Center. They attended weekly meditation classes as well as one seven - hour retreat during the study; they also practiced at home for an hour a day, six days a week. Those in the control group didn’t meditate during the c ourse of the study. “The researchers then measured electrical activity in the front parts of both groups’ brains, the area that corresponds to emotion. Previous research has shown that the left side of this area becomes more active than the right side wh en a positive emotion is experienced, a pattern also associated with optimism. The study showed increased activity in the left side among meditators, significantly more than was seen in the control group. “Those meditating also demonstrated stronger immu ne function than those in the control group. All the participants received a flu vaccine at the end of the eight - week study period. Then, at four and eight weeks after the shot was given, their blood was tested to measure the levels of antibodies they had produced against the vaccine. “While everyone who participated in the study had an increased number of antibodies, the meditators had a significantly greater increase than the control group. ‘The changes were subtle, but statistically it was significant, ’ says Dan Muller, M.D., head of the immunology core of UW — Madison’s Mind - Body Center, which conducted the study’s blood analysis. ‘It was startling that such a short intervention could produce a change.’ Plans for more research on the impact of meditation are under way. Davidson and his team are currently working with a group of people who have been practicing meditation for more than 30 years; they are also preparing to conduct a study on the impact of mindfulness meditation on people with specific health conditions.” Kornfeld, J. Buddhist meditation and consciousness research. Sausalito, Calif.: Institute of Noetic Sciences, 1990. ___________. The roots of Buddhist psychology. 6 - audiotape set. Sounds True Audio. Kozak, Sandra Summerfield. How to stay g rounded: A practice for calming anxiety. Yoga International , Apr/May 2001, pp. 90 - 97. 85 ___________. Relaxing your mind: A practice for reducing pitta. Yoga International , Jun/Jul 2001, pp. 90 - 97. Kraftsow, Gary. Emotional health. In Gary Kraftsow, Yoga f or Wellness: Healing with the Timeless Teachings of Viniyoga. New York: Penguin/Arkana, 1999, pp. 301 - 323. (Includes sections on anger, anxiety, and depression.) ___________. Yoga for Wellness: Emotional Health workshop. Given at Omega Institute’s New Yo rk City Yoga Conference: Awaken body, Mind & Heart, 18 - 20 Oct 2002. See www.eomega.org. “Recognizing the direct influences of habits of thought and emotion on biochemistry, and knowing that positive states have a deeply restorative impact on the entire s ystem, we are able to develop certain practices to transform negative qualities of mind and promote general well - being. Explore the complex interaction between thought, emotion, and physiology and the role [of] yoga practices to nourish the system and to r estore equilibrium through the practice of asana, pranayama, chanting, and meditation.” Kramer, Gregory. Insight Dialogue as spiritual therapy. International Journal of Yoga Therapy, 2000, no. 10, pp. 87 - 94. Kretschmer, W. Meditative techniques in psycho therapy. In Charles Tart, ed., Altered States of Consciousness. New York: Wiley, 1969. Kripalu Center Conference on Yoga and Psychology. 1994. Contact Stephen Cope, Kripalu Institute, P.O .Box 793, Lenox, MA 01240. (On the relationship between psychothera py and the eight - limbed path of raja yoga.) Krishnamacharya Yoga Mandiram. Teaching yoga to the mentally retarded. The Yoga Review, 1985, 4(1&2):43 - 64. Krishnamurthy, U. The psychodynamics of yoga: An exploration into mind and consciousness. Yoga Biomed News , Spring 1996, no. 30, p. 1. ___________. Yoga and psychiatry. In Vivekananda Kendra Prakashan, Yoga: The Science of Holistic Living . Madras, India: In Vivekananda Kendra Prakashan, 1996, pp. 160 - 163. (Includes schizophrenia and mental retardation.) ___________. Integrated approach of yoga therapy for mentally retarded: A pilot study. International Yoga Conference, Lonavla, India, Jan 1988. ___________, Vaidehi, H. R. Nagendra, and R. Nagaratna. Preliminary studies of the integrated approach of yog a therapy for mental retardation. Abstract, 2 nd International Conference on Yoga Education and Research, Kaivalyadhama (Lonavla), India, January 1 - 3, 1988; Yoga - Mimamsa , 1988, 27(1&2):16 - 17. Krishnananda, Swami. Chapter 1: Psychological presuppositions; C hapter 4: Depth psychology. In Swami Krishnananda, The Yoga System . Rishikesh, India: The Divine Life Society. Available on line at http://www.swami - klrishnananda.org/yoga_00.html. 86 Kriyananda, Goswami. Answers the question: What are some yoga poses used t o soften anger and what are some yoga postures to help overcome depression? YOGAChicago, Jan - Feb 2001, p. 9. Krystal, Sheila. A nondual approach to EMDR: Psychotherapy as satsang. In John J. Prendergast, Peter Fenner, and Sheila Krystal, eds., The Sacred Mirror: Nondual Wisdom and Psychotherapy . St. Paul, Minn.: Paragon House, 2003. Kubose, S. K. An experimental investigation of psychological aspects of meditation. Psychologia , 1976, 19(1):1 - 10. Kulkarni, D. D. Yoga and neuropsychology. Yoga - Mimamsa , 199 7, 33(1):1 - 22. ___________, and R. S. Bhogal. Coping anxiety through the yogic corpse posture — Shavasana — A signal detection theory approach. Souvenir, XII International Conference of STAR, University of Hungary, 1991. Kulkarni, T. R. Some implications of yoga for psycho - pathology. In T. R. Kulkarni, Upanishads and Yoga: An Empirical Approach to the Understanding . Bombay: Bharatiya Vidya Bhavan, 1972, pp. 126 - 148, 154 - 159. ___________. Psychosynthesis and psycho - analysis. Yoga - Mimamsa , 1969, 11(4):1 - 14. Kumito, David Ross. Tibetan Buddhism and psychotherapy: A conversation with the Dalai Lama. The Journal of Transpersonal Psychology, 1983, 15(1):1 - 11. ___________. Tibetan Buddhism and psychotherapy: Further conversations with the Dalai Lama. The Journal of Transpersonal Psychology , 1984, 16(1):1 - 24. Kurlkar, L. N., and J. Mehta. Yoga: The key to psychosomatics. Paper read at IV Congress International College of Psychosomatic Medicine, Kyoto, 1977. Kutz, I., J. Leserman, C. Dorrington, C. H. Morrison, J. Z. Borysenko, and H. Benson. Meditation as an adjunct to psychotherapy. An outcome study. Psychother Psychosom , 1985, 43(4):209 - 218. Kutz, I., J. Z. Borysenko, and H. Benson. Meditation and psychotherapy: A rationale for the integration of dynamic psycho therapy, the relaxation response and mindfulness meditation. American Journal of Psychiatry , 1985, 142(1):1 - 9. Kyabgon Rinpoche, Traleg. The Psychology of mysticism. Ordinary Mind, Spring 2000, No. 12. Labman, Jonathan. The principles of yoga psychothera py. Available free of charge from the author: j@yogapsychotherapy.com. Author’s website: http://www.yogapsychotherapy.com. “. . . synthesizes a new form of transformational technology incorporating the principles and practices of Yoga and Western Psychoth erapy: Yoga Psychotherapy. Yoga Psychotherapy’s first assumption is that Spirit exists, and that human beings are infused with Divine Being and Cosmic Consciousness. In Yoga Psychotherapy we start from the position that people are essentially ‘okay’ in the mselves, they have merely created problems based on thinking that includes 87 fundamental errors about the nature of the self and the world. Yoga Psychotherapy uses the traditional therapeutic means of weekly talk therapy sessions, which we combine with Yoga practices such as Yoga postures (asanas), breathwork and meditation, any of which may be used within the therapy session.” ___________. Yoga psychotherapy: A new transformational technology. Master’s thesis. Vermont College of Norwich University, 2000. A uthor’s website: http://www.yogapsychotherapy.com. Contents: Introduction; Western Psychotherapy and Western Body Psychotherapy; Yoga Psychology; Experiential Research; Other Integrated Systems of Yoga and Western Psychotherapy; Conclusion: Integrating Two Transformational Technologies Lad, Vasant. Ayurvedic psychology. Ayurveda Today, Summer 1991. La Forge, R. Mind - body fitness: Encouraging prospects for primary and secondary prevention. J Cardiovasc Nurs , Apr 1997, 11(3):53 - 65. Lalitananda, Swami. Overcome anger & realize the Self. In Swami Lalitananda, Practice of Yoga in Daily Life . Bombay: Taraporevala, 1973, pp. 216 - 217. Originally published under the title Yoga in Life. Lavey, Roberta, Tom Sherman, Kim T. Mueser, Donna D. Osborne, Melinda Curr ier, and Rosemarie Wolfe. The effects of yoga on mood in psychiatric inpatients. Psychiatric Rehabilitation Journal , Mar 2005; 28(4):399 - 402. PMID: 15895926. Abstract: The effects of yoga on mood were examined in 13 psychiatric inpatients at New Hampsh ire Hospital. Participants completed the Profile of Mood States (POMS) prior to and following participation in a yoga class. Analyses indicated that participants reported significant improvements on all five of the negative emotion factors on the POMS, inc luding tension - anxiety, depression - dejection, anger - hostility, fatigue - inertia, and confusion - bewilderment. There was no significant change on the sixth POMS factor, vigor - activity. Improvements in mood were not related to gender or diagnosis. The results suggest that yoga was associated with improved mood, and may be a useful way of reducing stress during inpatient psychiatric treatment. Layaratna. Yoga for bipolar disorder. Email: layaratna@spiritofyoga.com.au. Lazarus, Arnold A. Psychiatric problems precipitated by Transcendental Meditation. Psychological Reports , 1976, 39:601 - 602. ___________. Meditation: The problems of any unimodal technique. In D. H. Shapiro, and R. N. Walsh, eds., Meditation: Classic and Contemporary Perspectives. New York: Aldi ne Publishing, 1984, p. 691. Lazarus, R. S. Psychological stress and coping in adaptation and illness. Int J Psychiatry Med, Fall 1974, 5(4):321 - 333. Lee, Michael. The call of spirit: A case study in Phoenix Rising Yoga Therapy. The Journal of The Intern ational Association of Yoga Therapists , 1994, no. 5, pp. 34 - 36. 88 ___________. Phoenix Rising Yoga Therapy. In Daniel J. Wiener, ed., Beyond Talk Therapy: Using Movement and Expressive Techniques in Clinical Practice . Washington, D.C.: American Psychologica l Association, 1999, pp. 205- 221. ___________. The couch or the yoga mat: Yoga therapy vs. psychotherapy. Article available online: http://www.pryt.com/cmp/news7.html . Lee, Sung W., Carol A. Mancuso, and Mary E. Charlson. Prospective study of new partici pants in a community - based mind - body training program. Journal of General Internal Medicine , Jul 2004, 19(7):760 - 765. PMID: 15209590. Author email: SWL9001@med.cornell.edu. Abstract: BACKGROUND: Mind - body practices such as yoga are widely popular, but lit tle is known about how such exercises impact health - related quality of life. OBJECTIVE: To measure changes in health - related quality of life associated with 3 months of mind - body training as practiced in community - based settings. DESIGN: Prospective cohor t study. SETTING: Eight centers for practice of mind - body training. PARTICIPANTS: One hundred ninety - four English - speaking adults who had taken no more than 10 classes at the centers prior to enrollment in the study. One hundred seventy - one (88%) returned the 3 - month follow - up questionnaire. INTERVENTION: Administration of the SF - 36 questionnaire at the start of training and after 3 months. MEASUREMENTS AND MAIN RESULTS: At baseline, new participants in mind - body training reported lower scores than U.S. no rms for 7 of 8 domains of the SF - 36: mental health, role emotional, social, vitality, general health, body pain, and role physical ( P < .002 for all comparisons). After 3 months of training, within - patient change scores improved in all domains ( P < .0001), including a change of +15.5 (standard deviation ±21) in the mental health domain. In hierarchical regression analysis, younger age ( P= .0003), baseline level of depressive symptoms ( P= .01), and reporting a history of hypertension (P= .0054) were independ ent predictors of greater improvement in the SF - 36 mental health score. Five participants (2.9%) reported a musculoskeletal injury. CONCLUSIONS: New participants in a community - based mind - body training program reported poor health - related quality of life a t baseline and moderate improvements after 3 months of practice. Randomized trials are needed to determine whether benefits may be generalizable to physician - referred populations. Leff, J. “Exotic” treatments and Western psychiatry. Psychol Med, May 1975 , 5(2):125 - 128. Lehmann, D., P. L. Faber, P. Achermann, D. Jeanmonod, L. R. Gianotti, and D. Pizzagalli. Brain sources of EEG gamma frequency during volitionally meditation - induced, altered states of consciousness, and experience of the self. Psychiatry Research , 30 Nov 2001, 108(2):111 - 21. Author email: dlehmann@key.unizh.ch. PMID: 11738545. Abstract: Multichannel EEG of an advanced meditator was recorded during four different, repeated meditations. Locations of intracerebral source gravity centers as w ell as Low Resolution Electromagnetic Tomography (LORETA) functional images of the EEG “gamma” (35 - 44 Hz) frequency band activity differed significantly between meditations. Thus, during volitionally self - initiated, altered states of consciousness that wer e associated with different subjective meditation states, different brain neuronal populations were active. The brain areas predominantly involved during the self - induced meditation states aiming at visualization (right posterior) and verbalization (left c entral) agreed with known brain functional neuroanatomy. The brain areas involved in the self - induced, meditational dissolution and reconstitution of the experience of the self (right fronto - temporal) are discussed in the context of neural substrates impli cated in normal 89 self - representation and reality testing, as well as in depersonalization disorders and detachment from self after brain lesions. Leifer, Ronald. The common ground of Buddhism and psychotherapy. Presented at the First Karma Kagyu Conference on Buddhism and Psychotherapy at International House, New York City, 1986. Lekshe, Amchi Thubten. A Tibetan view of emotional healing. Article available online: http://www.byregion.net/articles - healers/Tibetan_Healing.html. Leon, Andrew. Treatment of de pression, cognitive restructuring/cognitive disengagement? Master’s thesis (psychotherapy), University of New South Wales, Sydney, Australia, 1992. For more information see: http://www.behavior.net/cgi - bin/nph - display.cgi?MessageID=75&Top= - 1&config=meditat ion&uid=nC1M8.user&new=0&adm=0. From the author: The Cognitive Therapy and Attentional disengagement groups both improved significantly more than the waiting list group on DSM, BDI ,BAI, DAS criteria. The CBT group improved on measures assumed to measure cognitive restructuring but interestingly the Attentional training group improved significantly more than the controls and as much as the CT group in this measure [DAS] despite having no instruction in modifying dysfunctional thoughts, believed to be criti cal in the modification of depression. I conclude that if it is the case that depression is maintained, if not caused by, ruminations on self defeating interpretations, then a further surmise is that the sine qua non for the effective psychological treatme nt of depression are those [methods] which equip the patient [deliberately or inadvertently] with the skills to disengage from the - ve loop and thereby break the vicious cycle. Attentional training shows such promise and prompts the question does CT rely o n restructuring or attentional focusing. The Meditation method was a counting mantra with breathing and the instruction to take the passive attitude with intrusive thoughts and refocus on the breathing and counting. It was to be practiced 2x daily for 15 - 2 0 mins. and one minute mini - meditations 6x/day were also practiced. There were three groups of 15 subjects : 1) the Cognitive group was treated according to Beck 1979 ; 2) the Attentional Training group was taught a breathing and counting technique with th e instruction to take a passive attitude to intruding thoughts and to return to the next number or word in the meditation sequence. This was practiced 2x/day for 15 - 20 minutes and for 6 mini [1 minute] sessions daily; 3) the Waiting list group. The 2 treat ment groups had 6 weekly 45 minute sessions and a 2 month follow up where gains were maintained or improved in both treatment g roups. The measures used were 1) Beck Depression Inventory ,a minimum score of 16 was needed for inclusion with 19 - 27 bein g moder ate to severe depression; 2) Spielberger State and Trait Anxiety Inventory ; 3 ) Beck Anxiety Inventory; 4) Attentional capacity [Clarke,J.C. unpublished] . In this test the subject is given a pen and paper in a quiet room and asked to imagine an apple and fo cus their attention on it. Whenever any intrusion interrupts the focused attention the subject draws a tick and returns their concentration to the apple. The more ticks the more intrusions and the less attentional capacity. Nothing is said about restructur ing or challenging the intrusive thoughts. Subjects are told to let them drift past and return attention to the apple. T he study was done in a cognitive environment; i n fact we challenge the foundation of cognitive ther a py and its mode of action. We set out to see if 1) meditation was a useful way to help depressed people (t here was almost no literature at the time of writing ); 2) if we could find a specificity of treatment outcome in our results (others said there’s no point trying and we didn’t find a specificity); 3) w e set out to look at the mode of action of cognitive therapy by showing 90 that meditation changed depressive’s dysfunctional thoughts without addressing them as in cognitive therapy which focused just on these thoughts. If depression is cau sed by dysfunctional thinking , why do the same thoughts return with relapses and are they re ally cognitively restructured? A nd why does the meditation which doesn’ t address cognitive res tructuring have the same effect? Is CT an elaborate form of attentiona l training , i . e ., meditation ?!! I gave all participants the SHCS Stanford Hypnotic Clinical Scale thinking the good me ditators may have greater absorp tion and be better able to let intrusions float by. We had no correlation with results and hypnotic abili ty. Lerner, M. [Recent medical research on yoga and states of concentration]. Acta siquiatr Psicol Am Lat , Mar 1975, 21(1):56 - 63. [In Spanish.] ___________. Yoga concentration and psychotherapy. Acta Psychiat Am Lat . 1971, 17:410ff. Lesh, Terry V. Zen m editation and the development of empathy in counselors. In D. H. Shapiro, and R. N. Walsh, eds., Meditation: Classic and Contemporary Perspectives. New York: Aldine Publishing, 1984, pp. 152 - 187. Leskowitz, E. Seasonal affective disorder and the yoga para digm: A reconsideration of the role of the pineal gland. Med Hypotheses, Nov 1990, 33(3):155 - 158. Abstract: Seasonal Affective Disorder is a psychiatric disorder whose pathophysiology and clinical presentation are poorly understood. By applying the ancie nt paradigm of yoga psychology to this subject, new understandings of the syndrome emerge regarding the possible role of the pineal gland, the clinical presentation of the syndrome, and the possible mechanism of action of phototherapy. The energy depletion model presented here ties together such diverse elements as: dose - response aspects of phototherapy, anergia as a primary symptom of SAD, “spring fever,” myofascial pain disorder, the anti - gonadotrophic effect of melatonin, and pineal supersensitivity in b ipolar patients. Clinical predictions are made, and simple research protocols are suggested which can directly test the hypotheses generated by this paradigm. Lester, D. Zen and happiness. Psychol Rep , Apr 1999, 84(2):650. Leung, Paul. Comparative effect s of training in external and internal concentration on two counseling behaviors. In D. H. Shapiro, and R. N. Walsh, eds., Meditation: Classic and Contemporary Perspectives . New York: Aldine Publishing, 1984, pp. 188 - 195. Levenson, M. R., P. A. Jennings, C. M. Aldwin, and R. W. Shiraishi. Self - transcendence: conceptualization and measurement. Int ernational J ournal of Aging and Hum an Dev elopment , Jan 2005, 60(2): 127 - 143. PMID: 15801386. Author email: rick.levenson@oregonstate.edu. Abstract: Self - transcende nce has been hypothesized to be a critical component of wisdom (Curnow, 1999) and adaptation in later life (Tornstam, 1994). It reflects a decreasing reliance on externals for definition of the self, increasing interiority and spirituality, and a greater s ense of connectedness with past and future generations. The Adult Self - Transcendence Inventory was administered to 351 individuals along with the NEO - FFI Personality Scale (McCrae & Costa, 1989). A principal axis factor analysis identified two factors: sel f- transcendence and alienation. The relationships between self - transcendence and neuroticism, openness to experience, extraversion, and agreeableness were significant, although modest, suggesting that self - transcendence cannot be accounted for in terms of positive personality traits alone. As expected, a 91 multiple regression analysis indicated that self - transcendence was negatively related to neuroticism and positively related to meditation practice. The present study appears to lend support to the construct of self - transcendence. Levinson, Andrew, M.D. Yogic neuromuscular therapy. The Power of Yoga for Healing, Vitality & Spirit Conference, Miami Beach, Florida, November 2 - 4, 2001. “The technique blends yogic postures and deep tissue bodywork to allow for cathartic release of emotions, and to break through from the limitations of physical restrictions.” Linden, William. Practicing of meditation by school children and their levels of field dependence - independence, test anxiety, and reading achievement. Jour nal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology , Aug 1973, 41(1):139 - 143. Also in D. H. Shapiro, and R. N. Walsh, eds., Meditation: Classic and Contemporary Perspectives . New York: Aldine Publishing, 1984, pp. 89 - 93. Lobo, R. J., M. C. H. Michailov, V. Iyenger, V. T. Zonevia, and E. Neu. On psychological effects of Hatha yoga: Long time group teaching. Proceedings of the International Union of Physiology Sci Xi , 1974, 378. Loizzo, Joseph. Meditation and psychotherapy: Stress, allostatis, and enriched learning. In P. R. Muskin, ed., Complementary and Alternative Medicine in Psychiatry. American Psychiatri c Association, 2000, pp. 147 - 198 . Chapter contents: Meditation in medicine, neuroscience, and psychiatry; From meditation to psychotherapy: The bridge of hypn otic learning; From trauma to enrichment: Stress, learning, and the brain; Meditation and psychotherapy: Two methods of enriched learning; Research, teaching, and clinical uses of meditation, References Longaker, Kiranjit K. B., and Gabriel Tornusciolo. Y oga group therapy with traumatized adolescent males. International Journal of Yoga Therapy, 2003, no. 13, pp. 75 - 82. Abstract: This paper describes how Yoga groups have been implemented as a form of interpersonal group therapy with adolescent males who ha ve experienced severe trauma in their lives. It discusses how over time these groups have evolved to exhibit 11 therapeutic factors that are necessary for effective interpersonal group therapy. It then describes the ways in which these groups help the memb ers begin to cope with and heal from the effects of their trauma without having to rely on traditional “talk” therapy. Longhurst, Laraine. [Untitled.] I.Y.T.A. (New Zealand) News, Winter 1997, pp. 14 - 15. (On teaching students with emotional difficulties.) Loomba, R. M. Towards a universal psychology. Proc. Ind. Philo. Cong., 1953. Lowenstein, Keith. The physiology, psychology and practice of meditation and Kriya Yoga: Effects on health and stress - related disorders. The Psychology of Health, Immunity & Di sease Conference, Hilton Head Island, South Carolina, December 4 - 10, 2000. Will include a synthesis of meditation, Yoga, medicine and psychiatry, which can be used for personal growth or as an adjunctive treatment. 92 Lowenthal, Martin, and Lar Short. Openi ng the Heart of Compassion: Transform Suffering Through Buddhist Psychology and Practice . DharmaCrafts. Loy, David R. What are you really afraid of? David R. Loy argues that our true fear is not of dying, but of not existing in the first place. Tricycle , Summer 2003, pp. 50- 52. Lukoff, D., C. J. Wallace, R. P. Liberman, and K. Burke. A holistic program for chronic schizophrenic patients. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 1986, 12(2):274 - 282. MacDonald, D. A. Spirituality: description, measurement, and relation to the five factor model of personality. Journal of Personality, Feb 2000, 68(1):153 - 197. MacHovec, F. J. Current therapies and the ancient East. American Journal of Psychotherapy, Jan 1984, 38(1):87 - 96. MacPhillamy, D. J. Some personality effects of long - t erm Zen monasticism and religious understanding. Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion, 1985, 25(3):304 - 319. Mahabir, Deolal. Likhita yoga. Available online: http://www.mindexplorer.com/yoga.html. “People with obsessive - compulsive disorder will f ind great benefit from this practice, since it engages the senses into the present moment without [a] great deal of discipline and effort.” Malathi, A., and A. Damodaran. Stress due to exams in medical students — role of yoga. Indian Journal of Physiology a nd Pharmacology , Apr 1999, 43(2):218 – 224. Abstract: A student under optimal stress does bring out his or her best, However extremes of stress can result in stress induced disorders and deteriorating performance. Can yoga be of benefit in stress induced ef fects in medical students? The present study was conducted in first MBBS students (n = 50) to determine the benefit if any of yogic practices on anxiety status during routine activities and prior to examination. Feedback scores were assessed to determine h ow the students had benefited from the practices. Anxiety status as assessed by Spillberger’s anxiety scale showed a statistically significant reduction following practice. In addition the anxiety score which rose prior to exams showed a statistically sign ificant reduction on the day of exam after practice. These results point to the beneficial role of yoga in not only causing reduction in basal anxiety level but also attenuating the increase in anxiety score in stressful state such as exams. The results of the exam indicated a statistically significant reduction in number of failures in yoga group as compared to the control group. The improvement in various parameters such as better sense of well being, feeling of relaxation, improved concentration, self co nfidence, improved efficiency, good interpersonal relationship, increased attentiveness, lowered irritability levels, and an optimistic outlook in life were some of the beneficial effects enjoyed by the yoga group indicated by feedback score. ___________, A. Damodaran, N. Shah, N. Patil, and S. Maratha. Effect of yogic practices on subjective well being. Indian Journal of Physiology and Pharmacology, Apr 2000, 44(2):202 - 206. Abstract: Forty eight healthy volunteers who participated in the practice of yoga over a period of 4 months were assessed on Subjective Well Being Inventory (SUBI) before and after the course in order to evaluate the effect of practice of yoga on subjective feelings of well - being and quality of life. A significant improvement in 9 of t he 11 factors of SUBI was observed at the end of 4 93 months, in these participants. The paper thus, reiterates the beneficial effects of regular practice of yoga on subjective well being. Malec, James, and Carl N. Sipprelle. Physiological and subjective eff ects of Zen meditation and demand characteristics. Journal of Conult Clin Psychol , 1977, 44:339 - 340. Also in D. H. Shapiro, and R. N. Walsh, eds., Meditation: Classic and Contemporary Perspectives. New York: Aldine Publishing, 1984, pp. 548 - 549. Malhotra, J. Yoga and mental hygiene. Am J Psychother, 1963, 4:375 - 385. ___________. Yoga and psychiatry: A review. J Neuropsychiatry , 1964, 4:375 - 385. Mandell, Arnold J. Toward a psychobiology of transcendence: God in the brain. In Richard J. Davidson and Julian M. Davidson, The Psychobiology of Consciousness . Plenum Publishing, 1980, pp. 379 - 464. Mandlik, Vishwas V., and Ramesh Varkhede. Effect of Omkar chanting on concentration, memory and level of fatigue. In H. R. Nagendra, R. Ragarathna, and S. Telles, Yoga Research & Applications: Proceedings of the 5 th International Conference on Frontiers in Yoga Research and Applications . Bangalore, Vivekananda Kendra Yoga Research Foundation, 2000, pp. 269 - 272. Mann, Ronald L. Activation: A process of spiritual awakeni ng. International Journal of Yoga Therapy , 2000, no. 10, pp. 65 - 71. Manné , Joy, ed. The Healing Breath: A Journal of Breathwork Practice, Psychology and Spirituality . URL: www.i - breathe.com. Marmer, Loretta. Yes, people with mental illness can help thems elves. ADVANCE for Occupational Therapy Practitioners , 2 Sep 1996. Article available online: http://www.advanceforot.com/editorial/ot/9 - 2 - 1996/p17.html?frominc=editorial&pub=ADVANCE+for+Occupational+Therapy+Practitioners& issuedate=9%2F2%2F1996&searchstring =meditation. “. . . What work best for Dr. Knight are meditation techniques coupled with daily medication. Although he first learned meditation techniques years ago, Dr. Knight didn’t know how to use them to improve his own mental state. ‘The staff frown ed upon this technique when I was hospitalized,’ he remembers. ‘I learned (the concentration techniques) from a meditation teacher, but he had not taught me the application. I invented the application to mental afflictions.’” Martin, Donna. Body - centered psychotherapy: The Hakomi Method. The Journal of The International Association of Yoga Therapists , 1992, no. 3, pp. 52 - 54. (A review and discussion of Ron Kurtz’s book, Body - Centered Psychotherapy , and how it may relate to Yoga therapy.) ___________. Inte rview with Ron Kurtz (on the Hakomi Method). The Journal of The International Association of Yoga Therapists , 1995, no. 6, pp. 54 - 57. ___________. Yoga and psychotherapy. Yoga Outreach . Article available online: http://www.donnamartin.net/6article.htm. ___________. Yoga and psychotherapy. Reaching Out with Yoga, no. 6, pp. 11 - 12. 94 ___________. Yoga as therapy: Remembering wholeness. Article available online: http://www.donnamartin.net/2article.htm. Marx, Ina. Yoga and mental health. In Ina Marx, Yoga an d Common Sense . Indianapolis and New York: The Bobbs - Merrill Co., 1970, pp. 74 - 89. Discusses uses of Yoga therapy as an adjunct to psychotherapy in the 1960s. Mason, O., and I. Hargreaves. A qualitative study of mindfulness - based cognitive therapy for de pression. British Journal Med Psychol , Jun 2001, 74(Pt 2):197 - 212. PMID: 11802836. Abstract: Psychotherapeutic interventions containing training in mindfulness meditation have been shown to help participants with a variety of somatic and psychological con ditions. Mindfulness - based cognitive therapy (MBCT) is a meditation - based psychotherapeutic intervention designed to help reduce the risk of relapse of recurrent depression. There is encouraging early evidence from multi - centre randomized controlled trials . However, little is known of the process by which MBCT may bring therapeutic benefits. This study set out to explore participants’ accounts of MBCT in the mental - health context. Seven participants were interviewed in two phases. Interview data from four p articipants were obtained in the weeks following MBCT. Grounded theory techniques were used to identify several categories that combine to describe the ways in which mental - health difficulties arose as well as their experiences of MBCT. Three further parti cipants who have continued to practise MBCT were interviewed so as to further validate, elucidate and extend these categories. The theory suggested that the preconceptions and expectations of therapy are important influences on later experiences of MBCT. I mportant areas of therapeutic change (“coming to terms”) were identified, including the development of mindfulness skills, an attitude of acceptance and “living in the moment.” The development of mindfulness skills was seen to hold a key role in the develo pment of change. Generalization of these skills to everyday life was seen as important, and several ways in which this happened, including the use of breathing spaces, were discussed. The study emphasized the role of continued skills practice for participa nts’ therapeutic gains. In addition, several of the concepts and categories offered support to cognitive accounts of mood disorder and the role of MBCT in reducing relapse. Masson, J. L. Sex and yoga: Psychoanalysis and the Indian religious experience. Jo urnal of Indian Philosophy , Mar - Jun 1974, 2:307 - 318. Masson - Oursel, P. Die indische Auffassung der psychologischen Gegebenheiten. Eranos - Jahrbuch , 1937, 5:79 - 85. [In German.] ___________. Die indischen Heilstechniken. Eranos - Jahrbuch , 1937, 5:85 - 91. [In German.] ___________. La psychologie contemporaine occidentale et les conditions d’intelligence de la pensée indienne. Journal de Psychologie Normale et Pathologique, 1937, 94(2):152ff. [In French.] ___________. Les traits essentiels de la psychologie in dienne. Revue Philosophique de la France et de l’Etranger , 1928, pp. 418 - 429. [In French.] Matousek, Mark. The merry - go - round of desire: An interview with Mark Epstein . Tricycle, Summer 2004, pp. 80 - 86, 116 - 117. 95 A contemporary psychiatrist uses ancient B uddhist wisdom to make sense of desire in our everyday lives. “What we really want is for the object to be more satisfying than it ever can be.” Maupin, Edward W. Zen Buddhism: A psychological review. J Cons Psychol , 1962, 26(4):362 - 378. McCall, Timothy . Padmasana on Prozac? Taking an antidepressant doesn’t mean you are any less of a yogi. Yoga Journal , Dec 2003, p. 26. Meadows, Graham. Buddhism and psychiatry: Confluence and conflict. Australasian Psychiatry , Mar 2003, 11(1):16 - 20. Abstract: Objective : To describe the relationship between Buddhism and psychi atry, from a personal perspective. Conclusions: The present paper introduces Buddhist thought for those unfamiliar with it, then describes some of the sites of confluence and conflict between this tradition and those of Western mental health care. It does so from the perspective of a Westerner who has made some exploration of Buddhism, mainly within one of the Tibetan traditions. Measurement of hostility in practitioners and non - practitioners of Y oga. Yoga Awareness: Quarterly Journal of YOCOCEN , Jul 1977, 1(1), Yococen Supplement, Report of The Fifth International Conference of International Yoga Teachers Association, Panchgani, India, December 1976, p. 32. Media Mill News Release. Vietnam vets r esearch to test yoga’s effect on depression. Severnlea, Queensland, Australia: Media Mill, 2002. On a pilot study conducted over six weeks by psychiatrist Janis Carter and professor Gerard Byrne, Department of Psychiatry, University of Queensland, to stud y the effects of sequencing of Iyengar Yoga poses on Vietnam veterans with PTSD suffering from depression. All participants showed significant progress based on measurement of their depression via the Hamilton rating scale, used less medication, and adapte d to life better. Meditation and visualization techniques for people suffering from depression. The Journal for Tibetan Buddhist Psychology and Medicine , Summer 1989, p. 12. Meditation becoming part of some psychotherapy practices. Harvard Mental Health Letter , Apr 2005. From an 18 Apr 2005 Newswise release: “ Meditation is now being incorporated into psychotherapeutic practice and combined in surprising ways with other healing traditions, the April issue of the Harvard Mental Health Letter reports. “Th e focused attention of meditation may change attitudes and behavior by decreasing preoccupation with one’s own suffering and fostering self - understanding. ‘Professionals of both traditions are beginning to realize that the resemblance to the aims of psycho therapy is no accident,’ says Harvard Mental Health Letter editor Dr. Michael Miller. 96 “To the surprise of some, the psychotherapeutic tradition now taking meditation most seriously is cognitive behavioral therapy, the article reports. Behavioral therapy in its original form was concerned only with stimulus and response and tangible rewards and punishments. Eventually behavior therapists recognized the need to take account of thoughts and feelings, and they incorporated cognitive techniques into therapy. N ow some therapists have gone further, merging cognitive techniques and meditation in something they call the ‘third wave’ of cognitive behavioral therapy. “Approaches to the new technique include dialectical behavior therapy, acceptance and commitment th erapy, and mindfulness - based cognitive therapy. All three incorporate meditation and mindfulness into therapy in a slightly different way. In mindfulness - based cognitive therapy, for example, instead of struggling against depressive thoughts, patients are taught to notice when “The Harvard Mental Health Letter concludes that different types of psychotherapy are starting to borrow ideas and techniques from one another, and therapists may use several different approaches with a single patient. ‘The introduct ion of meditation practice into cognitive behavioral therapy may represent a further stage in the historical evolution of psychotherapy,’ says Dr. Miller.” Meditation in psychotherapy: An ancient spiritual practice is finding new uses in the treatment of mental illness . Harvard Mental Health Letter , Apr 2005, 21(10):1 - 4. Mehta, Arti H. Undetaking the challenge to teach the mentally challenged. Yoga Rahasya, 2005, 12(2):41 - 52. Mehta, M. L. Jain psychology. Ph.D. dissertation, Benares Hindu University, Va ranasi, 1955. ___________. The Kn. and its place in Jain psychology. M. A. thesis, Benares Hindu University, Varanasi, 1955. Mehta, Mira. Psychology: Dosas and pranayama; Mental and emotional well - being. In Mira Mehta, Health through Yoga: Simple Practic e Routines and a Guide to the Ancient Teachings . London: Thorsons, 2002 , pp. 34 - 35; 157 - 179. (Combines Yoga and Ayurveda.) Mehta, Rajvi H. Emotional evolution through yoga. Yoga Rahasya, 2003, 10(4):40 - 43. Mehti, B. L., T. R. Raju, N. Janakiramaiah, N. V enkatesh, P. J. Murthy, and B. N. Gangadhar. Effects of Sudarshan Kriya in dysthymic disorders. National Institute of Mental Health and Neurosciences of India, Departments of Neurophysiology and Psychiatry, 1996. Abstract available online at http://www.art ofliving.org/r - depression.html. Mental and physical illness can be caused by spirits: An interview with Segyu Rinpoche and an interview with Dr. Yeshi Dhonden. Mandala , May - Jun 2000, pp. 66 - 69. Meyer, R. The practice of awareness as a form of psychothera py. J Religious Health, 1971, 10:333 - 345. Mikulas, W. L. Buddhism and behavior modification. Psychological Record, 1981, 31:331 - 342. Miller, John J., Ken Fletcher, and Jon Kabat - Zinn. Three - year follow - up and clinical implications of a mindfulness medita tion - based stress reduction intervention in the treatment of 97 anxiety disorders. General Hospital Psychiatry, May 1995, 17(3):192 - 200. Reprinted in International Journal of Yoga Therapy , 1998, no. 8, pp. 45 - 53. Miller, Richard. Welcoming all that is: Nond uality, yoga nidra, and the play of opposites in psychotherapy. In John J. Prendergast, Peter Fenner, and Sheila Krystal, eds., The Sacred Mirror: Nondual Wisdom and Psychotherapy . St. Paul, Minn.: Paragon House, 2003. Ming, Lee. Buddhist psychotherapeuti c theory and practice from the perspective of the Yogacara School of Buddhism. Hsi Lai Journal of Humanistic Buddhism , Spring 2002, Vol. 3. Mishlove, Jeffrey. Spirituality and psychology: An interview with Frances Vaughan. IONS Noetic Sciences Review , Spr ing 1989, no. 10. Article available online: http://www.noetic.org/Ions/publications/review_archives/10/issue10_04.html . Mishra, J. P. N. Anxiety disorder. In J. P. N Mishra, Preksha Yoga Management for Common Ailments . New Delhi, India: B. Jain Publishers , 1999, pp. 218 - 219. Mishra, N. Samskaras in yoga philosophy and Western psychology. Philosophy East and West, Jan 1953, 2:308 - 316. Mishra, S. D. Role of yoga in personality building. Yoga - Mimamsa , 1988, 27(1&2):33 - 34. Misra, R. Concept of nirodha in In dian psychology. Ph.D. dissertation, Benares Hindu University, Varanasi, 1955. Moffitt, Phillip. Violence against self. Yoga Journal , Mar/Apr 2001. Article available online: http://www.yogajournal.com/wisdom/443_1.cfm. “Are you relating to yourself in a manner that results in your life being more emotionally or physically violent than it need be?” ___________. The knife’s edge: The only thing that can prepare you for the way life cuts the heart and the mind is study, reflection, and practice. Yoga Journa l , May/Jun 2001, pp. 60 - 66. ___________. Healing your mother wound: By embracing your mother wound as your yoga, you transform what has been a hindrance in your life into a teacher of the heart. Yoga Journal , Sep/Oct 2002, p. 67 - 76. ___________. Lost in doubt? Inviting the many voices of doubt to come sit with you on the meditation cushion can help you better understand them. Yoga Journal , Dec 2002, pp. 67 - 74. ___________. Living in an age of fear: In these uncertain times, how do you contend with the i nsidious ways that fear tries to take over your life? Yoga Journal , Mar/Apr 2003, pp. 67 - 74. Möller, Ingelore. Yoga als Therapie bei psychisch Kranken. Yoga Aktuell, Aug/Sep 2004, pp. 62 - 64. [In German.] On Yoga and psychiatry. 98 Mookerji, S. M. Impact of yoga training in some psychological norms. Proceedings of the International Union of Physiology Sci XI , 1974, 378. Moon, Susan. I want to tell you about coming apart. Shambhala Sun, Nov 2001, pp. 40 - 45. “A moving account by Susan Moon of her journey bac k from depression, and how her Buddhist practice both helped and hindered her.” Morse, Donald R., John S. Martin, Merrick C. Furst, and Louis L. Dubin. A physiological and subjective evaluation of meditation, hypnosis and relaxation. Psychosomatic Medicin e , 1977, 39(5):304 - 324. Also in D. H. Shapiro, and R. N. Walsh, eds., Meditation: Classic and Contemporary Perspectives . New York: Aldine Publishing, 1984, pp. 637 - 644. Motoyama, Hiroshi. Yoga and oriental medicine. International Association of Religious Psychology Research for Religion and Parapsychology Journal , 1979, 5:1ff. Mukherjee, D. R. Yogic brain wash: Psychology and neurology. Indian Med J, 1977, 55:106 - 113. Muktananda Saraswati, Swami. Depression. In Swami Muktananda Saraswati under the guidan ce of Swami Satyananda Saraswati, Nawa Yogini Tantra . Munger, Bihar, India: The Bihar School of Yoga, 1977, 1998, pp. 115 - 131. Murphy, M., and S. Donovan. The Physical and Psychological Effects of Meditation . San Rafael, Calif.: Esalen Institute Study of Exceptional Functioning, 1988. Murthy, H. N. Psychology of Yoga. Yoga Seminar, 1975. Murthy, P. J., B. N. Gangadhar, N. Janakiramaiah, and D. K. Subhakrishna. Normalization of P300 amplitude following treatment in dysthymia [using Sudarshan Kriya and rel ated practices]. Biological Psychiatry, 1997, 42:740 - 743. Abstract available online at http://www.artofliving.org/r - depression.html. ___________, N. Janakiramaiah, et al. P300 amplitude and antidepressant response to Sudarshan Kriya Yoga. Journal of Affec tive Disorders , 1998, 50:45 - 48. Abstract available online at http://www.artofliving.org/r - depression.html. Mysty. Psychological healing and yoga. www.yoga.com/roots/yoga/info/mysty.html. N., A. How does one deal with an insult? Yoga and Total Health, Sep 2001, pp. 14 - 16. (On Yogendra Nispanda bhâva, or passive listening.) Naagapriya, Dharmacari. Pre - doctrinal Buddhism in the Sutta - Nipaata: A psychological portrait of the early Buddhist saint. Western Buddhist Review, Vol. 4. Article available online: htt p://www.westernbuddhistreview.com/vol4/early_buddhist_saint.html. Nagarathna, R. Anxiety neurosis; Mental retardation. In Vivekananda Kendra Prakashan, Yoga: The Science of Holistic Living . Madras, India: Vivekananda Kendra Prakashan, 1996, pp. 215 - 217; 2 17. 99 ___________, and H. R. Nagendra. Therapeutic applications of yoga: A report. Abstr 2 nd Ann Symp Indian Academy Yoga . Madras, India: Indian Inst Technology, Dec - Jan 1982 - 1983. (Discusses anxiety.) ___________, H. R. Nagendra, H. G. Crisan, and R. Seet halakshmi. Yoga in anxiety neurosis: A scientific study. Proceedings of the International Symposium of the Royal College of Physicians and Surgeons of Glasgow: Update Medicine and Surgery , 1988, pp.192 - 196. ___________, H. R. Nagendra, and S. Telles. Comp arison of the beneficial effects of special pranayama techniques (SAV, CAV & NS) in anxiety neurosis, back pain, bronchial asthma, chronic pain, diabetes mellitus, obesity and hypertension by clinical, autonomic and bio - chemical studies. Swami Vivekananda Yoga Research Foundation. ___________, H. R. Nagendra, and S. Telles. Psychological evaluation of the beneficial effects of 3 types of special pranayama (SAV, CAV & NS) in anxiety neurosis, back pain, bronchial asthma, chronic pain, diabetes mellitus, obe sity and hypertension. Swami Vivekananda Yoga Research Foundation. Nagendra, H. R. Yoga, spiritual growth and parapsychology. In Vivekananda Kendra Prakashan, Yoga: The Science of Holistic Living. Madras, India: Vivekananda Kendra Prakashan, 1996, pp. 177 - 180. ___________, R. Nagarathna, Sudha, and S. Telles. Anxiety neurosis and pranayama (3 types): A comparative study. Swami Vivekananda Yoga Research Foundation. ___________, R. Nagarathna, and S. Telles. Psychological assessments of the benefits of s ingle and alternate nostril breathing in anxiety neurosis. Swami Vivekananda Yoga Research Foundation. ___________, and S. Telles. Yoga and Memory . 2d ed. Bangalore, India: Vivekananda Yoga Kendra Prakashana, 1997. ___________. Changes in Wechsler memory scores with yoga. In H. R. Nagendra and S. Telles, Yoga and Memory . 2d ed. Bangalore, India: Vivekananda Yoga Kendra Prakashana, 1997, pp. 53 - 58. ___________. Influence of yoga on memory of high - school children. In H. R. Nagendra and S. Telles, Yoga and Memory . 2d ed. Bangalore, India: Vivekananda Yoga Kendra Prakashana, 1997, pp. 32 - 42. ___________. Pranayama practice increases “right brain” or pattern memory scores. In H. R. Nagendra and S. Telles, Yoga and Memory . 2d ed. Bangalore, India: Vivekananda Yoga Kendra Prakashana, 1997, pp. 43 - 52. Naidu, P. S. Mental health and Hindu psychology. Prabuddha Bharata, 1953, 58:119 - 122. Najemy, Bob. Overcoming fear. Yoga Today, Jan 1982, 6(9):18 - 21. Nakagawa, T., and Y. Ikemi. A new model of integrating Occiden tal and Oriental approaches. J Psychosom Res , 1982, 26(1):57 - 62. 100 Nalini. Integrated approach of yoga therapy for back pain, myopia, depression, and hypertension. Vivekananda Kendra Yoga Research Foundation, 1991. Naranjo, Claudio. Psychological aspects of the yoga experience in an experimental setting. In M. J. Harner, ed., Hallucinogens and Shamanism. Oxford University Press, 1978. ___________. The spiritual dimension of psychotherapy. Article available online: http://www.sonoma.edu/psychology/os2db/na ranjo1.html. “I see psychotherapy as an original Way, or Yoga, developed in the West, an interpersonal Yoga that may prove to be the greatest contribution of our civili zation to culture proper. I don’ t count technology, because no matter how much of a con tribution to life it may be, it has also come to pose a threat to life, being a plus or a minus depending on how it is used. But the emerging therapeutic endeavor or Yoga of human relationships unquestionably helps us move in the direction of that optimal consciousness that is the goal of all paths.” Naropa University. M.A. in contemplative psychology. URL: www.naropa.edu. Nath, Prem. Patañjali’s Yoga in the light of modern psychology. Philosophical Quarterly, 1952, 25:53 - 61. Nathawat, Sangram S. Yoga an d behaviour therapy. In Dr. A. K. Sinha, ed., Perspectives in Yoga . Varanasi: Bharata Manisha, 1976, pp. 84 - 93. Naug, R. N. Yoga therapy in neurotic disorders. Indian Journal of Clinical Psychology, 1975, 2(1):87 - 90. Needleman, J. Psychology, science, a nd spiritual paths: Contemporary issues. Journal of Transpersonal Psychology , 1978, 10(2):93 - 112. Neki, J. S. Sahaja: An Indian ideal of mental health. Psychiatry, Feb 1975, 38(1):1 - 10. ___________. Psychotherapy in India: Past, present, and future. Ame rican Journal of Psychotherapy , Jan 1975, 29(1):92 - 100. ___________. Yoga and psychoanalysis. Comprehensive Psychiatry, Jun 1967, 8(3):160 - 167. Nespor, Karel. [Use of yoga in psychiatry]. Cas Lek Cesk, May 16, 1994, 133(10):295 - 297. [In Czech.] Dr. Nesp or’s email address: nespor@plbohnice.cz. . ___________. Twelve years of experience with yoga in psychiatry. International Journal of Psychosomatics , 1993, 40(1 - 4):105 - 107. Abstract: The author describes his experience with the use of yoga in the prevent ion and treatment of alcohol and drug related problems, in psychosomatics, neuroses, geriatric psychiatry, and in some other areas. He deals with problems of the use of yoga in psychiatry lke compliance, systems aspect, competitiveness and respecting speci fic indications in regard to health status and contraindications with personal differences. The usefulness of yoga in the prevention of stress and burn - out in health care professionals is emphasized. 101 ___________. The combination of psychiatric treatment a nd yoga. International Journal of Psychosomatics , 1985, 32(2):24 - 27. Abstract: The discussion on yoga and psychiatric treatment covers the following topics: (1): yoga and psychology; (2) drug therapy and yoga; (3) psychotherapy and yoga; (4) hypnosis and yoga; (5) therapy of both alcohol [and] drug addiction and yoga; (6) diagnosis and yoga; and (7) personal use in psychiatric patients. ___________. Yoga and mental health: A course for yoga teachers. Article available online: http://www.geocities.com/heal th_yoga_poetry/mental.html . Includes brief sections on: “ When a Western yoga teacher should recommend seeing a psychiatrist ” and “ Can yoga cause mental problems? ” Netz, Y., and R. Lidor. Mood alterations in mindful versus aerobic exercise modes. Journal of Psychology , 2003, 137:405 - 419. Newberg, Andrew B., and Eugene G. d’Aquili. The neuropsychology of religious and spiritual experience. Journal of Consciousness Studies , 2000, 7(11 - 12):251 - 266. Also in Jensine Andresen and Robert K. C. Forman, eds., Cog nitive Models and Spiritual Maps: Interdisciplinary Explorations of Religious Experience . Thorverton, England: Imprint Academic, 2000. Abstract: This paper considers the neuropsychology of religious and spiritual experiences. This requires a review of our current understanding of brain function as well as an integrated synthesis to derive a neuropsychological model of spiritual experiences. Religious and spiritual experiences are highly complex states that likely involve many brain structures including tho se involved in higher order processing of sensory and cognitive input as well as those involved in the elaboration of emotions and autonomic responses. Such an analysis can help elucidate the biological correlates of these experiences and provide new infor mation regarding the function of the human brain. New dimensions of research in psychology. Akhand Jyoti: The Light Divine , May/Jun 2003. Article available online: http://www.akhand - jyoti.org/ArticlesMayJune03/Psychology.html. Newman, Ronnie, Richard Bro wn, and Tiffany Field. A cause to celebrate: Ending depression worldwide. A panel presentation to the United Nations NGO Mental Health Committee, May 11, 2000, on the most recent depression study data by Ronnie Newman, director of research for The Art of L iving Foundation, Richard Brown, M.D., associate professor of clinical psychology, Columbia University, and Tiffany Field, director of the Touch Research Institutes at the University of Miami School of Medicine. Nidich, Sanford, William Seeman, and Thomas Dreskin. Influence of Transcendental Meditation: A replication. Jurnal of Counseling Psychology, 1973, 20(6):565 - 566. Subjects practicing Transcendental Meditation showed significant improvement in the following traits when compared with a matched contro l group of subjects not practicing TM: inner - directedness, time competence, self - actualization, spontaneity, sensitivity to one’s needs, self - acceptance, and capacity for warm interpersonal relationships. The test used was the Personal Orientation Inventor y. Two independent studies also using the latter inventory confirmed these results. 102 ___________, W. Seeman, and M. Siebert. Influence of TM on state anxiety. Archives of General Psychiatry , 1975, 32:1333, ref. nr. 6. Niranjanananda Saraswati , Sw ami. Mind management in everyday life. Yoga (Sivananda Math), Sep 1999, 10(5):28 - 35. ___________. Balancing the emotions. Yoga (Sivananda Math), May - Jun 2002, pp. 7 - 11. ___________. Answers the question: “What should I do with anger when it comes? I tend to repre ss my anger and get depressed often, not knowing that I am angry. Intellectually I understand that my feeling of sadness may come from unexpressed anger, but how can I express it?” Yoga (Sivananda Math), Nov - Dec 2003, 2(6):12 - 13. ___________, et al. Yoga and psychology: A holistic approach to the mind. Yoga (Sivananda Math), Nov 1995. Article available online: http://www.yogamag.net/archives/1995/6nov95/yogpsy.shtml. Nisker, Wes, Ken McLeod, Amaro Bhikkhu, John Daido Loori Roshi, and Ezra Bayda. Facing fe ar. Tricycle, Spring 2002, pp. 22 - 29. Articles: It’s only natural (Wisker), Taking fear apart (McLeod), Inviting fear (Bhikkhu), Between two mountains (Daido Loori Roshi), Bursting the bubble of fear (Bayda) Noda, T., S. Ao, and J. R. M. Goyeche. Yoga th erapy: A summary of case studies. Paper read at IV Congress International College of Psychosomatic Medicine, Kyoto, 1977. Norbu, Chögyal Namkhai. Buddhism and Psychology . URL: http://www.dzogchen.org.au/bookshop.html#chnn . “This book is, rather than a c omparison between Buddhist philosophy and psychological theory, a frank talk about seeing oneself, conditioning, western minds and eastern minds, and the possible place of psychology in the life of a practitioner.” Norton, G. R., and W. E. Johnson. A comp arison of two relaxation procedures for reducing cognitive and somatic anxiety. J Behav Ther Exp psychiatry, Sep 1983, 14(3):209 - 214. “The effectiveness of two different relaxation procedures [progressive relaxation training and Agni - Yoga] was compared in treating snake anxious people who expressed anxiety primarily in a somatic or a cognitive manner . . . The results provided tentative evidence that the two relaxation procedures produced differential effects according to whether subjects expressed anxiety somatically or cognitively.” Norvell, Anthony. How to help your child avoid mental illness with TM. Teach Your Child Transcendental Meditation . New York: Drake Publishers, 1976, pp. 95 - 103. Nowakowska, C., et al. [Relaxing - concentrating exercises in the treatment of mentally ill]. Pschiatria Polska , 1977, 11(4):486 - 487. [In Polish.] 103 Nowakowska, C., B. Fellman, T. Pasek, J. Hauser, and A. Sluzewska. [Evaluation of the effect of relaxation and concentration exercises based on yoga on patients with psycho genic mental disorders]. Pschiatria Polska, Sep - Dec 1982, 16(5 - 6):365 - 370. [In Polish.] ___________. [Evaluation of the effect of relaxation and concentration exercises based on yoga on patients with psychogenic mental disorders]. Pschiatria Polska, 1982 Sep - Dec;16(5 - 6):365 - 70. PMID: 6764258. [In Polish.] Nuernberger, Phil. Yoga encounter groups. In Allan Weinstock, ed., Psychology: East and West . Glenview, Ill.: The Himalayan Institute, 1976. ___________. Overcoming fear: What’s the secret? Yoga Interna tional , Nov/Dec 1994, pp. 20 - 27. ___________, with Leonard Perlmutter & Jenness Cortez Perlmutter. Learning to be Fearless: The Practical Power of Tantra workshop. Averill Park, N.Y.: American Meditation Institute, email: postmaster@americanmeditation.org , URL: www.americanmeditation.org. Workshop description: “Most people think that the opposite of love is hate, but ancient tantric wisdom tells us that’s not true. The opposite of love is fear. Fear and worry disable us and imprison our expansive spiritua l Self. In this lively and very practical seminar with . . . Dr. Phil Nuernberger, learn how the habits of the mind create the illusions of fear and discover how to overcome this dragon and regain what is rightfully ours — the power of purpose, creativity an d love.” Topics covered: Directing the creative force to transform fear, Unwrapping self - confidence by turning attacks into opportunities, Releasing pressure and stress by increasing flexibility, Tapping the spiritual core of love — the unconquerable force Nurnberg, H. Meditation and psychotherapy. World J ournal of Psychosynthesis , 1978, 10(1):37 - 40. Nystul, M. S. Comparison of self - concepts of transcendental meditators and non - meditators. Psychological Reports , 1977, 41:303 - 306. Oak, J. P. Management of psychosomatic disorders through yoga and psychology. Souvenir, Institute for Yoga and Consciusness , Andhra University, Extension Wing, 1994, p. 17. ___________, and K. K. Agarwal. Emotional trauma — Management by yoga: A case report. Yoga - Mimamsa, 1989, 28(3):41 - 44. ___________, and M. V. Bhole. Yoga therapy: Emotional instability. Souvenir, Universal Yoga Consciousness , Trichur, Kerala, 1990, pp. 18 - 21. ___________, and M. V. Bhole. Therapy based on yogic principles and techniques: Neurotic depression an d inguinal hernia. Yoga - Mimamsa , 1988, 27(1&2):75 - 85. Odajnyk, V. Walter. Zen meditation as a way o

bundet

f individuation and healing, Psychological Perspectives , Summer 1998, No. 37. 104 Orme - Johnson, D. W., and B. Duck. Psychological testing of Maharishi Interna tional University students: First report. Sc Res TM Pro Coll Pap, 1976, I:470 - 475. Otis, L. Adverse effects of meditation. In D. H. Shapiro, and R. N. Walsh, eds., Meditation: Classic and Contemporary Perspectives . New York: Aldine Publishing, 1984 . Over beck, K. D. [Effects of the transcendental meditation technic on the psychological and psychosomatic state]. Psychother Psychosom Med Psychol , Nov 1982, 32(6):188 - 192. [In German.] Padmal, Silva. Buddhist psychology: A review of theory and practice. Curre nt Psychology , Fall 1990, 9(3):236 - 254. Available online: http://ccbs.ntu.edu.tw/FULLTEXT/JR - ADM/silva.htm. Pal, Kumar. Comparison of yoga and psychoanalysis. Darshana International , Jan 1971, 41:49 - 67. ___________. Yoga and psychoanalysis. Prabuddha Bha rata , 1947, 52:119 - 129, 173 - 178, 204 - 209. ___________. Comparative study of psycho - therapeutic technque and Yoga. Vedanta Kesari , 1946 - 1947, 33:122 - 125, 162 - 165. Palsane, Madan N. Yoga as psychotherapy. In Dr. M. L. Gharote and Maureen Lockhart, The Art of Survival: A Guide to Yoga Therapy . London/Sydney: Unwin Paperbacks, 1987, pp. 169 - 177. Parameshwaran, E. G. Psychological symbolism of some Hindu Samskars. Ph.D. dissertation, Madras University, 1960. Paranjpe, A. C., and R. K. Hanson. On dealing wi th the stream of consciousness: A comparison of Husserl and yoga. In A. C. Paranjpe, D. Y. F. Ho, and R. W. Rieber, Asian Contributions to Psychology . New York: Praeger Publishers, 1988. Pasek, T. The Settlement Center for relaxing - concentrating exercises (TKKF) in the prophylaxis and supporting therapy of neurotic disturbances. 33rd Meeting of Polish Psychiatrists. Cracow, 1978. ___________. Joga na osiedlu [Yoga in a Settlement Center]. Gazeta zachodnia , 10 Jul 1978, 31(155). [Polish] ___________, C. Nowakowska, B. Fellman, J. Hauser, and A. Sluzewska. The evaluation of yoga - type relaxation concentration training on patients with psychogenic mental disturbances. In The 6 th World Congress of the International College of Psychosomatic Medicine , Internati onal College of Psychosomatic Medicine, Montreal, 1981, pp. 129ff. Patel, C. Meditation in general practice. British Medical Journal (Clin Res Ed), 14 Feb 1981, 282(6263):528 - 529. Pathak, P. V. A critique of the psychological material of Yoga praxis in I ndian philosopohy. Journal of the University of Bombay , 1933, 2:89 - 66. 105 Pathak, Rakesh Ranjan. The Gita and mental healing. Journal of Dharma, Apr - Jun 1999, 24(2):18 - 22. Payne, Larry, and Richard Usatine. Mental health: Anxiety and depression. In Larry Pa yne and Richard Usatine, Yoga Rx: A Step - by - Step Program to Promote Health, Wellness, and Healing for Common Ailments . New York: Broadway Books, 2002, pp. 232 - 248. Pazhayattil, H. Western psychotherapy in relation to the classical Patanjali yoga: A phenom enological and clinical inquiry into consciousness change and therapeutic process in a combined East - West approach. Dissertation Abstracts International ,1986, 46:4411 - 4412. Pearmain, Rosalind J. The spiritual and the therapeutic: Spirituality for the twen ty - first century? South West Connections and South East Connections (London), Aug & Dec 1997. Article available online: http://www.srcm.org/literature/articles/may2001.htm. On Sahaj Marg and psychotherapy. Penner, Wes J., et al. Does an in - depth TM cou rse effect change in the personalities of the participants? West Psych, 1973, 4(4):104 - 111. Peo. [How does the attitude influence the effects of Yoga?]. Jógová Cvicení , 1982, pp. 16 - 25. [In Czechoslovakian.] Petryszak, Irene (Aradhana). Skillful action. Yoga International . Available online at http://www.yimag.org/Archives_and_Excerpts/archives_and_excerpts.htm. (On anger.) Pettifor, Eric. Buddhist psychology. Psybernetica, Winter 1996. Article available online: http://www.wynja.com/personality/buddhistps ych.html. Petzoid, M. The heritage of India: Yoga psychology in East and West. Psychologia: An International Journal of Psychology , Dec 1989, 32(4):275ff. Pfeiffer, W. M. Konzentrative Selbstentspannung durch Übungen, die sich von der buddhistischen Atem meditation herleiten. Zeitschrift für Psychotherapie und medizinische Psychologie , 1966, 16:173 - 181. [In German.] Phillips, Caroline. Jung and Buddhism. Article available online: http://www.yrec.info/contentid - 129.html . “Does Jung’s imperfect and outdat ed understanding of the myths, religions and philosophies of the pre - modern and Eastern worlds invalidate the conclusions he drew from this material?” Phillips, Doug. In search of the self: N otions of identity in B uddhist psychology and contemporary neuro science. Joy: The Journal of Yoga, Fall 2004, 3(6). URL: www.journalofyoga.com. Platania - Solazzo, A., T. M. Field, J. Blank, F. Seligman, C. Kuhn, S. Schanberg, and P. Saab. Relaxation therapy reduces anxiety in child and adolescent psychiatric patients. Acta Paedopsychiatr , 1992, 55(2):115 - 120. PMID: 1585802. Abstract: The immediate effects of relaxation therapy (RT) were assessed in 40 hospitalized 106 children and adolescents with diagnoses of adjustment disorder and depression. These effects were assessed using a within subjects pre - test/post - test design and by comparison with a control group of 20 depressed and adjustment disorder patients who watched a 1 - h relaxing videotape. The 1 - h RT class consisted of yoga exercise, a brief massage and progressive mu scle relaxation. Decreases were noted in both self - reported anxiety and in anxious behavior and fidgeting as well as increases in positive affect in the RT but not the video group. In addition, adjustment disorder patients and a third of the depressed pati ents showed decreases in cortisol levels following RT, while no changes were noted in the video group. Thus, both diagnostic groups appeared to benefit from the RT class. Pomerantz, Rachel, and Lisa Slède. Yoga and psychotherapy: A review of the literatur e. Independent study, Santa Clara University, 2000. The authors may be contacted at rpomerantz@hotmail.com or lslede@earthlink.net. Pool, Pandavi Anne. Full contact: A personal account of the synthesis of yoga and psychotherapy. The Kripalu Spirit: A Jour nal of Consciousness , Summer 1994, 2(2):44 - 47. Poornamurti Saraswati, Swami. Mantras: Keys to the psyche. Yoga (Australia edition), Nov 1999. Article available online: http://members.ozemail.com.au/~yogapage/academy/catalog/journal/mantrak.htm . Porkodi, K., S. Subramanian, and T. S. Kanaka. Effects of yoga and meditation in health and disease. In Proceedings of the First National Conference on Yoga, Science and Society. Varanasi: Benares Hindu University Press, 1979, pp. 104 - 106. Power, Joyce. Yoga and m ental health. Yoga Biomedical Bulletin, Winter 1996/1997, no. 33, p. 5. Powers, Sarah. Answers the question: “Lately during my yoga classes, I find myself feeling very emotional. Several times I have felt my eyes fill up with tears during a pose. This has happened even on good days. Why is this, and is it normal?” Yoga Journal . Article available online: http://www.yogajournal.com/practice/806_1.cfm?ctsrc=nlv75. Pragya, Samani Mudit. Causes and remedy for anger. The Inner Light , Jul/Aug 1996, pp. 4 - 6. Con tents: Causes of anger, Effects of anger on body, Effects of anger on mind, Effects of anger on consiousness, Effects of anger on behavior, Anger and disease, Ways for subsiding anger Preece, Rob. Individuation or institution. In Rob Preece, The Noble Imp erfection: The Challenge of Individuation in Buddhist Life . Mudra Publications, 2005. Article available online: http://www.mudra.co.uk/mudra_individuation.html . “ The evolution of Buddhism in the west reveals a division between those who wish to practice within an organisation and those who attempt to follow a more individual journey. Many people I have met through workshops, meditation courses or therapy express a now familiar question: is it possible to develop a Buddhist practice without taking on the c ulture, personality and style of one of numerous organisations? This dilemma seems to reflect a need to retain a sense of spiritual individuality whilst learning a system of practice. It echoes a deeper dichotomy that individuality, creativity and the deve lopment of organised religion do not always sit comfortable together . . .” 107 ___________. Living in the m andala. In Rob Preece, The Noble Imperfection: The Challenge of Individuation in Buddhist Life . Mudra Publications, 2005. Article available online: htt p://www.mudra.co.uk/mudra_mandala.html . ”. . . The mandala has important psychological implications as a symbol of transformation, and from a Buddhist viewpoint it encompasses the totality of an individual’s reality. This includes the entire phenomenal world experienced through the five senses and mental consciousness. Each of us lives within, or we could say as a mandala, which encompasses our entire world - view. From a tantric viewpoint this mandala of appearances arises or manifests from the causal min d or clear light mind. When we are unaware that our relative world arises in this way we believe it to be solid and inherently existent, but when we recognise its momentary fleeting nature, its lack of inherent existence begins to be understood. This does not imply the relative world does not exist, merely that it is fluid, transitory and illusory, like a dream, a mirage or a rainbow. It is therefore crucial to recognise that the mandala is a process unfolding, not just a structure of the psyche . . .” ___ ________. Spiritual pathology. In Rob Preece, The Noble Imperfection: The Challenge of Individuation in Buddhist Life . Mudra Publications, 2005. Article available online: http://www.mudra.co.uk/mudra_pathology.html . “In 1985 I returned from a period of fi ve years living in India and began to train to become a psychotherapist. Gradually this training confirmed for me that our western psychopathology was sufficiently complex to require quite sophisticated understanding for its potential healing. It also conf irmed my growing sense, through many years of connection to Buddhist centres, primarily in Europe and India, that many of us attempting to practice Buddhism often fail to address some of our key emotional difficulties. We may be genuinely trying to do so, but do not seem to shift some of our fundamental emotional wounds. “When I eventually began to work as a psychotherapist those who frequently contacted me wished to enter therapy because their personal problems were blocking the integration of Buddhist p ractice. Most wished to look at emotional issues they felt were deeply rooted in their childhood and which were difficult to unravel. Many felt the complexity of their problems were not resolved by their meditation practices or by the doctrinal views that tended to be generalised approaches to how to deal with the mind and emotions. What emerged in these therapeutic encounters was something that reinforced a concern that had been growing for several years - it is surprisingly easy for us to distort and colo ur our spiritual understanding by our own individual p sychopathology. I use the term ‘spiritual pathology’ to refer to the way in which our emotional wounds and beliefs have the power to influence, shape and distort the way we practice and view our spiritu al path. Of particular importance is that we are often blind to this side of our nature, as these wounds live in the unconscious as our shadow . . . “Although the term shadow comes from Jung and not Buddhism, its recognition is nevertheless crucial to Bud dhist practice. If we do not do so we will remain blind to not only our failings but also to many aspects of our nature that lie unconscious and yet influence our life. The shadow , far from being something to be suppressed, contains much of the manure out of which we grow. Failure to face the shadow will have one significant consequence , namely that we will tend to distort our spirituality by our shadow’ s particular pathology , and because the shadow is our blind spot we will be relatively unaware that it do es so . . . ” 108 ___________. The teacher - student relationship (part 1). In Rob Preece, The Noble Imperfection: The Challenge of Individuation in Buddhist Life . Mudra Publications, 2005. Article available online: http://www.mudra.co.uk/mudra_teacher_part1.h tml ___________. The teacher - student relationship (part 2). In Rob Preece, The Noble Imperfection: The Challenge of Individuation in Buddhist Life . Mudra Publications, 2005. Article available online: http://www.mudra.co.uk/mudra_teacher_part2.html . Prend ergast, John. The cakras in transpersonal psychotherapy. International Journal of Yoga Therapy , 2000, no. 10, pp. 45 - 64. Probost, Scott. Buddhism and Western psychology. Ordinary Mind, Aug 1999, No. 6. Puri, Gopal. Mental health through yoga . In Gopal P uri, A Wester - Trained Biologist Takes a New Look at an Age Old Eastern Science: Yoga, Relaxation, Meditation . 3d ed. Gopal Puri, 1974. Psychology of yoga. Yoga Rahasya , 1998, 5(1). Psychotherapy. Available online: http://www.yogamedicine.com/yogapsychot herapy.htm. Puligandla, R. Phenomenological reduction and yogic meditation. Philosophy East and West, 1970, 20:19 - 33. Quincey, Christain de. The promise of integralism. A critical appreciation of Ken Wilber’s Integral Psychology. I n Jensine Andresen and Robert K. C. Forman, eds., Cognitive Models and Spiritual Maps: Interdisciplinary Explorations of Religious Experience . Thorverton, England: Imprint Academic, 2000. Abstract: Why do so many people think Ken Wilber is one of the most important thinkers of our time? Why are so many disturbed by what he writes? In this review of his work, I hope to throw some light on both questions. Radha, Swami Sivananda. Western psychology, yoga psychology and sadhana. Ascent , Apr - Jun 1993, 25(2):4 - 6. ___________. Yoga p sychology and yoga therapy. The Journal of The International Association of Yoga Therapists , 1996, no. 7, pp. 6 - 14. Excerpted from Swami Sivananda Radha, Hatha Yoga: The Hidden Language . Porthill, Id.: Timeless Books, 1987. ___________, and B. K. S. Iyeng ar. Commentary by both on the psychological aspects of asanas in the article “Conversations with B. K. S. Iyengar.” Iyengar Yoga Institute Review , summer 1991, pp. 14 - 16. Originally published in Ascent , spring 1982. Rai, R. K. Jung and Indian thought. M.A . thesis. Varanasi: Benares Hindu University, 1953. ___________. Jung and Indian thought. Ph.D. dissertation. Varanasi: Benares Hindu University, 1965. Rajagopalachari, P. Revealing the Personality . Denmark: Shri Ram Chandra Mission, 1993. 109 Rajapurkar, M . V. Meditation for personality development. Kaivalyadhama S. A. D. T. Gupta Yogic Hospital and Health Care Centre Newsletter , Jan - Apr 2000, 1(5). Rajneesh, Bhagwan Shree. Psychology of the Esoteric: The New Evolution of Man . New York: HarperCollins, 1978 . Contents: Inward Revolution; The Mystery of Meditation; Sex, Love and Prayer: Three Steps to the Divine; Kundalini Yoga; Esoteric Games: A Hindrance to Growth; The Psychology of Dreams; Transcending the Seven Bodies; Becoming and Being; The Fallacy of Knowledge; Windows to the Divine; Balancing the Rational and the Irrational R aju, P. T. Approaches to the I - consciousness: Its depths, normal and abnormal. In P. T. Raju and Albury Castell, eds., East West Studies on the Problem of the Self. The Hague, 19 68, pp. 208 - 261. Rama, Swami. Mind and Its Analysis. In Swami Rama, Lectures on Yoga . 6th ed. Honesdale, Pa.: The Himalayan International Institute of Yoga Science and Philosophy, 1979, pp. 121 - 131. Ramamurthi, B. Mental health and yoga. The Yoga Review 1983, III(1):1 - 7; Yoga - Mimamsa , 1989, 28(1):49 - 52. Abstract: The role of yoga in disturbed mental health is an area which needs careful consideration. Elementary techniques in meditation do result in an increase in the mental capacity of the practitioner s. The value of yogic techniques in the treatment of established psychosis has to be carefully examined. With the advances in neurochemistry, the problem of the basic defect in many psychotic conditions is becoming clear. In yogic practices of pranayama, m editation, etc., it is well known that the chemical activity in the brain undergoes a favorable change. Whether this change could be made effective even in psychotic states needs to be investigated. It is also necessary to find out whether any modified yog ic practice could be suggested to disturbed persons who may not have enough mental drive to undergo the routine yogic practices. It will be a great gain to mankind if along with drug therapy of psychosis, yogic techniques could also be used. One should ear nestly hope that further knowledge in these fields would soon be available from practical observations from many centers. ___________. The fourth state of consciousness: The Thuriya Avastha. Psychiatry Clin Neurosci , May 1995, 49(2):107 - 110. ___________ . Yoga, mind and the brain. In Vivekananda Kendra Prakashan, Yoga: The Science of Holistic Living . Madras, India: Vivekananda Kendra Prakashan, 1996, pp. 181 - 187. Ram Dass. B. Ram Dass lecture at Maryland Psychiatric Center. Journal of Transpersonal Psych ology , 1973, 5(1):75 - 103. (On yogis and psychiatry.) Ranade, Subhash, and Sunanda Ranade. Memory loss. In Subhash Ranade and Sunanda Ranade, Ayurveda and Yoga Therapy . Pune, India: Anmol Prakashan, 1995, p. 96. Rani, N. J., and P. V. K. Rao. Body awarene ss and yoga training. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 1994, 79:1103 - 1106. Rao, P. V. Krishna, and K. Sridevi. Psychoanalysis and Yoga: Remembering Geraldine Coster. Indian Psychological Review , Mar 1994, 42(3 - 4):1ff. 110 Rao, R. C. Shankar: A psychological sta ndpoint. M.A. thesis. Mysore University, 1948. ___________. Development of psychological thought in India. Ph.D. dissertation, Lucknow Univeristy, 1962. Rapgay, Lobsang. Depression and its origin: A Tibetan Buddhist psychological perspective. The Journal for Tibetan Buddhist Psychology and Medicine , Summer 1989, pp. 7 - 8. ___________. Symbols and imagery in Jungian psychology and Tibetan Buddhism: A conversation with Dr. Lobsang Rapgay. The Journal for Tibetan Buddhist Psychology and Medicine , Summer 1989 , pp. 4 - 6. ___________, Ven. Lati Rinpoche, and Rhonda Jessum. Exploring the nature and functions of the mind: A Tibetan Buddhist meditative perspective. Progress in Brain Research, Vol. 122: The Biological Basis for Mind Body Interactions . New York: Else vier Science BV, 2000, pp. 507 - 515. Rathak, M. Rehabilitation of mental retardation through yoga therapy. Child Psychiatry Quarterly , 1984, 17:153 - 158. Ravindra, R. Is religion psychotherapy? An Indian view. Religious Studies, Spring 1978, 14:389 - 397. From the article: “Yoga physiology or psychology thus takes its direction and significance from the reality which is beyond the body or the psyche. This renders the physio - psychology of yoga sacred. The cultivation of the body or the mind for their own sak e is not yoga. The psychic healing of yoga has its centre above the psyche; here the wholeness aspired for is that of holiness” (p. 396). Ravishankar, N. S. Hysteria. In N. S. Ravishankar, Yoga for Health: Curative Powers of Yogasanas . New Delhi: Pustak M ahal, 2001, pp. 155 - 156. Ray, U. S., S. Mukhopadhyaya, S. S. Purkayastha, V. Asnani, O. S. Tomer, R. Prashad, L. Thakur, and W. Selvamurthy. Effect of yogic exercises on physical and mental health of young fellowship course trainees. Indian Journal of Physiology and Pharmacology , Jan 2001, 45(1):37 - 53. Abstract: A study was undertaken to observe any beneficial effect of yogic practices during training period on the young trainees. 54 trainees of 20 - 25 years age group were divided randomly in two gro ups i.e. yoga and control group. Yoga group (23 males and 5 females) was administered yogic practices for the first five months of the course while control group (21 males and 5 females) did not perform yogic exercises during this period. From the 6th to 1 0th month of training both the groups performed the yogic practices. Physiological parameters like heart rate, blood pressure, oral temperature, skin temperature in resting condition, responses to maximal and submaximal exercise, body flexibility were reco rded. Psychological parameters like personality, learning, arithmetic and psychomotor ability, mental well being were also recorded. Various parameters were taken before and during the 5th and 10th month of training period. Initially there was relatively h igher sympathetic activity in both the groups due to the new work/training environment but gradually it subsided. Later on at the 5th and 10th month, yoga group had relatively lower sympathetic activity 111 than the control group. There was improvement in perf ormance at submaximal level of exercise and in anaerobic threshold in the yoga group. Shoulder, hip, trunk and neck flexibility improved in the yoga group. There was improvement in various psychological parameters like reduction in anxiety and depression a nd a better mental function after yogic practices. Readers speak out: Has yoga ever helped you with depression? Yoga Journal , Jan/Feb 2003, p. 28. Readers speak out: How has your yoga practice helped you cope with fear? Yoga Journal , Jul/Aug 2003, p. 24. Reder, Alan. Unmasking anger. Yoga Journal , Mar/Apr 2002, pp. 104 - .107, 184 - 188. Article available online: http://www.yogajournal.com/wisdom/805_8.cfm . “Many people believe that anger is ‘unspiritual,’ a damaging misconception that often causes us to st uff it inside. Spiritual traditions such as yoga and Buddhism can teach us how to react skillfully to anger without repressing it — and turn it into a positive force.” Reibel, D. K., J. M. Greeson, G. C. Brainard, and S. Rosenzweig. Mindfulness - based stress reduction and health - related quality of life in a heterogeneous patient population. General Hospital Psychiatry , Jul - Aug 2001, 23(4):183 - 192. PMID: 11543844. Abstract: This study examined the effects of mindfulness - based stress reduction (MBSR) on healt h - related quality of life and physical and psychological symptomatology in a heterogeneous patient population. Patients (n=136) participated in an 8 - week MBSR program and were required to practice 20 min. of meditation daily. Pre - and post - intervention dat a were collected by using the Short - Form Health Survey (SF - 36), Medical Symptom Checklist (MSCL) and Symptom Checklist - 90 Revised (SCL - 90 - R). Health - related quality of life was enhanced as demonstrated by improvement on all indices of the SF - 36, including vitality, bodily pain, role limitations caused by physical health, and social functioning (all P<.01). Alleviation of physical symptoms was revealed by a 28% reduction on the MSCL (P<.0001). Decreased psychological distress was indicated on the SCL - 90 - R by a 38% reduction on the Global Severity Index, a 44% reduction on the anxiety subscale, and a 34% reduction on the depression subscale (all P<.0001). One - year follow - up revealed maintenance of initial improvements on several outcome parameters. We conclude that a group mindfulness meditation training program can enhance functional status and well - being and reduce physical symptoms and psychological distress in a heterogeneous patient population and that the intervention may have long - term beneficial effects . Reinders, Sophia. Workshop: Yoga & the emotions. Iyengar Yoga Institute of San Francisco, 2001, 415 - 753 - 0909. Sophia, Ph.D., MFT, is a certified Iyengar Yoga teacher, a Jungian psychotherapist in private practice in Northern California, a faculty member of California Institute of Integral Studies, and professional member of Yoga Research and Education Center. “Yoga allows the emotions and feelings that have taken a silent shape in our muscles, in our posture and movements, to come to awareness and be e xperienced and expressed consciously . . . The workshop develops personal and professional skills through the increased ability for kinesthetic attunement of self and others . . .” Relaxation techniques for relief of anxiety & stress. Available online: ht tp://www.yogamedicine.com/reelax.htm. 112 Reynolds, David K. The Quiet Therapies: Japanese Pathways to Personal Growth . Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press, 1980. Includes: Morita Psychotherapy, Naikan: Introspection Therapy, Shadan: Isolation Therapy, Seiz a: Quiet - Sitting Therapy, Zen: Meditation Therapy Richards, P. S., and A. E. Bergin. Religious and spiritual practices as therapeutic interventions. In A Spiritual Strategy for Counseling and Psychotherapy. Washington, D.C.: American Psychological Asso ciation, 1997, 201 - 228. Rickman, Lisa. Battling depression through yoga : Writers say practice helps them find center . The Daily Camera , 29 Mar 2004. Article available online: http://www.dailycamera.com/bdc/health_and_fitness/article/0,1713,BDC_2431_276080 2,00.html . Roberts, Avril. Teaching yoga to the mentally ill. Yoga & Health, Oct 2003, pp. 22 - 23. ___________. Pranayama for the mentally ill. Yoga & Health, Aug 2004, pp. 8 - 10. “People with anxiety and panic will often breathe mainly with the upper che st. Those with depression will often use deep abdominal breathing with little chest involvement . . .” Robold, Libby. Yoga and emotional healing for aggressive youth. International Journal of Yoga Therapy , 2002, no. 12, pp. 81 - 88. Romanowski, W., and T. Pasek. [Studies on physiological and psychological evaluation of the Yoga system exercises]. Wych Fiz I Sport, 1969, 3:139. [In Polish.] Rosel, R. Die psychologischen Grundlagen der Yoga - Praxis. Beitr zur Philosophie Psychologie , 1938, 2:135. (Psychologic al bases of Yoga.) [In German.] Rosen, Richard. Sequences for your teaching. My Yoga Mentor, Jul 2004, no. 7 . Article available online: http://www.yogajournal.com/teacher/1288_1.cfm. “We asked how we could support your teaching, and you requested sequen ces you could use in the studio. So here’s a primer on sequencing a class, followed by nine routines that target different types of students, areas of the body, and physical conditions.” Sequences include: 45 - minute beginners, advanced beginners, headache , menstruation, depression, groins, shoulders, forward bends, backbends. Ross, J. The effects of the TM program on anxiety, neuroticism and psychoticism. Sc Res TM Coll Pap , 1976, I:594 - 596. Rossi, Ernest Lawrence. The new yoga of the West. Psychologica l Perspectives , 1990, 22:146ff. ___________. The symptom path to enlightenment. Psychological Perspectives, Winter 1997, No. 36. Rossiter - Thorntion, John F. Prayer in psychotherapy. Alternative Therapies, Jan 2000, 6(1):125 - 128. 113 Rowland, Andrea. Blendin g physical and mental: Interest in yoga as psychological therapy surges in popularity. Morning Herald Mail, 26 Apr 2004. Article available online: http://www.marylandyogatherapy.com/pr - april.htm. Rubin, Jeffrey B. Close encounters of a new kind: Toward an integration of psychoanalysis and Buddhism. American Journal of Psychoanalysis, Mar 1999, 59(1):5 - 24. ___________. Meditation and psychoanalytic listening. Psychoanal Rev, Winter 1985, 72(4):599 - 613. Rudolph, S. G. The effect on the self - concept of fem ale college students of participation in hatha yoga and effective interpersonal relationship development classes. Dissertation Abstracts International , 1981, 42(5AA):2039. Ruhe, Brian. Transmuting anger. Available online: http://home.istar.ca/~bar/transmu ting.html. (Buddhist perspective.) ___________. [Dealing with anger and other “unskillful thoughts.”] Buddhist Spectrum Study Group Newsletter , Nov 2000. Available online: http://home.istar.ca/~bar/1100.htm. Ruhela, Satya Pal. Sri Siddheshwar Baba and S ai Kundalini Yoga . New Delhi: Indian Publishers’ Distributors, 2000. From the publisher: “Guru Sri Siddheshwar Baba was a renowned devotee of Sri Sathya Sai Baba. A staunch Marxist and Freudian in his youth, he passed many years in intense mental depress ion and agony due to faulty and early awakening of his Kundalini. Sai Baba showed him the futility and harm of Marxism and Freudian psychoanalytic theory and how the mysteries of the Kundalini could cure him.” Ruiz, Fernando Pagés. Symbolic gestures. Yoga Journal , Dec 2002, pp. 116 - 123. “Mudras, yoga hand gestures, are a subtle form of asana that can change your emotional state and deepen your practice.” Russell, Michael G. Befriending the ego in yoga and psychotherapy. YOGAChicago, Jul - Aug 2002, pp. 14 - 17. Ryckman, Lisa. Help from within: Yoga journey to the center of yourself relieves ‘stuck grief.’ Rocky Mountain News , 16 Mar 2004. Article available online: http://www.yogafordepression.com/help_from_within.htm . Sabel, B. A. [Transcendental meditatio n in psychology, psychiatry and psychotherapy]. Medizinische Klinik , 1979, 74(47):1779 - 1784. [In German.] Sahai, M. Patañjali’s psychology. Yoga - Mimamsa , 1967, 10(1):9 - 19. Sahasi, G., D. Mohan, and C. Kacker. Effectiveness of yogic techniques in the mana gement of anxiety. Journal of Personality and Clinical Studies, 1989, 5(1):51 - 55. 114 Salmon, Don. Indic influences on modern psychology. Article available online: http://www.infinityfoundation.com/mandala/i_es/i_es_salmo_influ_frameset.htm. ___________. An integrative approach to growth and development. Article available online: http://www.jps.net/virtreal/education.html. (Based on the Integral Education view of Sri Aurobindo and The Mother.) ___________. Introspection and psychology: A history and proposal . Article available online: http://www.jps.net/virtreal/introspect.html. ___________. The Logic of the Infinite: Experiencing the Soul of Psychology . Forthcoming. See http://www.infinityfoundation.com/indic_mandala/indic_mandala_frameset.htm. (Also descri bed with a different title, The Logic of the Infinite: “ Integral Psychology” as Envisioned by Sri Aurobindo and The Mother , and a table of contents is provided at http://www.jps.net/virtreal/index.html.) From the author: “I am writing this book in order t o bring out aspects of Sri Aurobindo \ ’s philosophy which I believe have not yet been sufficiently acknowledged as having a potentially profound impact on the development of the science and practice of psychology. As Sri Aurobindo represents a unique East - W est synthesis - educated in the finest schools of the West, deeply knowledgeable of the greatest spiritual traditions of the East - I believe that his work can provide a powerful means of bringing a spiritual perspective to psychology which would be in har mony with the best of modern science. Recent scholarship has revealed that Indic influence on modern thought is far greater than is generally known. It may be that a writer such as Sri Aurobindo, who understands the culture of both East and West, could be particularly well - suited to help foster a truly global understanding of science, of humanity, and indeed, of life. “I have been studying Sri Aurobindo’s writings for the past 25 years, and have written numerous essays on the ‘Integral Psychology’ which ha s been developed by several of his students. Several years ago, I co - founded an online discussion group dedicated to the development of this psychology, and in 1999 helped to organize the first international ‘Integral Psychology’ conference. While I have h ad thoughts of writing a book on this topic for several years, the recent surge of interest in Ken Wilber’s newly christened ‘Integral Psychology’ made me realize that it is important to publish a book representing the original ideas of Sri Aurobindo. Both Wilber and other writers in the field of transpersonal psychology have portrayed Sri Aurobindo’s ideas in a way which requires extensive clarification. I hope that by providing an overview of the psychological implications of his work, a new initiative in the field of the original ‘Integral Psychology’ might develop.” ___________. Some reflections on Integral Psychotherapy. 1998. Article available online: http://www.jps.net/virtreal/workgroups - tpy - reflections - on - ip.html. ___________. Towards a truly inte grative psychotherapy. Article available online: http://www.jps.net/virtreal/workgroups - tpy - tertiary - process.html. “This paper was written in response to a common misunderstanding of spiritually based therapy among mainstream psychotherapists. The comple x highly integrated state of oneness which is realized in advanced states of meditation is often taken — particularly by those trained in psychoanalytic schools — to be a kind of regressed, primitive state. The philosopher Richard Tarnas addressed this misunde rstanding in a lecture he gave using 3 very simple but brilliant illustrations. 115 Those illustrations are used here to help clarify the relationship between psychotherapy and spiritual experience.” Samskaras, bhog, émotions, tendances et attitudes: Peut - on prévenir précocement nos éventuels débordements psychologiques? In Transactions de Séminaires de la Shri Ram Chandra Mission . Série: La Psychologie et sa Pertinence No. 1. Sahaj Marg Research Institute, SRCM Augerans, 1996. [In French.] ___________. What if we took Indian psychology seriously? Article available online: http://www.infinityfoundation.com/mandala/i_es/i_es_salmo_psych_frameset.htm. Sannella, Lee. A Western psychiatric view of the life - force. Bulletin of the Yoga Research Centre , Winter 1980, no. 4, pp. 3 - 15. Saraswati, S. A. Yoga: A holistic approach to mental health. Journal of Dharma, 1995, 3:287 - 296. Sarma, R. N. Indian psychology: Sanskrit sources surveyed. The Hindu, n.d. Sarron, C. Perspectives et recherches en psychiatrie et yoga. Les premiers entretiens medicaux du yoga . Nov 1986. [In French.] Sasaki, G. H. Variety of psychological - yogic interaction. Shakti (New Delhi), 1970, 7(2):56 - 81. Sato, K. Contribution of oriental psychology to world psychology. In Abstr 18 th Internat Cong ress Psychol , Moscow, n.d., 3:456 - 457. Satyananda Saraswati, Swami. Physiology/psychology & Yoga. In Ma Yogabhakti, ed., Yoga Discussed in Relation to Other Thoughts & A Dialogue on Practical Yoga . Bihar, India: The Bihar School of Yoga, 1968, pp. 47 - 51. ___________. [Recommends vajrasana and shashankasana for nervous depression]. Yoga, Jan 1977, pp. 16 - 17. ___________. Removal of mental problems (parts 1, 2, and 3). In Swami Satyananda Saraswati, A Systematic Course in the Ancient Tantric Techniques of Yoga and Kriya . Monghyr, India: Bihar School of Yoga, 1981, pp. 206 - 211; 226 - 232; 250 - 256. ___________. Yoga: Worldwide benefactor. In Abstr 2 nd Ann Symp Indian Academy Yoga , Dec - Jan, 1982 - 1983. ___________. Psychodynamics; Therapeutic principles. In S wami Satyananda Saraswati, Surya Namaskara: A Technique of Solar Vitalization . Bihar, India: Bihar School of Yoga, 1996, pp. 49 - 52; 57 - 58. Excerpt: “ Indeed, surya namaskara’s role in mental health is far greater than most people suspect and in certain co nditions, notably psychosis, it is one of the most useful and powerful tools the yoga therapist has at his disposal. In some situations it surpasses even meditation in its ability to rearrange the energies, that, having become distorted, have led to varyin g degrees of mental and nervous breakdown.” 116 ___________. Increasing memory function [via yoga nidra]. In Swami Satyananda Saraswati, Yoga Nidra . 6 th ed. Munger, Bihar, India: Bihar School of Yoga, 1998, pp. 180 - 181. ___________. [Yoga nidra for] psycholo gical disorders. In Swami Satyananda Saraswati, Yoga Nidra . 6 th ed. Munger, Bihar, India: Bihar School of Yoga, 1998, pp. 196 - 197. ___________ . Disease neurosis . In Swami Satyananda Saraswati, Bhakti Yoga Sagar. Vol. 3. Munger, Bihar : Sivananda Math, 1997 , pp. 143 - 146. “How can the mind of man be freed from this neurosis? Lord Buddha, Mahavir, all the saints and mahatmas have said that everybody who is born in this world has to undergo suffering. Nobody is free from disease. If you ask each and everyone y ou will find that this is true. Nobody is free from disease, suffering or faults. We are all beggars; therefore, we have to suffer. Those who are without fault become liberated. If you ask the way to become fault free, nirakara, then I can lecture you for hours. But if you ask the way to be free from suffering, disease and poverty, I cannot give any remedy, nor does God have one . . . So listen carefully, you will have to forget your suffering, and this is the truth . . . In the course of life, you may be a fflicted with many different kinds of suffering due to pain, disease, death, poverty, wealth, loss of friends, ill repute and so on. In such situations you must find a way to absorb your mind in another subject where it dissolves totally. Ramakrishna Param ahamsa had cancer, Adiguru Shankaracharya had fistula, Ramana Maharshi had piles and Swami Vivekananda had diabetes. How did they all deal with these sufferings? They identified themselves with God, Brahman or Atman, and not with disease and suffering. The refore, the wise ask God only for those things which are appropriate for their spiritual evolution, and not for the removal of suffering, disease or pain.” Satyaprakash Saraswati, Swami (Ann Fletcher). Yoga for the management of depression. Spectrum: The Journal of the British Wheel of Yoga , Spring 2000, pp. 12 - 14. ___________. Yoga for the management of depression. Yoga (Sivananda Math), Sep 2000, 11(5):9 - 16. Article available online: http://www.yogamag.net/archives/2000/5sep00/depres.shtml . __________ _. Yoga and mental health. Yoga (Sivananda Math), Jan - Feb 2002, 1(1):22 - 25. Sauermann, G. Verhaltnis von Yoga und Psychotherapie [Relation between yoga and psychotherapy]. Zeit fur Psychosom Med und Psychoanalyse, Oct - Dec 1980, 26(4):364 - 378. [In German.] Save - Mundra, Jaya. The contextual, theoretical, and procedural basis of mantra meditation and guidelines for its integration in standard psychotherapy practice. Ph.D. dissertation. University of Hartford, Connecticut, 2002. Dissertation Abstracts Interna tional , Feb 2003, B 63/08, p. 3936. First 24 pages available online: http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/preview/3061472. UMI # 3061472. Abstract: This thesis provides the contextual background, theoretical foundation, and procedural components of mantra meditation. This thesis also proposes the complementary use of mantra meditation in conventional psychotherapy practice. The paper is supported by the professional psychotherapy literature and relevant writings by renowned Indian authors and philosophers, and is interspersed with the author’s own viewpoints and suggestions. The thesis begins with an introduction, providing a general overview of use of meditation in psychotherapy, and briefly outlines the facts and reasons for the lack of its wide acceptance in standard psychotherapy practice, despite positive research evidence. This introductory section is followed by chapters that 117 include: (i) the development of mantra meditation from the ancient Indian context to the contemporary one; (ii) a detailed outli ne of the theoretical foundation of Mantra Meditation, rooted in the ancient Indian medicine system called “Ayurveda”; (iii) the process of Mantra Meditation; (iv) a comparison of Transcendental Meditation ™, a contemporary form of mantra meditation wit h Mindfulness Meditation; (v) a comparison of mantra meditation with psychodynamic theories of psychotherapy; and (vi) guidelines for integrating mantra meditation in traditional psychodynamic psychotherapy with the help of a case example. The final chapte r concludes with a discussion about the responsible use of mantra meditation in psychotherapy, and limitations of the thesis and its potential contributions to the field of psychotherapy. Savic, K., et al. [The effect of Hatha yoga on poor posture in chil dren and the psychophysiologic condition in adults]. Med Pregl , 1990, 43(5 - 6):268 - 272. [In Serbo - Croatian (Roman).] Scaligero, M. Sketch of a psychology founded on Yoga. East and West, 1956, 6:342 - 348. Schaeffer, Rachel. Relieve your anxiety with yoga: T hese poses can help you regain mental peace. Natural Health, Jan - Feb 2002. Article available online: http://www.findarticles.com/cf_0/m0NAH/1_32/81391087/p1/article.jhtml?term=yoga. Scharfetter, C., and G. Benedetti. Meditation conceptual field: Sifting o f findings application in psychotherapy. Psychotherapie medizinische Psychologie, 1979, 29(3):78 - 95. Scharfstein, Ben - Ami. Freud’s psychoanalysis and Patanjali’s yoga. In Ben - Ami Scharfstein, Mystical Experience . Baltimore, Md.: Penguin Books, 1974, pp. 122 - 132. Schell, F. J., B. Allolio, and O. W. Schonecke. Physiological and psychological effects of Hatha - Yoga exercise in healthy women. International Journal of Psychosomatics, 1994, 41(1 - 4):46 - 52. Abstract: Hatha - Yoga has become increasingly popular i n western countries as a method for coping with stress. However, little is known about the physiological and psychological effects of yoga practice. We measured heart rate, blood pressure, the hormones cortisol, prolactin and growth hormone and certain psy chological parameters in a yoga practicing group and a control group of young female volunteers reading in a comfortable position during the experimental period. There were no substantial differences between the groups concerning endocrine parameters and b lood pressure. The course of heart rate was significantly different, the yoga group had a decrease during the yoga practice. Significant differences between both groups were found in psychological parameters. In the personality inventory the yoga group sho wed markedly higher scores in life satisfaction and lower scores in excitability, aggressiveness, openness, emotionality and somatic complaints. Significant differences could also be observed concerning coping with stress and the mood at the end of the exp eriment. The yoga group had significant higher scores in high spirits and extravertedness. Schiff, B. B., and S. A. Rump. Asymmetrical hemispheric activation and emotion: The effects of unilateral forced nostril breathing. Brain and Cognition, 1995, 29:21 7 - 231. Schilling, P. B. The effect of the regular practice of the TM technique on behaviour and personality. Sc Res TM Coll Pap, 1976, I:453 - 461. Schimmel, Paul. Mind over matter? I: philosophical aspects of the mind - brain problem. Australian and New Ze aland Journal of Psychiatry , Aug 2001, 35 (4):481 - 487. 118 Abstract: Objective : To conceptualize the essence of the mind- body or mind - brain problem as one of metaphysics rather than science, and to propose a formulation of the problem in the context of current scientific knowledge and its limitations. Method and results: The background and conceptual parameters of the mind - body problem are delineated, and the limitations of brain research in formulating a solution identified. The problem is reformulated and sta ted in terms of two pr opositions. These constitute a “double aspect theory.” Conclusions: The problem appears to arise as a consequence of the conceptual limitations of the human mind, and hence remains ess entially a metaphysical one. A “double aspect theo ry” recognizes the essential unity of mind and brain, while remaining consistent with the dualism inherent in human experience. Schulte, H. J., and V. V. Abhyanker. Yogic breathing and psychologic states. Ariz Med , Sep 1979, 36(9):681 - 683. Overview: “One of the authors (VVA) recently traveled to India and had the opportunity to interview several well - known yogic masters regarding their use of yogic breating for selected emotional disorders. The goal of this paper is to discuss the psychologic changes asso ciated with respiration controlled by the Yogic method. Two case examples will be presented with discussion.” Schultz, J. H. Autogenes Training und Yoga. In Wilhelm Bitter, ed., Abenländische Therapie und östliche Weisheit . Stuttgart, 1967, pp. 165 - 181. [ In German.] Schwartz, Gary E., Richard J. Davison, and Daniel J. Goleman. Patterning of cognitive and somatic processes in the self - regulation of anxiety: Effects of meditation versus exercise. In D. H. Shapiro, and R. N. Walsh, eds., Meditation: Classic and Contemporary Perspectives . New York: Aldine Publishing, 1984, pp. 572 - 579. Also in Psychosomatic Medicine, 1978, 40:321 - 328. Schwartz, Joseph, and Margaret Arden. The Nature of Consciousness and Its Relationship to Psychoanalysis workshop , London, Ap ril 2003. Sponsored by the Scientific & Medical Network, Gloucestershire. Joseph Schwartz, attachment - based psychoanalytic psychotherapist Why Are We So Fussed About Consciousness? Consciousness has been a prime research target for neuroscientists since the successes of the molecular biology of the 1950s and 1960s. But has this produced anything of lasting value for our understanding of human subjectivity? Margaret Arden, psychoanalyst. Mistaken Notions of Consciousness We spend too much time inside f avorite theories, with no recognition of the limitations of our thinking; consciousness in particular eludes the assumptions of scientific theory. A holistic approach makes it possible to accept awkward facts usually disregarded. Scully, D., J. Kremer, M. M. Meade, R. Graham, and K. Dudgeon. Physical exercise and psychological well - being: A critical review. British Journal of Sports Medicine, Jun 1998, 32(2):111 - 120. Seeman, William, Sanford Nidich, and Tomas Banta. Influence of TM on a measure of self - ac tualization. Journal of Counseling Psychology, May 1972, 19(3):184 - 187. 119 Seer, P. [Concentrated meditation and cognitive behavior therapy: possibilities for integration and differences]. Psychother Psychosom Med Psychol , Sep - Oct 1986, 36(9 - 10):301 - 306. [In German.] Segal, Zindel V., J Mark G. Williams, and John D. Teasdale. Mindfulness - Based Cognitive Therapy for Depression: A New Approach to Preventing Relapse . New York: Guilford Press, 2002. Sen, Indra. The yoga as psychology. Yoga Seminar, 1975. ____ _______. The Integral Yoga of Sri Aurobindo as a contemporary contribution to Indian psychology. Journal of Education and Psychology, 1958, 16:435 - 436. ___________. The psychological system of Sri Aurobindo. Indian Journal of Psychology, 1952, 27:79 - 89. ___________. The standpoint of Indian psychology. Indian Journal of Psychology, 1951, 26:89 - 95. ___________. Personality and Integral Yoga. Journal of Education and Psychology, 1951, 9:88 - 93. Sequeira, H. Depression and Yoga. Yoga and Total Health, Jun 2 002, 40(11):10 - 11. Servadio, Emilio. A psychodynamic approach to yoga experience. International Journal of Parapsychology , 1966, 8(2):181 - 191. Sethi, Sujata, Subhash C . Bhargava. Relationshi p of meditation and psychosis: C ase studies. Australian and New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry , Jun 2003, 37(3):382 ff. Sexton, Shannon. Bouncing but not off the walls: A yoga success story. Yoga International , Feb/Mar 2004, pp. 86 - 93. On using Yoga for coping skills at Brooklyn Day Habilitation, an experiential learni ng program for adults with developmental disabilities. ___________ . A breathtaking performance: Yoga for stage fright. Yoga International , Aug/Sep 2004, pp. 80 - 87. See also follow - up letters to the editor in the Feb/Mar 2005 issue, p. 12. Shaffer, H. J., T. A. La Salvia, and J. P. Stein. Comparing Hatha yoga with dynamic group psychotherapy for enhancing methadone maintenance treatment: A randomised clinical trial. Altern Ther Health Med , Jul 1997, 3(4):57 - 66. Shaffi, M. Adaptive and therapeutic aspects of meditation. Int J Psychoanal Psychotherapy, 1973, 2(3):364ff. ___________. Silence in the service of ego: Psychoanalytic study of meditation. Int J Psychoanal , 1973, 54(4):431 - 443. Shah, J. T. Anxiety; Mental depression. In J. T. Shah, Therapeutic Yo ga . Mumbai, India: Vakils, Feffer and Simons Ltd., 1999, pp. 24 - 25, 42 - 45, 62 - 63, 94 - 95, 100 - 101; 10 - 11, 60 - 63. 120 Shankardevananda Saraswati, Swami. Patience therapy. Yoga (Sivananda Math), Jan - Feb 2002, 1(1):26 - 29. Shannahoff - Khalsa, David S. Yogic medita tion techniques are effective in the treatment of OCD. In Eric Hollander and Dan J. Stein, eds., Obsessive - Compulsive Disorders: Diagnosis, Etiology, Treatment . New York: Marcel Dekker Inc., 1997, pp. 283 - 329. ___________. The Kundalini Yoga Meditation Vi deo for Obsessive Compulsive Disorder . Available from G. T. Enterprises, Box 13 Shady Lane, Espanola, NM, 87532, 1 - 800 - 829 - 3970, or 505 - 753 - 0563, email: Gtent@roadrunner.com. Utilizes the same protocol that Shannahoff - Khalsa taught in his highly successfu l workshop at the Obsessive Compulsive Foundation Annual Conference in Chicago on August 11, 2000. This protocol was also previously published in complete written detail in the chapter “Yogic meditation techniques are effective in the treatment of obsessi ve compulsive disorders” in Obsessive - Compulsive Disorders: Diagnosis, Etiology, Treatment (see citation above). One can learn to do the protocol exactly as it should be taught by viewing the video, and it can be used as a guide for daily practice. It is intended for use by those who suffer with OCD and/or other anxiety - related disorders, anger, or fear. Specific techniques are taught for OCD, a range of anxiety disorders, and also one specific for managing fear and one for anger. The video also is helpfu l for therapists who have patients that are “treatment resistant” to medication and/or refuse CBT. By viewing the 11 different meditation techniques and how they are to be practiced, someone with no experience whatsoever in yoga or meditation can now lear n to practice the techniques that have been shown to be highly effective under rigorously controlled scientific conditions. ___________. An introduction to kundalini yoga meditation techniques that are specific for the treatment of psychiatric disorders . The Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine , Feb 2004, 10(1): 91 - 101. ___________. Kundal ini Yoga Meditation Techniques f or Psychiatric Disorders course. American Psychological Association Annual Meeting, May 2005. Course objective: At the conc lusion of this course, the participant should be able to (1) learn specific meditation techniques for treating OCD, anxiety disorders, depression, grief, fear, anger, and addictions and (2) be familiar with published results showing efficacy for new and “t reatment refractory” OCD and OC spectrum and other comorbid patients. ___________, and L. R. Beckett. Clinical case report: Efficacy of yogic techniques in the treatment of obsessive compulsive disorder. International Journal of Neuroscience, Mar 1996, 8 5(1 - 2):1 - 17. ___________, M. R. Boyle, and M. E. Buebel. The effects of unilateral forced nostril breathing on cognition. International Journal of Neuroscience, 1991, 57:239 - 249. Abstract: Ultradian rhythms of alternating cerebral dominance have been de monstrated in humans and other mammals during waking and sleep. Human studies have used the methods of psychological testing and electroencephalography (EEG) as measurements to identify the phase 121 of this \ natural endogenous rhythm. The periodicity of this rhythm approximates 1.5 – 3 hours in awake humans. This cerebral rhythm is tightly coupled to another ultradian rhythm known as the nasal cycle, which is regulated by the autonomic nervous system, and is exhibited by greater airflow in one nostril, later s witching to the other side. This paper correlates uninostril airflow with varying ratios of verbal/spatial performance in 23 right - handed males. Relatively greater cognitive ability in one hemisphere corresponds to unilateral forced nostril breathing in th e contralateral nostril. Cognitive performance ratios can be influenced by forcibly altering the breathing pattern. ___________, Leslie E. Ray, Saul Levine, Christopher C. Gallen, Barry J. Schwartz, and Jhn J. Sidorowich. Randomized controlled trial of yo gic meditation techniques for patients with obsessive - compulsive disorder. CNS Spectrums: The International Journal of Neuropsychiatric Medicine , Dec 1999, 4(12):34 - 47. Patients finished the NIH - funded clinical trial with a 71% mean improvement on the Y - Y ale - Brown Obsessive Compulsive Scale (Y - BOCS). Abstract: The objective of this study was to compare efficacy of two meditation protocols for treating patients with obsessive - compulsive disorder (OCD). Patients were randomized to two groups — matched for sex , age, and medication status — and blinded to the comparison protocol. They were told the trial would last for 12 months, unless one protocol proved to be more efficacious. If so, groups would merge, and the group that received the less efficacious treatment would also be afforded 12 months of the more effective one. The study was conducted at Children’s Hospital, San Diego, Calif. Patients were selected according to Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders , Third Edition - Revised (DMS -III- R) crit eria and recruited by advertisements and referral. At baseline, Group 1 included 11 adults and 1 adolescent, and Group 2 included 10 adults. Group 1 employed a kundalini yoga meditation protocol and Group 2 employed the Relaxation Response plus Mindfulness Meditation technique. Baseline and 3 - month interval testing was conducted using the Yale - Brown Obsessive Compulsive Scale (Y - BOCS), Symptoms Checklist - 90 - Revised Obsessive Compulsive (SCL - 90 - R OC) and Global Severity Index (SCL - 90 - R GSI) scales, Profile o f Moods scale (POMS), Perceived Stress Scale (PSS), and Purpose in Life (PIL) test. Seven adults in each group completed 3 months of therapy. At 3 months, Group 1 demonstrated greater improvements (Student’s independent groups t - test) on the Y - BOCS, SCL - 90 - R OC and GSI scales, and POMS, and greater but nonsignificant improvements on the PSS and PIL test. An intent - to - treat analysis (Y - BOCS) for the baseline and 3 - months tests showed that only Group 1 improved. Within - group statistics (Student’s paired t - tes ts) showed that Group 1 significantly improved on all six scales, but Group 23 had no improvements. Groups were merged for an additional year using Group 1 techniques. At 15 months, the final group (N=11) improved 71%, 62%, 66%, 74%, 39%, and 23%, respecti vely, on the Y - BOCS, SCL - 90 - R OC, Scl - 90 - R GSI, POMS, PSS, and PIL; P<0.003 (analysis of variance). This study demonstrates that kundalini yoga techniques are effective in the treatment of OCD. Shapiro, David, and Karen Cline. Mood changes associated with Iyengar Yoga practices: A pilot study. International Journal of Yoga Therapy, 2004, no. 14, pp. 35 - 44. Author email: dshapiro@ucla.edu. Abstract: The main objectives of this study were 1) to examine changes in self - reported moods and emotional states fr om before to after Iyengar Yoga classes and how they are affected by the practice of different types of Yoga poses and (2) to determine whether observed changes in mood depend on one’s personality traits. The participants were 11 healthy Yoga students in a nine - 122 session Yoga course in which three different types of Yoga poses were compared: back bends, forward bends, and standing poses. Each 90 - minute class focused on one of the three types of poses with three repetitions of each type of class. Self - ratings of 15 moods dealing with positive, negative, and energy - related emotional states were obtained before and after each class. Personality traits of depression, anxiety, and hostility were assessed at an initial orientation. Independently of the specific pose , positive moods increased, negative moods decreased, and energy - related moods increased from before to after classes with most changes lasting for two hours. Specific poses resulted in differences in how moods were affected, with back bends associated wit h greater increases in positive moods. Some mood changes were dependent on one’s characteristic personality traits. The positive mood effects of back bends were greater for participants who were relatively hostile or depressed. The specific and nonspecific effects of different bodily postures and movements on psychological processes in Yoga and other forms of physical activity deserve further study. Yoga practices should be investigated for their potential clinical application in mood disorders and depressi on. Shapiro, Deane H. Meditation and behavioral medicine: Use of a self - regulation strategy in anxiety reduction. In S. Burchfield, ed., A Comprehensive Approach to the Treatment of Anxiety. New York: Wiley, 1985. ___________. Overview: Clinical and phys iological comparison of meditation with other self - control strategies. American Journal of Psychiatry, Mar 1982, 139(3):267 - 274. ___________, and D. Giber. Meditation and psychotherapeutic effects: Self - regulation strategy and altered states of consciousn ess. Archives of General Psychiatry, 1984, 35:294 - 302. Also in D. H. Shapiro, and R. N. Walsh, eds., Meditation: Classic and Contemporary Perspectives. New York: Aldine Publishing, 1984, pp. 62 - 69. ___________, and S. M. Zifferblatt. Zen meditation and b ehavioral self - control: Similarities, differences, and clinical applications. Am Psychol , 1976, 31:519 - 532. Also in D. H. Shapiro, and R. N. Walsh, eds., Meditation: Classic and Contemporary Perspectives. New York: Aldine Publishing, 1984, pp. 585 - 598. __ _________, and S. M. Zifferblatt. Zen meditation and behavioral self - control strategies applied to a case of generalized anxiety. Psychologia: Int J Psychol Orient , 1976, 19(3):134 - 138. Shapiro, J. The relationship of the TM program to self - actualization and negative personality characteristics. Sc Res TM Coll Pap, 1976, I:462 - 467 . Sharma, I., and S. S. Agnihotri. Yoga therapy in psychiatric disorders: Risks and difficulties. Indian J Med Sci , Jul - Aug 1982, 36(7 - 8):38 - 141. Sharma, I., and P. Singh. Trea tment of neurotic illnesses by yogic techniques. Indian J Med Sci , Mar 1989, 43(3):76 - 79. Sharma, Manoj. Pilot test of a Kundalini - Yoga intervention for developing the mind - body connection. International Journal of Yoga Therapy, 2001, no. 11. 123 Shaw, John. Yoga and psychosomatic disorders. Journal of the Yoga Institute, 1977, 22(10):154 - 156. Sheikh, Anees A., Robert G. Kunzendorf, and Katharina S. Sheikh. Healing images: From ancient wisdom to modern science. In Anees A. Sheikh, and Katharina S. Sheikh, ed s., Eastern & Western Approaches to Healing: Ancient Wisdom & Modern Knowledge . New York: John Wiley & Sons, 1989, pp. 470 - 515. Contents: Shamanism and imagery; Imagery in Judaism, Christianity, and Islam; Imagery in the Hindu/Buddhist tradition (includes imagery in yoga and in Tibetan Buddhist medicine); Healing images: A historical outline of their use in the Western medical tradition; Healing images: Psychotherapeutic uses; Healing images: Modern science Shepperson, F. R. Yoga: Toward a positive self - image. Journal of Physical Education & Recreation , Sep 1977, 48:16. Sherman, Tom. Is preparing a proposal at New Hampshire Hospital for a study of Yoga for the severely mentally ill in cooperation with Boston University Psychiatric Research Center. Tom Sh erman, P.O. Box 172, Goshen, NH 03752, 603 - 863 - 5791. Shivananda Saraswati, Srimat Swami. Insanity (unmad - rog); Mania (ardhonmada). In Srimat Swami Shivananda Saraswati, Yogic Therapy or Yogic Way to Cure Diseases. 7th ed. Umachal Series No. 10. Guwahati, Assam/Calcutta, India: Umachal Prakashani, 1994, pp. 229 - 236; 262 - 263. Shrager, Loree. Ph.D. candidate in clinical psychology, studying psychological effects of Yoga. Contact: shragerl@yahoo.com, 305 - 532 - 3940. Sikora, J. [Yoga exercises as a system of re - integration of personality]. Zdr Psycho, 1969, 5:87. [In Polish.] Silva, P. de. Buddhism and behaviour modification. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 1984, 22:661 - 678. ___________. Buddhism and behaviour change: Implications for therapy. In G. Claxton, e d., Beyond Therapy . London: Wisdom Publications, 1986. Silverman, Hirsch Lazaar. Tenets of Buddhist psychotherapy. Contemporary Psychology, 41(10). (A review of Mark Epstein’s Thoughts without a Thinker: Psychotherapy from a Buddhist Perspective .) ______ _____. Meditation is becoming more mainstream. APA Monitor, Sep 1997. Singh, B. S. Ventilatory response to CO2. II. Studies in neurotic psychiatric patients and practitioners of Transcendental Meditation. Psychosomatic Medicin

bundet

e, 1984, 46:347 - 362. Singh, L. A. Theoretical framework of Indian psychology. Ph.D. dissertation, Gorakhpur University. 124 Singh, R., and I. Oberhummer. Behavior therapy within a setting of Karma Yoga. Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry , 1980, 11:135 - 141. Singh, R . H. Evaluation of some Indian traditional methods of promoting mental health. Activitas Nervosa Superior , 1986, 28:67 - 69. Singh, Raja Bahadur. Yoga: The science of self - integration. Journal of Sociology (Jabalpur), 1962, pp. 67 - 70. Singh, Ratan , and Ir mgard Oberhummer . Behavior - therapy within a setting of Karma Yoga. Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry , 1980, 11(2):135 - 141. Sinha, Ajit Kumar. Yoga and Western psychology. Research Journal of Philosophy and Social Sciences , 1964, 1(2) :80 - 92. Sinha, D. Integration of modern psychology with Indian thought. Journal Human Psy., 1967. Sinha, H. S. Psychiatric postulates of Tantra Yoga. In Dr. A. K. Sinha, ed., Perspectives in Yoga. Varanasi: Bharata Manisha, 1976, pp. 99 - 106. Sinha, T. C. Observations on the concept of ego. International Journal of Psycho - Analysis , 1968, 49(2 - 3):413 - 419. Sinari, R. The method of phenomenological reduction and yoga. Philosophy East and West, 1965, 15:217 - 228. Sivananda, Swami. The power of thought. Yoga Today , May 1981, 6(1):37 - 41, 44 - 45. “‘Thought moves. It actually leaves the brain and hovers about. It enters the brains of others also . . .’ In our eagerness to still the mind we forget that we have to use thought, whether we like it or not. Swami Siva nanda of Rishikesh explains the proper uses of the mind.” Sivanandaji Maharaj, Sri Swami. Conquest of fear. The Divine Life Society. Available online: http://www.sivanandadlshq.org. Slède, Lisa, and Rachel Pomerantz. Yoga and psychotherapy: A review of t he literature. International Journal of Yoga Therapy , 2001, no. 11. Smith, Amber. Dietitian discovers benefits of yoga [for the mentally retarded]. The Post - Standard (Syracuse). 20 Dec 2004. Article available online: http://www.syracuse.com/living/poststa ndard/index.ssf?/base/living - 1/1103372330315630.xml. In this article, the author writes about Donna Acox, a dietitian for the state Office of Mental Retardation and Developmental Disabilities in New York who also is a Yoga instructor. When Acox needed a project to complete her work toward a second master’s degree in exercise science, she combined her two roles by studying the effects of a Yoga program on the physical fitness levels of adults with mild mental retardation. Her idea was that a person who is flexible, agile, and strong is less likely to fall and therefore less likely to be injured. 125 Adults aged 18 to 60 participated in twice weekly classes for 12 weeks, and at the beginning of each class, Acox asked participants to describe, in a word, how Y oga made them feel after the previous class. Answers included, “alive,” “empowered,” “limber,” and “flexible.” She said that one study participant also noticed improvement in blood sugar level, and another is thrilled simply to be able to touch her toes. Acox says, “I definitely think they’re getting stronger. And their balance, they are steadier on their feet, able to focus and balance.” Smith, Jonathan C. Personality correlates of continuation and outcome in meditation and erect sitting control treatmen ts. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, Apr 1978, 46(2):272 - 279. Also in D. H. Shapiro, and R. N. Walsh, eds., Meditation: Classic and Contemporary Perspectives . New York: Aldine Publishing, 1984, pp. 557 - 564. PMID: 348733. ___________. Psychot herapeutic effects of Transcendental Meditation with controls for expectation of relief and daily sitting. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 1976, 44(4):630 - 637. Also in D. H. Shapiro, and R. N. Walsh, eds., Meditation: Classic and Contemporar y Perspectives . New York: Aldine Publishing, 1984, pp. 539 - 547. ___________. Meditation as psychotherapy: A review of the literature. Psychological Bulletin, Jul 1975, 82(4):558 - 564. Also in D. H. Shapiro, and R. N. Walsh, eds., Meditation: Classic and Co ntemporary Perspectives . New York: Aldine Publishing, 1984, pp. 55 - 61 . PMID: 1099602. Smith, Pohla. Happier through yoga: Mt. Lebanon native to speak about winning her fight against depression. Pittsburgh Post - Gazette , 30 Mar 2004. Article available onlin e: http://www.yogafordepression.com/Happier_through_Yoga.htm . Smith, Robert Warren. Effects of relaxation on self - regulatory depletion. Ph.D. dissertation. Case Western Reserve University, 2002. Dissertation Abstracts International , Nov 2002, B 63/05, p. 2605. First 24 pages available online: http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/preview/3052288. UMI #3052288. Abstract: Self - regulation is the exercise of executive control, whereby lower, shorter - term and more concrete objectives are superceded by higher, pe riod immediately following self - regulation, self - regulatory capacity appears to be reduced or depleted. Furthermore, research indicates that relaxation and meditation may enhance performance. The present research sought to determine the degree of decrement following self - regulation as well as the incremental advantage of relaxation over other behaviors in restoration of self - regulatory capacity. Participants were assig ned to six conditions: (1) The self - regulation condition was one in which participants wer e told to not think about a white bear, based on Wegner’ s (1989) technique. (2) The free - thought (control) condition in which participants were free to think about anything. (3)Combination self - regulation (white bear) and relaxation (using deep breathing a nd guided imagery) condition. (4)Combination self - regulation and magazine perusal condition. (5) Combination self - regulation and sitting without any task. And (6) a relaxation condition. Following the above tasks, participants engaged in an unsolvable anag rams task. Persistence on the anagrams task was measured and served as the dependent variable. The self - regulation condition persisted on the anagrams significantly less than controls. Perusing a magazine and sitting doing nothing following self - regulation offered modest benefit to self - regulatory capacity. Engaging in relaxation following self - regulation appeared to offer significant benefit to self - regulatory capacity. Relaxation among those who had not previously engaged in a self - regulatory act provided no beneficial effect over controls. Thus, relaxation may help restore self - regulatory 126 capacity among those experiencing decrement in capacity but did not enhance baseline persistence. Future research should examine the degree to which these effects are re plicated among clinical and psychiatric populations as well as the relative effect of various similar techniques. Smith, W. P., W. C. Compton, and W. B. West. Meditation as an adjunct to a happiness enhancement program. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 199 5, 51:269 - 273. Snaith, P. Medi t ation and psychotherapy. British Journal of Psychiatry, Sep 1998, 173:193 - 195. Solomon, G. G., and A. K. Bumpus. The running meditation response: An adjunct to psychotherapy. Am J Psychother, 1978, 32(4):583 - 592. Sovik, R olf. What’s wrong with you?!? Quieting the inner critic. Yoga International , Aug/Sep 2003, pp. 40 - 48 . ___________. Getting up from feeling down: Breathing away depression. Yoga International , Feb/Mar 2004, pp. 38 - 42. Spanos, N. P., S. Steggles, H. L. Rad tke - Bodorik, and S. M. Rivers. Nonanalytic attending, hypnotic suggestibility, and psychological well - being in trained meditators and non meditators. J Abnormal Psychology , 1979, 88(1):85 - 87. Sparrowe, Linda, and Patricia Walden. Working with depression . In Linda Sparrowe and Patricia Walden, The Woman’s Book of Yoga & Health: A Lifelong Guide to Wellness . Boston: Shambhala Publications, 2002 , pp. 215 - 236 . Speer, Helmut. [Depth psychology and Yoga.] Preface to Elizabeth Haich, trans. by D. Q. Stephenson, Sexual Energy and Yoga . London: George Allen & Unwin, 1972, pp. 13 - 18. Spira, James. Anxiety disorders [and meditation]. Article available online: http://www.behavior.net/cgi - bin/nph - display.cgi?MessageID=89&Top=83&config=meditation&uid=nC1M8.user&new=0& adm=0. ___________. Depressive disorders. Article available online: http://www.behavior.net/cgi - bin/nph - display.cgi?MessageID=24&Top=23&config=meditation&uid=nC1M8.user&new=0&adm=0. ___________. Meditation and abreaction due to childhood trauma. Article available online: http://www.behavior.net/cgi - bin/nph - display.cgi?MessageID=24&Top=23&config=meditation&uid=nC1M8.user&new=0&adm=0. ___________. Meditation in psychotherapy: Major issues to consider. Article available online: http://www.behavior.net/cgi - b in/nph - display.cgi?MessageID=2&Top=1&config=meditation&uid=nC1M8.user&new=0&adm=0. ___________. Meditation in Psychotherapy online forum. URL: http://www.behavior.net/cgi - bin/ls2.cgi?config=meditation&uid=nC1M8.user&new=0. ___________. Personality disord ers [and meditation]. Article available online: 127 http://www.behavior.net/cgi - bin/nph - display.cgi?MessageID=90&Top=83&config=meditation&uid=nC1M8.user&new=0&adm=0. (Includes schizophrenia.) ___________. Prevalence of meditation in psychotherapy. Article a vailable online: http://www.behavior.net/cgi - bin/nph - display.cgi?MessageID=17&Top= - 1&config=meditation&uid=nC1M8.user&new=0&adm=0. ___________. Psychosis. Article available online: http://www.behavior.net/cgi - bin/nph - display.cgi?MessageID=17&Top= - 1&config =meditation&uid=nC1M8.user&new=0&adm=0. (Includes schizophrenia.) “I believe that slow moving meditation is more appropriate for psychosis and severe depression than is silent sitting meditation.” ___________. Schizophrenia. Article available online: ht tp://www.behavior.net/cgi - bin/nph - display.cgi?MessageID=17&Top= - 1&config=meditation&uid=nC1M8.user&new=0&adm=0. ___________. Schizophrenia and meditation. Article available online: http://www.behavior.net/cgi - bin/nph - display.cgi?MessageID=17&Top= - 1&config =meditation&uid=nC1M8.user&new=0&adm=0. ___________. Zen and depression/anxiety. Article available online: http://www.behavior.net/cgi - bin/nph - display.cgi?MessageID=47&Top=46&config=meditation&uid=nC1M8.user&new=0&adm=0. Sreenivasachar, S. M. The unconsc ious in Yoga and psychoanalysis. Philosophical Quarterly, 1941 - 1942, 17:261 - 268. Sridevi, K. National conference/workshop on Yoga and psychology: A report. J Indian Psychology , 1994, 12(1 - 1):67ff. Srivastava, S. P. Indian psychology with special referenc e to structure and development of human personality. Ph.D. dissertation, Agra University, 1965. Staehelin, B. The development of a psychosomatic basis therapy entitled “the ftan meditation” (tysk). Praxis, 1976, 65(13):363 - 377. Stallone, James A. Yoga an d counseling psychology. Psychic, Aug 1970, 2(1):26 - 30. Stark, John. Change your posture, change your mood. Yoga Journal , Jul/Aug 2002, pp. 78 - 85, 162. “If you’re having trouble sleeping, concentrating, and making decisions, you may suffer from dysthymia , a.k.a. mild depression. Instead of drug therapy, try yoga to renew your outlook on life.” Stek, R. J., and B. A. Bass . Personal adjustment and perceived locus of control among students interested in meditation. Sc Res TM Coll Pap, 1976, I:425 - 427. 128 Ste wart, Mary. Anxiety; Depression. In Mary Stewart, Teach Yourself Yoga . Lincolnwood (Chicago), Ill.: NTC/Contemporary Publishing/London: Hodder Headline, 1998, pp. 128; 129. Stewart, Robert A. States of human realization: Some physiological and psychologic al correlates. Psychologia: An International Journal of Psychology in the Orient , Sep 1974, 17 (3) :126 - 134. Abstract: Systems for promoting self - realization have come from both the West and the East. Two basically eastern systems of “therapy,” in the Zen t radition and the Hindu Yoga meditative tradition, are now attracting substantial interest in the West. There is now substantial Western concern to evaluate their effectiveness in the way that many other psychotherapeutic traditions have been examined. In p articular a technique in the Hindu Yoga meditative tradition, Transcendental Meditation ™ is beginning to attract strong scientific attention in the West. This paper looks at some of the physiological, psychological and social research on this practice, and also looks at some of the rather arresting work done in the training of people to produce states of mind found subjectively to be pleasant. This paper then is concerned to look at some of the correlates of states of “human realization.” Strassman, R . J., and M. Galanter. The Abhidharma: A cross - cultural model for the psychiatric application of meditation. Int J Soc Psychiatry, 1980, 26(4):293 - 299. Stroebel, Charles F., and Bernard C. Glueck. Passive meditation: Subjective and clinical comparison with biofeedback. In G. Schwartz and D. Shapiro, Consciousness and Self - Regulation . New York: Plenum Press, 1977. Also in D. H. Shapiro, and R. N. Walsh, eds., Meditation: Classic and Contemporary Perspectives . New York: Aldine Publishing, 1984, pp. 201 - 208. A study of the neurophysiological indices in schizophrenic patients at the beginning and end of 6 months of yoga practice. Swami Vivekananda Yoga Research Foundation, http://www.vkyogas.org.in. Stukin, Stacie. The anti - drug for anxiety: Although you may b e tempted to reach for a pill to ease your anxiety, yogic breathwork can be just as effective — without the side effects. Yoga Journal , Mar/Apr 2003, pp. 108 - 113. See also follow - up cautionary letter to the editor in the Jul/Aug 12003 issue, p. 17. Stusser, Michael A. Feeding the monkey mind. Yoga International , Dec/Jan 2003, pp. 40 - 44. Subbannachar. Social psychology of Aurovindo. Ph.D. dissertation, 1958. Subrahmanyam, S. Yoga and psychosomatic illness. Yoga Review, 1982, 2(3):149 - 160. ___________. Neu rohumoral correlates of behaviour. Ann Nat Acad Med Sci (India), 1980, 16(2):73 - 88. ___________, and K. Porkodi. Yoga: Its probable role in maintaining and restoring normal health. The Yoga Review, Autumn 1981, 1(3):119 - 130. Abstract: Yoga is an ancient scientific discipline which coordinates different aspects of human personality, thus bringing about a state of equilibrium between mind and body. In the present study, an attempt is made to find out the effect of yoga and meditation on the biogenic amine 129 levels in certain psychiatric disorders like mild aggressive hyperkinetic behavior, moderate mental retardation and temporal lobe epilepsy . . . All results were correlated with improvement in behavior. The possible mode of yoga and meditation is discussed . ___________. Neurohumoral correlates of transcendental meditation. Bio Med, 1980, 1:7 - 22. Subramuniyaswami, Satguru Sivaya. Revenge is a terrible negative force: The karma of retaliation returns to the perpetrators with three times the force. Hinduism Today , Jul – Sep 2002, p.32. Sudarsan, B., N. Janakiramiah, K. T. T. Shetty, B. N. Gangadhar, Vedamuthachar, and D. K. Subbakrishna. Effect of Sudarshan Kriya Yoga (SKY) on plasma cortisol. Indian Journal of Psychiatry , Apr 2001, 43. Abstract: Sudarshan Kriya Yoga has been tried as an alternative treatment in depression. Studies on patients with dysthymia and major depression showed significant antidepression effect. The biological basis of the therapeutic efficacy of SKY has not been investigated. In the present study we examined the effect of SKY on plasma cortisol. Plasma cortisol levels were measured before and after a SKY treatment in 20 major depressive patients who received no psychotropic medication. There was significant reduction in plasma cortis ol levels. The relevance of this finding to the biological correlates of SKY will be presented. Sukul, Sri Deva Ram. Yoga, Tantra, and psychology. In Sri Deva Ram Sukul, Yoga and Self - Culture . New York: Yoga Institute of America, 1947, pp. 140 - 142. Sunda rarajan, G. S. Psycho - cybernetics and yoga. Yoga - Mimamsa , 1990, 29(1):1 - 4. Swami Vivekananda Yoga Research Foundation. Anxiety - depression: List of practices. In Swami Vivekananda Yoga Research Foundation, Set of Yoga Practices for Different Ailments. Bang alore, India: Swami Vivekananda Yoga Research Foundation, n.d. Includes Sithilikarana Vyayama (loosening exercises), Asanas, Pranayama, Meditation (Dharana, Dhyana), and Kriyas ___________. Yoga for Anxiety/Depression/Insomnia preconference workshop. 10 th International Conference on Yoga for Positive Health, Tampa, Florida, 11 Dec 2000. Switkes, D. A. Letter [on meditation and psychiatry]. Am J Psychiatry, 1982, 139(9):1217. Takahashi, Elaine. Symbols and imagery in Jungian psychology and Tibetan Buddhis m: A conversation with Dr. Lobsang Rapgay. The Journal for Tibetan Buddhist Psychology and Medicine , Summer 1989, pp. 4 - 6. Takahashi, T., T. Murata, T . Hamada, M . Omori, H . Kosaka, M . Kikuchi, H . Yoshida, and Y. Wada. Changes in EEG and autonomic nervous activity during meditation and their association with personality traits. International Journal of Psychophysiology, Feb 2005, 55(2):199 - 207. PMID: 15649551. Abstract: Meditation is the attainment of a restful yet fully alert physical and mental state pra cticed by many as a self- regulatory approach to emotion management, but the psychophysiological properties and personality traits that characterize this meditative state have 130 not been adequately studied. We quantitatively analyzed changes in psychophysiolo gical parameters during Zen meditation in 20 normal adults, and evaluated the results in association with personality traits assessed by Cloninger’s Temperament and Character Inventory (TCI). During meditation, increases were observed in fast theta power a nd slow alpha power on EEG predominantly in the frontal area, whereas an increase in the normalized unit of high - frequency (nuHF) power (as a parasympathetic index) and decreases in the normalized unit of low - frequency (nuLF) power and LF/HF (as sympatheti c indices) were observed through analyses of heart rate variability. We analyzed the possible correlations among these changes in terms of the percent change during meditation using the control condition as the baseline. The percent change in slow alpha EE G power in the frontal area, reflecting enhanced internalized attention, was negatively correlated with that in nuLF as well as in LF/HF and was positively correlated with the novelty seeking score (which has been suggested to be associated with dopaminerg ic activity). The percent change in fast theta power in the frontal area, reflecting enhanced mindfulness, was positively correlated with that in nuHF and also with the harm avoidance score (which has been suggested to be associated with serotonergic activ ity). These results suggest that internalized attention and mindfulness as two major core factors of behaviors of mind during meditation are characterized by different combinations of psychophysiological properties and personality traits. Tarab Tulku. Abh idharma and Tibetan p sychology. Ordinary Mind, Winter 2001, No. 15. Tart, Charles T. A psychologist’s experience with TM. J Trans Psych, 1971, 3(2):135 - 140. ___________. Meditation and consciousness: A dialogue between a meditation teacher and a psychol ogist: An interview with Shinzen Young. IONS Noetic Sciences Review, Autumn 1988, no. 8. Article available online: http://www.noetic.org/Ions/publications/review_archives/08/issue08_14.html. Taylor, C. Barr, James F. Sallis, and Richard Needle. The relati on of physical activity and exercise to mental health. Public Health Reports, Mar - Apr 1985, 100(2):195 - 202. [Teaching ] retarded children . In Teaching Asanas: An Ananda Marga Manual for Teachers . Los Altos Hills, Calif.: Amrit Publications, 1973, pp. 233 - 235. Teasdale, J. D., Segal, Z., and J. M. Williams. How does cognitive therapy prevent depressive relapse and why should attentional control (mindfulness) training help? Behaviour Research and Therapy , 1995, 33:25 - 39. PMID: 7872934. Abstract: There is encouraging evidence that structured psychological treatments for depression, in particular cognitive therapy, can reduce subsequent relapse after the period of initial treatment has been completed. However, there is a continuing need for prophylactic psyc hological approaches that can be administered to recovered patients in euthymic mood. An information - processing analysis of depressive maintenance and relapse is used to define the requirements for effective prevention, and to propose mechanisms through wh ich cognitive therapy achieves its prophylactic effects. This analysis suggests that similar effects can be achieved using techniques of stress - reduction based on the skills of attentional control taught in mindfulness meditation. An information - processing analysis is presented of mindfulness and mindlessness, and of their relevance to preventing depressive relapse. This analysis provides the basis for the development of Attentional Control Training, a new approach to preventing relapse that integrates feat ures of cognitive therapy and mindfulness training and is applicable to recovered depressed patients. 131 Telles, Shirley. Yoga therapy in the management of schizophrenia. Swami Vivekananda Yoga Research Foundation, Bangalore, India, 2000. Address corresponde nce to Shirley Telles, Ph.D., Assistant Director of Research, Swami Vivekananda Yoga Research Foundation, City Office, #9, 1 st Main, Bangalore, 560 018, India. ___________, R. Nagarathna, and H. R. Nagendra. Physiological effects of yoga in chronic schizo phrenic patients. In Research Highlights - Anvesana 2 . Bangalore, India: Vivekananda Kendra Yoga Prakashana, 1995, pp. 29 - 31. Temple stay may help people with mental disorders. The StraitsTimes , 9 Jul 2002. URL: http://straitstimes.asia1.com.sg. “A short stay in a temple or place of worship can actually improve your mental health, a study has shown. For example, researchers in India found that a six - week stay at a Hindu temple can produce the same improvement in people with severe psychiatric disorders as a month - long course of standard drugs. According to science journal New Scientist, a team led by Mr. Ramanathan Raguram of the National Institute of Mental Health and Neurosciences in Bangalore studies all 31 people who came for help and stayed at the Mut huswamy temple between June and August 2000. The patients were evaluated by a trained psychiatrist. Six were diagnosed with delusional disorders, 23 with paranoid schizophrenia, and two with bipolar disorder. At the nend of their stay, their scores on a te st called the Brief Psychiatirc Rating Scale had improved by an average of nearly 20 percent . . .” Tenzin Gyatso [His Holiness the Dalai Lama] . The monk in the lab. The New York Times, 26 Apr 2003. Article available online: http://www.nytimes.com/2003/04 /26/opinion/26LAMA.html. On working with destructive emotions. Theoretical aspects of Buddhism and psychotherapy: Opening of the 1st Buddhism and Psychotherapy Conference, 1993. Ordinary Mind , Winter 2000, No. 11. Thirakoul, Phouttasone (Pilou). Buddhi st meditation and personal construct psychology. 1996 - 1997. Article available online: http://serendip.brynmawr.edu/bb/Pilou.html. Thirunal, Swamy Aswathy. The untold secrets of yoga. Spectrum , Autumn 2001, pp. 8 - 9. On the psychological aspects of asanas, and specifically matsyasana, vrikshasana, and sasasana . Thomas, D., and K. A. Abbas. Comparison of Transcendental Meditation and progressive relaxation in reducing anxiety. British Medical Journal , 1978, 2:1749. Thomas, L. E., and P. E. Cooper. Incidenc e and psychological correlates of intense spiritual experiences. Journal of Transpersonal Psychology , 1980, 12(1):75 - 85. Thomas, Tommijean, Christopher D. Tori, and Benjamin A. Thomas. Assessing the [psychological] benefits of practicing Iyengar Yoga. Yog a Rahasya , 1998, 5(2):30 - 33. Contact: Dr. Tommijean Thomas, tommijt@yahoo.com. Abstract: Objectives: 132 a. To determine the physical, physiological and psychological effects of practicing Iyengar Yoga b. To determine the reason and motivation for practiti oners to continue yoga practice. c. To evaluate perception of ‘stress” and coping mechanisms amongst Iyengar Yoga practitioners d. To compare the personality characteristics of Iyengar Yoga Practitioners with the “normal” adults who did not practice Iyen gar Yoga. Participants and Methodology: 367 Iyengar Yoga practitioners, from North and South America, Asia, South Africa, New Zealand and Australia, who attended the “Iyengar Yoga Festival”, Pune in 1998 participated in this study. All these participants answered three questionnaires pertaining to their yoga practice, the perception and coping of stress and their personality traits. It took each participant at least one hour to answer all the questions listed. Their replies were then assessed using specif ic statistical tests. Results: Yoga Practice: 97% of the participants practiced asanas for an average of 8 hours per week while 71% practiced pranayama for an average of 2.3 hours a week. Life Style: Yoga practice was a strong motivating factor amongs t all the practitioners to improve health habits. 94% balanced work with recreation while 85% followed a vegetarian diet. It is pertinent to note that “Iyengar Yoga” does not compel the practitioner to any specific dietary or life style regiment. Improve ment in the Physical and Physiological Disorders following Yoga Practice: 65% of the participants had a medical problem when they started their yoga practice. Most people indicated that, on the average, they improved, with some proclaiming cures and others remission. There was a significant improvement in the physical health of all the participants. Significant benefits were seen with reference to the respiratory, genitourinary, circulatory and digestive systems. There was a very significant improvement w ith relation to emotional disorders especially those pertaining to mood disorders and substance abuse. Reasons and Motivation to Continue Yoga Practice: Although, majority of practitioners started their yoga practice to seek physical benefit – it is the psychological benefits especially mental control and stress/ tension control which now motivates them to continue their practices. Perception of Stress and Coping Mechanisms: The awareness of stress among yoga practitioners was similar to that of a norma l population. Coping methods, however, were more active and varied than for the typical person. The management of stress by those practicing yoga was characterized by heightened self - control, using difficulties as a means to enhance personal growth and the ability to detach oneself from tension and anxiety. The results of the study also revealed that those who adopted a planful and optimistic approach to problem solving significantly reduced perceived stress. Interestingly, those primarily involved in the t eaching of yoga had the lowest perceived stress. Personality Characteristics: A comparative study of the personality differences between yoga practitioners and normal “non - practicing” individuals shows that the yoga practitioners had a higher than averag e values when assessed for their sensitivity, flexibility and self reliance. However, they were less conforming and “submissive” as compared with “normal” non practitioners. 133 Conclusion: The results of this study clearly documents that practice of Iyenga r Yoga improves the physical, physiological and psychological well being of the practitioner; a heightened self control; an enhancement of personal growth, a low perception of stress. The personality of the practitioners indicated that they were more sensi tive, flexible and self - reliant but at the same time exhibited a “mind of their own” by being non - conforming and submissive. ___________, Christopher D. Tori, Benjamin A. Thomas, and Rajvi H. Mehta. Medical, psychological, and spiritual benefits of longt erm Iyengar Yoga practice. Yoga Rahasya, 2000, 7(1): 77 - 86. ___________, Christopher D. Tori, and Benjamin A. Thomas. Psychological and physical gains from Iyengar Yoga practice. 2002. Manuscript in progress. “Data collection and entry (pre/post repeated measures and two follow ups) of the psychological and physical health benefits of meditation and yoga is completed. Individual coping resources, psychological adjustments, life style habits, mood states, and personality characteristics were measured in 190 college beginning yoga students. Preliminary results are revealing significant findings.” Timcák, G. M. Psychohygiena jogy [The psychohygiene of yoga]. In Metodické listy - jóga, ÚÚTK. Prague, 1979. [In Slovak.] Tjoa, A. S. Some evidence that the T M program increases intelligence and reduces neuroticism as measured by psychological tests. In David W. Orme - Johnson, and John T. Farrow, eds., Scientific Research on the Transcendental Meditation Program: Collected Papers, Volume I . Maharishi European Re search University Press, 1976, pp. 362 - 367. ___________. Increased intelligence and reduced neuroticism through the TM program. In David W. Orme - Johnson, and John T. Farrow, eds., Scientific Research on the Transcendental Meditation Program: Collected Pa pers, Volume I . Maharishi European Research University Press, 1976, pp. 368 - 376. ___________. [Meditation, neuroticism, and intelligence: A follow up]. Gedrag: Tijdschrift voor Psychologie , 1975, 3(3):167 - 182. [In Dutch.] Tobert, Natalie. Consciousness and health: Another perspective from India. Network: The Scientific and Medical Network Review , Apr 2001, no. 75, pp. 15 - 17. Includes an interview with psychiatrist Soumitra Basu at his clinic in Pondicherry, who grew up in the community of Sri Aurobindo a nd The Mother. See the citation in the “Books” section above for Dr. Basu’s book Integral Health . Tolani, M. N. Psychoanalysis and Yoga . University of Rajasthan Studies, 1955, pp. 72 - 79. Tori, C. D. Change on psychological scales following Buddhist and R oman Catholic retreats. Psychological Reports , Feb 1999, 84(1):125 - 126. Author’s email: ctori@mail.cspp.edu. MEDLINE® PMID: 0010203937. Abstract: Orthogonal contrasts of Adjective Checklist pretest - posttest change scores obtained from adolescents who a ttended three - day Buddhist or Roman Catholic retreats (n = 204) and no 134 treatment control participants (n = 102) indicated those who attended had higher change scores and greater change occurred among those attending the Buddhist meditation retreat. Trav is, F., and C. Pearson. Pure consciousness: Distinct phenomenological and physiological correlates of “consciousness itself.” Int J Neurosci , 2000, 100(1- 4):77 - 89. Trietley, Kalindi. Self, soul, and spiritual psychology: An interview with Thomas Yeomans. The Kripalu Spirit: A Journal of Consciousness , Summer 1994, 2(2):22 - 29 . Tripath, K. M., and R. H. Singh. ‘Astangika Yoga’: Its symmetrical wholeness and mutual interrelations with special reference to Yama, Niyama and Samadhi. The Yoga Review, 1984, 4(1& 2):27 - 40. Abstract: The Yoga, described by Maharshi Patanjali, is eight - limbic; its every constituent part depends upon interrelated equidevelopment. But often it is misunderstood as sequential and hierarchical levels and the Yama and Niyama are neglected . In present discussion, according to classical Indian psychological perspective with reference to personality and mind, environment and individual response, the symmetrical wholeness and mutual interrelations of Astangika Yoga, significance and exigency o f Yama and Niyama, spontaneity and applicability of Samadhi state, have been emphasized with simplified scientific interpretations. Trungpa Rinpoche, Chogyam. Basic goodness or original sin? Chogyam trungpa Rinpoche on the Buddhist and Western approaches to psycholology. Shambhala Sun, Nov 2002, p. 76. ___________. The psychology of meditation. Garuda IV. Berkeley: Shambhala, 1976, pp. 65 - 67. Tulpule, [first name unknown]. Yoga and psychoanalysis. British Journal of Psychiatry, Oct 1970, 117:478. ______ _____. Yoga and psychology. British Journal of Psychiatry, Feb 1970, 116:201 - 206. ___________. Yoga and psychoanalysis. Compr Psychiatry, Jan 1967, 8:160 - 167. ___________. Psychiatric disorders. British Journal of Psychiatry, Nov 1966, 112:1089 - 1096. Ud upa, K. N., R. H. Singh, R. M. Settiwar, and M. B. Singh. Psychological and biochemical changes following the practices of some yogic and non - yogic exercises. J Res Indian Med, 1975, 10(2):91 - 93. Udupa, K. N., R. H. Singh, and R. A. Yadav. Certain studies on psychological and biochemical responses to the practice of Hatha Yoga in young normal volunteers. Indian Journal of Medical Research , 1973, 61(2):237 - 244. Uma, K., H. R. Nagendra, R. Nagarathna, S. Vaidehi, and R. Seethalakshmi. The integrated approac h of yoga: A therapeutic tool for mentally retarded children: A one- year controlled study. Journal of Mental Deficiency Research , 1989, 33:415 - 421. Upton, M. P. Buddhism and medicine. Adv Mind Body Med, Spring 1999, 15(2):138 - 139. 135 The author, whose spiri tual practice combines Christianity and Zen meditation, explains how meditation and Buddhist perspectives affect her work. Urgyen Rinpoche, Tulku. Without center or limit: The space - like nature of mind. Shambhala Sun , Mar 2001, pp. 26 - 32. Vahia, N. S. So me ancient Indian concepts in the treatment of psychiatric disorders. British Journal of Psychiatry , 1966, 112:1089 - 1096. (Psychotherapy and Yoga.) ___________. A therapy based upon some concepts prevalent in India. Indian Journal of Psychiatry , 1969, 11: 7 - 14. (Psychotherapy and Yoga.) ___________, and Dinshaw R. Doongaji. Yoga. In Eric D. Wittkower and Hector Warnes, eds. Psychosomatic Medicine: Its Clinical Applications . New York: Harper & Row, 1977, pp. 190 - 198. Sections include: Conceptual foundation s of yoga, Yama and niyama, Asana, pranayama, and pratyahara, Dharana and dhyana, Samadi, Studies in the treatment of neuroses and psychosomatic disorders ___________, D. R. Doongaji, D. K. Deshmukh, S. L. Vinekar, H. C. Parekh, and S. N. Kapoor. A recond itioning therapy based upon concepts of Patanjali. International Journal of Social Psychiatry , 1972, 18:61 - 66. ___________, D. R. Doongaji, and D. V. Jeste. Value of Patanjali’s concepts in the treatment of Psychoneurosis. In S. Arieti, and G. Chrzanowski , eds., New Dimensions in Psychiatry: A World View . New York: John Wiley & Sons, 1975, pp. 293 - 304. ___________, D. R. Doo ngaji, D. V. Jeste, et al. A deconditioning therapy based upon concepts of Patanjali. International Journal of Social Psychiatry, 197 2, 18:61 - 66. ___________, D. R. Doo ngaji, D. V. Jeste, , S. N. Kapoor, I. Ardhapurkar, and S. Ravindranath. Further experience with the therapy based upon concepts of Patanjali in the treatment of psychiatric disorders. Indian [possible International] Jou rnal of Psychiatry , 1973, 15(1):32 - 40. Also in D. H. Shapiro, and R. N. Walsh, eds., Meditation: Classic and Contemporary Perspectives . New York: Aldine Publishing, 1984, pp. 137 - 142. ___________, D. R. Doo ngaji, D. V. Jeste, S. Ravindranath, S. N. Kapoor , and I. Ardhapurkar. Psychophysiologic therapy based on the concepts of Patanjali: A new approach to the treatment of neurotic and psychosomatic disorders. American Journal of Psychotherapy, Oct 1973, 27(4):557 - 565. ___________, S. L. Vinekar, and D. R. Doongaji. Some ancient Indian concepts in the treatment of psychiatric disorders. British Journal of Psychiatry, Nov 1966, 112(492):1089 - 1096. V ajradhatu. The psychology of meditation. Excerpted from Garuda . Article available online: http://www.dcn.davis. ca.us/_hmchenry/psch.htm . V alerie, A., and M. V. Bhole. Yoga therapy of depressive syndromes: Some reflections. Yoga - Mimamsa , 1990, 29(3): 43 - 49. 136 Van der Berg, W. P., and B. Mulder. [Psychological research on the effects of the TM technique on a number o f personality variables]. Gedgrag: Tijdschrift voor Psychologie, 1976, 4(4):206 - 218. [In Dutch.] Van der Lans, J. [Therapeutic importance of Yoga and meditation]. Gedgrag: Tijdschrift voor Psychologie , 1975, 3(2):49 - 62. [In Dutch.] Van Houten, Peter. Ove rcoming Anxiety and Depression: A Wholistic Approach video. Nevada City, Calif.: Crystal Clarity Publishers, 2002. 60 minutes. “Dr. Van Houten explains and demonstrates meditation and other techniques that, when combined, with other treatments, can quickl y and lastingly improve . . . depression and anxiety.” Van Nuys, D. Meditation, attention, and hypnotic susceptibility: A correlational study. Int J Clin Exp Hypn , 1973, 21:59 - 69. Varadachari, K. C. Yoga psychology. In Principal Karmarkar Commemoration V olume . Poona, 1948, p. 229 - 234. ___________. Buddhist and Yoga psychology. Journal of the Sri Venkatesvar Rao Institute, 1942, 3:77 - 86. Varadachari, V. Hindu Yoga rediscovered by modern parapsychology. Bhavan’s Journal , 1970, 16. Varma, L. P. Yoga, medi tation and mysticism. In A. De Sousa and D. A. De Sousa, eds., Psychiatry in India . Bombay: Bhalani Book Depot, 1984, pp. 21 - 52. Veale, D. M. W. de Coverley. Exercise and mental health. Acta Psychiatr Scand, 1987, 76:113 - 120 Vempati, R. P., R. Nagarathna , and H. R. Nagendra. Efficacy of integrated approach of yoga therapy in cases of obesity, anxiety neurosis and gastrointestinal disorder. Vivekananda Kendra Yoga Research Foundation. Abstract available online: http://www.yogamedicine.com/publications.htm. Venkoba, Rao A. Presidential address: Psychiatry thoughts in ancient India. Indian Journal of Psychiatry , 1978, 20:107 - 119. Vidyananda, Swami. Yoga and the Emotions Intensive. Yogaville. URL: www.yogaville.org. Vinekar, S. L. Mind as a sentient radiati ng energy in Yoga. Yoga - Mimamsa , 1965, 8(2):31 - 40. Vinod, S. D., et. al. Effect of yogic practices performed in a state of meditation on adolescents and anxiety and certain personality variables. Maharshi Vinod Research Foundation. Proceedings ICYR , artic le no. 21, 1984 - 1985. ___________, R. S. Vinod, and U. Khire. Evaluation of the effect of yoga on anxiety in youth in relation to anxiety - inducing areas of life. Maharshi Vinod Research Foundation. Yoga - Mimamsa , 1991, 30(2 &3): 25 - 30. 137 Vivekananda Kendra Prakashan. Emotion culture. In Vivekananda Kendra Prakashan, Yoga — The Science of Holistic Living . Madras, India: Vivekananda Kendra Prakashan, 1996, p. 142. Vivekananda Saraswati, Swami . Yogic treatment of mental illness. Yoga (Sivananda Math), Jul 1995. Article available online: http://www.yogamag.net/archives/1995/4july95/illness.shtml . ___________. Yoga and self - esteem. Yoga (Sivananda Math ), Sep - Oct 2001, 12(5):35 - 38. Voelker, Lakshmi. [Mudras for depression]. Available online: http://www.vicus.com/ news_views/print_story/1,1213,10003,00.html. Votava, Jirí. [Yogic exercises as a means for behavioral changes]. Jógová Cvicení , 1982, pp. 7 - 10. [In Czechoslovakian.] Vrajaprana, Pravrajika. Jung and Indian thought. Article available online: http://www.in finityfoundation.com/mandala/i_es/i_es_vraja_jung_frameset.htm. Vrinte, Joseph. The Concept of Personality in Sri Aurobindo’s Integral Yoga Psychology and A. Maslow’s Humanistic/Transpersonal Psychology . New Delhi, India: Munshiram Manoharlal, 1995. Vyav ahare. Case studies on the integrated approach of yoga therapy in the treatment of anxiety neurosis, tension headache, paralysis, asthma, and breast cancer. Vivekananda Kendra Yoga Research Foundation, 1991. Waelde, L. C., L. Thompson, and D. Gallagher - Th ompson. A pilot study of a yoga and meditation intervention for dementia caregiver stress. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 2004, 60:677 - 687. Walia, I. J., et al. Health status of nurses and yoga; II: subjects with and without health problems. Nurs J India, Oct 1989, 80(10):256 - 258. (Examines mental health.) ___________. Health status of nurses and yoga; I: baseline data. Nurs J India, Sep 1989, 80(9):235 - 237. (Examines mental health.) Walden, Patricia. Asanas to relieve depression. Yoga Journal , Nov/Dec 1999, pp.45 - 49. Article available online: http://www.yogadancer.com/Pages/A_Depress.html. ___________. Yoga and Depression workshop. 6 th Annual Yoga Journal Convention, 27 - 30 Sep 2001, Estes Park, Colorado. Walsh, Chris. No paradigm: Buddhism and psychot herapy. Ordinary Mind, Spring 1998, No. 4. Walsh , Roger. The consciousness disciplines and the behavioral sciences: Questions of comparison and assessment. Am J Psychiatry , Jun 1980, 137(6):663 - 673. ___________. Contemporary perspectives on ancient mod els of mental health. The American Theosophist , Fall Special Issue 1982, pp. 361 - 367. 138 ___________. Initial meditative experiences. In D. H. Shapiro, and R. N. Walsh, eds., Meditation: Classic and Contemporary Perspectives . New York: Aldine Publishing, 198 4, pp. 265 - 270. ___________. Two Asian psychologies [Hindu and Buddhist psychologies] and their implications for Western psychotherapists. American Journal of Psychotherapy, Oct 1988, 42(4):543 - 560. ___________. Toward a synthesis of Eastern and Western psychologies. In Anees A. Sheikh, and Katharina S. Sheikh, eds., Eastern & Western Approaches to Healing: Ancient Wisdom & Modern Knowledge . New York: John Wiley & Sons, 1989, pp. 542 - 555. ___________, and L. Roche. The precipitation of acute psychotic ep isodes by intensive meditation in individuals with a history of schizophrenia. American Journal of Psychiatry, Aug 1979, 136(8):1085 - 1086. Wangchen, Geshe Namgyal. Awakening the Mind: Basic Buddhist Meditations . Somerville, Mass.: Wisdom Publications, 200 1. “Based on the teachings of Tsongkhapa, these profoundly effective meditations help replace depression, anger, and other forms of mental pain with tranquillity, compassion, and wisdom.” Wattelle, Charles, and Michel Nollevalle. Yoga et handicapés menta ux. Yoga revue mensuelle, Nov 1971, 94:25 - 27. [In French.] Watts, Alan W. Asian psychology and modern psychiatry. Am J Psychoanalysis, 1953, 13(1):25 - 30. Watts, Fraser. Psychological research questions about yoga. Mental Health, Religion, & Culture , May 2000, 3(1): 71 - 83. Abstract: There are two kinds of scientific questions about procedures such as yoga: ‘process’ questions and ‘outcome’ questions. Research on the effectiveness of yoga indicates that it has a variety of beneficial effects, but there is more doubt about whether it has unique effects. A broad range of procedures which combine physical stillness with mental alertness seem to have comparable effects. More subtle questions arise concerning the ‘processes’ by which yoga achieves its effects, a nd both mental and physical processes need to be investigated. Concerning physical aspects, attention needs to be given to the under - explored effects of posture on states of consciousness. Concerning mental aspects, the ‘focusing’ of consciousness is likel y to be important; an unusual aspect of many forms of yoga is the somatic focus of consciousness. Also relevant are the critical comments of Jung about appropriateness of yoga in the West. Though Jung’s views on this should not be accepted uncritically, th ey can be taken as setting an agenda for a research programme. Wegela, Karen Kissel. Meditation and therapy working together. Shambhala Sun, Nov 1999. Article available online: http://www.shambhalasun.com/Archives/Columnists/Wegela/WegelaNov99.htm . “ “Psy chotherapy can be a powerful complement to spiritual practice, supporting our inspiration to develop awareness and compassion.” 139 ___________. Yechhh! When our own actions disappoint us. Shambhala Sun, Mar 2001, pp. 19 - 20. “That sinking feeling in the pit of the stomach is very good news. It represents a powerful opportunity.” Weinstein, M., and J. C. Smith. Isometric squeeze relaxation (progressive relaxation) vs. meditation: Absorption and focusing as predictors of state effects. Perceptual Motor Skills, Dec 1992, 75(3, pt. 2):1263 - 1271. Weintraub, Amy. The natural Prozac: When talk therapy and antidepressants aren’t enough, the yoga mat is a good place to turn to for help. Yoga Journal , Nov/Dec 1999, pp. 40 - 44, 134 - 138, 147. Article available online: ht tp://www.yogajournal.com/health/133_1.cfm . ___________. Yoga: It’s not just an exercise. Psychology Today, Nov 2000. Available online: http://www.findarticles.com/cf_0/m1175/6_33/66278301/print.jhtml or http://www.psychologytoday.com/HTDocs/prod/contents/ searchDetail.asp?URL=/PTOArticle/PT O - 20001101 - 000022.ASP. On Yoga’s positive effects on mood, depression, and bipolar disorder. ___________. Better than Prozac? Yoga and meditation offer some of the same benefits as antidepressants — without the side effe cts. Yoga Journal , Jul/Aug 2001, p. 31. ___________. Depression and our forgotten magnificence. Yoga International , Aug/Sep 2002, pp. 76 - 83. “Each time we step on our yoga mat, sit down to meditate, or chant our favorite bhajan, we are given the opportun ity to remember who we really are . . . Yoga is the science of positive mental health.” ___________. Compassionate Practice: Moving Through Depression with Yoga . New York: Broadway Books, forthcoming 2004 . Author’s email: azamyoga@aol.com. From the autho r: “I would like to talk with yogins who maintain a strong practice and who also suffer or have suffered from depression. I would also like to talk with yoga teachers who are psychotherapists about how they use asana, pranayama and meditation in their clin ical practice. I’ve written quite a bit about yoga and depression for national magazines and lead workshops on the subject.” Contents: Empty pockets, A house on fire, Why yoga works, Fertilizing ground — the healing principles of yoga, Lotus of many petals — ways we practice, Fire in the belling — managing with yogic breathing, Art of living — breathing that heals, Meditate to mediate, Grief in the tissues — releasing trauma, Yoga on and off the mat, Resources ___________. The Science of Positive Health: A Yoga Te acher’s Guide to Working with Dysthymic Depression workshop. Kripalu Yoga Teachers Conference 2003. Wells, Adrain. GAD, metacognition, and mindfulness: An information processing analysis. Clinical Psychology , 2002, 9:95 - 100. 140 Abstract: In this commentary I discuss the integration of mindful procedures in cognitive therapy of generalized anxiety disorder (GAD) and attempt to answer questions concerning the effects of mindfulness on information processing and on mechanisms purported to maintain GAD in the me tacognitive model of this disorder. Different techniques that promote mindfulness can be identified, including mindfulness meditation and attention training. These techniques are intended to disrupt repetitive styles of dysfunctional thinking. I argue that the effect of mindfulness strategies on information processing in emotional disorder can be conceptualized in metacognitive terms as (a) activating a metacognitive ode of processing; (b) disconnecting the influence of maladaptive beliefs on processing; (c ) strengthening flexible responding to threat; and (d) strengthening metacognitive plans for controlling cognition. Although mindfulness meditation may have general treatment applications, the metacognitive model of GAD suggests caution in using this treat ment in GAD. It is unclear which dimension of worry should be targeted, and mindfulness meditation does not contain information that can lead to unambiguous disconfirmation of erroneous beliefs about worry. Welwood, J. Reflections on psychotherapy, focusi ng, and meditation. Journal of Transpersonal Psychology , 1980, 12(2):127 - 141. Wentworth, Clare. Patient feedback. Yoga Biomedical Bulletin, Winter 1996/1997, no. 33, p. 7. (On how Yoga therapy profoundly helped her anxiety/depression of 20 years standing. ) West, J., C. Otte, K. Geher, J. Johnson, and D. C. Mohr. Effects of Hatha yoga and African dance on perceived stress, affect, and salivary cortisol. Annals of Behavioral Medicine , Oct 2004, 28(2):114 - 118, October 2004. PMID: 15454358. Author email: jeremy.west@stanford.edu. Abstract: BACKGROUND: Dance and yoga have been shown to produce improvements in psychological well - being. PURPOSE: The aim of this study was to examine some of the psychological and neuroendocrine response to these activities. METHOD S: Sixty - nine healthy college students participated in one of three 90 - min classes: African dance (n = 21), Hatha yoga (n= 18), or a biology lecture as a control session (n = 30). Before and after each condition participants completed the Perceived Stress Scale (PSS), completed the Positive Affect and Negative Affect Schedule, and provided a saliva sample for cortisol. RESULTS: There were significant reductions in PSS and negative affect (ps < .0001) and Time x Treatment interactions (ps < .0001) such that African dance and Hatha yoga showed significant declines, whereas there was no significant change in biology lecture. There was no significant main effect for positive affect (p = .53), however there was a significant interaction effect (p < .001) such tha t positive affect increased in African dance, decreased in biology lecture, and did not change significantly in Hatha yoga. There was a significant main effect for salivary cortisol (p < .05) and a significant interaction effect (p < .0001) such that corti sol increased in African dance, decreased in Hatha yoga, and did not change in biology. Changes in cortisol were not significantly related to changes in psychological variables across treatments. There was 1 significant interaction effect (p = .04) such th at change in positive affect and change in cortisol were negatively correlated in Hatha yoga but positively correlated in Africa dance and biology. CONCLUSIONS: Both African dance and Hatha yoga reduced perceived stress and negative affect. Cortisol increa sed in African dance and decreased in Hatha yoga. Therefore, even when these interventions produce similar positive psychological effects, the effects may be very different on physiological stress processes. One factor that may have particular salience is that amount of physiological arousal produced by the intervention. West, W. A. Meditation. British Journal of Psychiatry, 1979, 135:457 - 467. 141 ___________. Meditation, personality and arousal. Personality and Individual Differences, 1980, 1:135 - 142 . White, Joan. Healing the Manas Through Asana: Exploring Psychological effects in Poses workshop. Given at Omega Institute’s New York City Yoga Conference: Awaken body, Mind & Heart, 18 - 20 Oct 2002. See www.eomega.org. “The traditional yogic texts divi de the mind into four parts: the buddhi, the manas, the cit, and the ahamkara. The manas are considered the emotional mind and its seat in the body is often collapsed as we move through our Western lives. Opening this area in the physical body causes profo und reverberations in the pranamaya kosa and manomaya kosa.” For intermediate to advanced practitioners. Wicks, Robert. The therapeutic psychology of “The Tibetan Book of the Dead.” Philosophy East and West , 1997, 47(4):479 - 494. Article available online: http://pears2.lib.ohio - state.edu/FULLTEXT/JR - PHIL/robert.htm. Widdowson, Rosalind. Depression and anxiety . In Rosalind Widdowson, The Joy of Yoga. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday and Co., 1983, pp. 24 - 25 . Wigley, I. Community psychiatric nursing: Yoga as th erapy. Nursing Times , Nov 4, 1972, 72(44):1716 - 1717. Wilber, Ken. Waves, streams, states and s elf : Further considerations for an integral theory of c onsciousness . I n Jensine Andresen and Robert K. C. Forman, eds., Cognitive Models and Spiritual Maps: Inte rdisciplinary Explorations of Religious Experience . Thorverton, England: Imprint Academic, 2000. Abstract: Although far from unanimous, there seems to be a general consensus that neither mind nor brain can be reduced without remainder to the other. This e ssay argues that indeed both mind and brain need to be included in a nonreductionistic way in any genuinely integral theory of consciousness. In order to facilitate such integration, this essay presents the results of an extensive cross - cultural literature search on the ‘mind’ side of the equation, suggesting that the mental phenomena that need to be considered in any integral theory include developmental levels or waves of consciousness, developmental lines or streams of consciousness, states of consciousn ess, and the self (or self - system). A ‘master template’ of these various phenomena, culled from over one - hundred psychological systems East and West, is presented. It is suggested that this master template represents a general summary of the ‘mind’ side of the brain – mind integration. The essay concludes with reflections on the ‘hard problem’, or how the mind - side can be integrated with the brain - side to result a more integral theory of consciousness. Williams, P., et al. Personality and meditation. Percept ual Motor Skills , 1976, 43(3):787 - 792. Willis, R. J. Meditation to fit the person: Psychology and the meditative way. Journal of Religion and Health , 1979, 18(2):93 - 119. Wilson, S. R., Therapeutic processes in a yoga ashram. American Journal of Psychothe rapy , Apr 1985, 39(2):253 - 262. 142 ___________, and R. C. Spencer. Intense personal experiences: Subjective effects, interpretations, and after - effects. Journal of Clinical Psychology, Sep 1990, 46(5):565 - 573. PMID: 2246361. Abstract: Following leads by Mas low (1964, 1968) and others who described peak experiences, this study was designed to learn more about the (1) subjective effects; (2) after - effects; and (3) interpretations of intense positive and negative experiences. Comparisons were made between respo ndents’ “most positive” and “most negative” experiences and between these positive experiences and those of members of a yoga ashram. It was found that except for the differences in affect, positive and negative experiences were similar in subjective effec ts and impact on later life. The most positive experience of most respondents fell short of peak experience as described by Maslow. On the other hand, the most positive experience of ashram respondents showed evidence of a genuine alternation of consciousn ess and lasting life change afterward. The results suggest that only in rare instances is therapeutic change or self - actualization initiated by peak experiences. Implications are discussed. Winter, F. I. The Yoga - system and psychoanalysis. Quest, 1917 - 191 8, 10:182 - 196, 315 - 335. Wittine, Bryan. Jungian analysis and nondual wisdom. In John J. Prendergast, Peter Fenner, and Sheila Krystal, eds., The Sacred Mirror: Nondual Wisdom and Psychotherapy. St. Paul, Minn.: Paragon House, 2003. Wittkower, E. D., and H. Warnes. Cultural aspects of psychotherapy. Am J Psychother, Oct 1974, 28(4):566 - 573. Wolf, D. A psychometric analysis of the three gunas. Psychological Reports, 1999, 84:1379 - 1390. Wolff, Margaret. The psychology of the soul: An interview with Brother Anandamoy. Yoga International , Nov/Dec 1994, pp. 28 - 33. Wood, C. Mood change and perceptions of vitality: A comparison of the effects of relaxation, visualization and yoga. Journal of the Royal Society of Medicine, May 1993, 86(5):254 - 258. Abstract: The effects of three different procedures, relaxation, visualization and yogic breathing (pranayama) and stretch on perceptions of physical and mental energy and on postive and negative mood states have bee nassessed in a group of normal volunteers (N = 71, a ge range 21 - 76). Pranayama produced a significantly greater increase in perceptions of mental and physical energy and feelings of alertness and enthusiasm than the other two procedures (P < 0.5). Relaxation made subjects significantly more sleepy and slugg ish immediately after the session than pranayama (P < 0.05). Visualization made them more sluggish but less content than pranayama (P < 0.05) and more upset than relaxation after the second session (P < 0.05). Thus, a 30 min programme of yogic stretch and breathing exercises which is simple to learn and which can be practised even by the elderly had a markedly “invigorating” effect on perceptions of both mental and physical energy and increased high positive mood. A more extensive investigation is planned t o establish whether such a programme can readily be incorporated into everyday life, and with what long - term results. 143 Woods, D. Psychotronics: The new science once the preserve of ancient Eastern philosophy. Can Med Assoc , May 8, 1976, 114(9):844 - 848. W oolery, Alison, Hector Myers, Beth Sternlieb, and Lonnie Zeltzer. A yoga intervention for young adults with elevated symptoms of depression. Alternative Therapies in H ealth and Medicine , Mar/Apr 2004, 10(2):60 - 63. Abstract: Context: Yoga teachers and stud ents often report that yoga has an uplifting effect on their moods, but scientific research on yoga and depression is limited. Objective: To examine the effects of a short - term Iyengar yoga course on mood in mildly depressed young adults. Design: Young adu lts pre - screened for mild levels of depression were randomly assigned to a yoga course or wait - list control group. Setting: College campus recreation center. Participants: Twenty - eight volunteers ages 18 to 29. At intake, all participants were experiencing mild levels of depression, but had receive no current psychiatric diagnoses or treatments. None had significant yoga experience. Intervention: Subjects in the yoga group attended two 1 - hour Iyengar yoga classes each week for 5 consecutive weeks. The class es emphasized yoga postures thought to alleviate depression, particularly back bends, standing poses, and inversions. Main outcome measures: Beck Depression Inventory, State - Trait Anxiety Inventory, Profile of Mood States, morning cortisol levels. Results: Subjects who participated in the yoga course demonstrated significant decreases in self - reported symptoms of depression and trait anxiety. These effects emerged by the middle of the yoga course and were maintained by the end. Changes also were observed in acute mood, with subjects reporting decreased levels of negative mood and fatigue following yoga classes. Finally, there was a trend for higher morning cortisol levels in the yoga group by the end of the yoga course, compared to controls. These findings p rovide suggestive evidence of the utility of yoga asanas in improving mood and support the need for future studies with larger samples and more complex study designs to more fully evaluate the effects of yoga on mood disturbances. Woolfolk, Robert L. Psyc hophysiological correlates of meditation. Archives of General Psychiatry , Oct 1975, 32(10):1326 - 1333. Also in Deane H. Shapiro, Jr., and Roger N. Walsh, Meditation: Classic and Contemporary Perspectives . Hawthorne, N.Y.: Aldine Publishing, 1984, pp. 369 - 37 5. ___________. Meditation and behavior therapy. In Deane H. Shapiro, Jr., and Roger N. Walsh, Meditation: Classic and Contemporary Perspectives . Hawthorne, N.Y.: Aldine Publishing, 1984, pp. 674 - 676. ___________. Self - control meditation and the treatmen t of chronic anger. In Deane H. Shapiro, Jr., and Roger N. Walsh, Meditation: Classic and Contemporary Perspectives . Hawthorne, N.Y.: Aldine Publishing, 1984, pp. 550 - 554. Working with teenagers: The practice of c ontempla tive p sychotherapy . An i nterview w ith Joanne Neiman, Bill Sell and Brus Westby. Bodhi , 7(1). ” . . . when kids get caught up in strong emotions, they feel really cornered. They don’ t see a way out except fight or flight. But if they see that there is workability in their lives, and if we speak to those bright and cr eative qualities of bodhichitta — even when they act out — then eventually they start to respond in a way that is healthy. ” Wulliemier, Ferdinand. Our involutive evolution or the invertendo of our growth process. International Asso ciation of Spiritual Psychiatry , 1995, vol. 3. 144 ___________. Quelques principes de base pour des psychothérapies d’inspiration spirituelle. Press Nervures , 1997. [In French.] ___________. What kinds of suffering and love for what kinds of healings of whom ? Article available online: http://www.srcm.org.nz/smri/articles/kinds_of_love.html. Wunderli, J. [Meditation in yoga]. Schweiz Arch Neurol Neurochir Psychiatr, 1972, 110(2):366 - 376. {In German.] Yeshe, Lama. Edited by Nicholas Ribush. Becoming Your Own Therapist: An Introduction to the Buddhist Way of Thought . Boston, Mass.: Lama Yeshe Wisdom Archive, 1998. Contents: Editor’s introduction; Finding ourselves thr

bundet

ough Buddhism; Religion: The path of inquiry; A glimpse of Buddhist psychology ___________. Making your mind an ocean. Buddha Dharma Education Association. Article available online: http://www.buddhanet.net/pdf_file/mindocean.pdf . “Aspects of Buddhist p sychology by the la te Ven. Lama Thubten Yeshe. ‘ To enter the spiritual path, you must begin to understand your own mental attitude and how you r mind perceives things. If you’ re all caught up in attachment to tiny atoms, your limited, craving mind will make it i mpossible for you to enjoy life’ s pleasures. External energy is so incredibly limited tha t if you allow yourself to be bound by it, your mind itself will become just as limited. When your mind is narrow, s mall things easily agitate you.’ In this series of lectures, Lama speaks on the nature of mind and the Buddhist approach to mental health. O f particula r interest here is ‘ A Budd hist Approach to Mental Illness , ’ a talk Lama gave to a group of Western mental health practitioners, and which highlights the differences between the two approaches to mental health and perhaps lays the foundation for a greater understanding between the two. ” Yoga: The ultimate mind - body workout. Harv Health Lett , Dec 1998, 24(2):4 - 5. Yoga and mental disorder. Yoga and Total Health , Dec 2001, 47(5):15. Includes a report on a study conducted in Tehran, Iran, on obses sive compulsive disorder. Yoga and psychotherapy workshops. At the Cardiac Yoga website: www.cardiacyoga.com/yogapt.html. Yoga for psychiatric patients. Research conducted by Krishnamacharya Yoga Mandiram, www.kym.org, together with an organization calle d SRISTHA, 1994. Yoga for schizophrenics. Research conducted by Krishnamacharya Yoga Mandiram, www.kym.org, together with an organization called SCARF, 1994. Yoga for the mentally ill. In Teaching Asanas: An Ananda Marga Manual for Teachers . Los Altos Hills, Calif.: Amrit Publications, 1973, pp. 260 - 263. Yoga Nidra and adverse side effects from medicine [for schizophrenia]. Bindu , no. 11, p. 24. Available online: http://www.scand - yoga.org/english/bindu/27e_use.html. 145 “I am schizophrenic, and Yoga Nidra helps me greatly. The drugs I hake have numerous and strong side effects. But even after just a short time practicing the long Yoga Nidra, the side effects have practically disappeared altogether. At the same time schizophrenia is very much characterised by fear. But each time I use Yoga Nidra I experience the fear decrease little by little.” Yoga relief for special people. The Telegraph (Calcutta, India), 3 May 2005. “ In a small room, a middle - aged man lifts his hands up and signals to more than a dozen students. “ Similar gestures and signalling that follows ultimately translates into series of asanas and postures in yoga. These gruelling sessions in yoga and meditation are for special students who can neither hear nor speak. “ The classes were started by Ashu Rajendra, an ayurvedic expert and yoga therapist. “ Started in March this year, classes are held once every week at the Singhbhum District Association for Deaf and Dumb in Kadma . . .” Yoga str etches energy and enthusiasm. Spectrum , Jun 1995, no. 42, p. 20. Results of a study that assessed the effects of three different techniques — relaxation, visualization and yogic exercises — in enhancing an individual’s self- perception of his/her energy level and mood. Yoga therapy for psycho - complexities. Akhan d Jyoti: The Light Divine , Nov/Dec 2004. Article available online: http://www.akhand - jyoti.org/novdec04/article4.html. Yogendra, Jayadeva, ed. Psychogenic diseases. In Jayadeva Yogendra, ed., Cyclopaedia Yoga Volume III: Stress and Mental Health, with Inf ormation on the Application of [the] Yogic Approach in the Management of Stress, Psychosomatic and Psychogenic Diseases. Santacruz, Bombay, India: The Yoga Institute, 1993, pp. 73 - 90. (Contains sections on neurosis/anxiety, affective disorders/depression, and psychotic disorders/schizophrenia.) YOU & ME (Yoga Opening Unfolding & Meaningful Experience) Yoga System. URL: http://www.youandmeyoga.com/intro.htm. See also in the “Videotapes” section below: Gunstone, Maria. YOU & ME “Whole - Body - Movement” Teaching Video . For persons with learning difficulties or disabilities and psychiatric or behavioral problems. From the website: “The YOU & ME Yoga System of sound, colour and Whole - Body - Movement is a unique system which has been devised to enable students of a ll abilities, both adults and children with learning disabilities and sensory or physical impairments, to develop their potential to the fullest extent possible. Sound is used to coordinate movement with breathing, and colour to identify the various parts of the body which need to be strengthened and relate them to the appropriate beneficial movements for the whole body.” Ziji. The psychology of yoga instructions [for yoga - nidrâ ]. Article available online: http://www.yogagoa.com/psyyi.htm. Zopa Rinpoche, Lama Thubten. Dealing with depression. Mandala, Mar - May 2002, pp. 62 - 66. 146 Zuroff, D. C., and J. C. Schwarz. Effects of Transcendental Meditation and muscle relaxation on trait anxiety, maladjustment, locus of control, and drug use. J Consult Clin Psychol , 1978, 46:264 - 271. Zysk, Kenneth G. Insanity. In Kenneth G. Zysk, Medicine in the Veda: Religious Healing in the Veda with Translations and Annotations of Medical Hymns from Rgveda and the Atharvaveda and Renderings from the Corresponding Ritual Texts . 2d ed. Delhi, India: Motilal Banarsidass, 1998, pp. 62 - 63. Available online from Books of India, editor@oscarindia.com. Videos Gunstone, Maria. YOU & ME “Whole - Body - Movement” Teaching Video . Lancashire, U.K.: YOU & ME. 140 minutes. URL: http://www.youandm eyoga.com/teachingaids.htm. From the website: “. . . designed for yoga practitioners, therapists, teachers, [caregivers] and parents of persons with special educational needs or conditions such as Down’s Syndrome, autism, cerebral palsy, epilepsy, spastic ity, paralysis, visual, aural and speech impairment and psychiatric and/or behavioural problems. It can be used with all ages and with people with a range of developmental needs and abilities. “The video was recorded at various special schools, adult trai ning centres and residential homes in the UK and Eire. Instruction is given by practitioners of the system using adaptations appropriate to their students, and also by some of the more advanced students themselves. Even those who normally show very little response demonstrate here how they are able to practise a thorough programme for the whole body. The techniques shown on the video help to bring about improved physical dexterity, coordination, and sensory awareness, and to make the students more calm, rel axed and confident.” Powers, Lisa. Yoga for Emotional Healing . Crystal Clarity Publishers, 2000. 65 minutes. “. . . this video will show you how to use yoga postures and related practices to overcome anger, anxiety, depression, hurt feelings, negativity, doubt, and a host of other emotional imbalances. Special emphasis is given to postures that awaken the natural love of the heart . . . and to cultivating experiences of the expansive, life - affirming joy of the true Self. In addition to postures, instructo r Lisa Powers shows you how to work with affirmations, breathing, visualizations, and other techniques proven to aid healing . . .” Satchidananda, Swami. Transcending Anger, Fear and Depression . Buckingham, Va.: Shakticom. Audiotapes Non - Dual Wisdom an d Psychotherapy Conference , June 9 - 11, 2000, Berkeley, California. Tapes are available from Timeless Wisdom, John Wyn, 6014 Majestic Avenue Oakland, CA 94605, USA. Tapes are $10 each or $75 for the entire set. Mailing/handling is $2 per individual tape or $10 for the set. 147 Tape titles: A Psychotherapy of No - thingness: Seeing Through the Projected Self, Dan Berkow, Ph.D. Welcoming All That We Are: The Principles and Practice of Yoga Nidra, Richard Miller, Ph.D. Gaining Happiness through “The Work” of Byro n Katie, Elliott Isenberg, Ph.D. The Uses of Illusion: Techniques in Nondual Psychotherapy — EMDR and Visualization, Sheila Krystal, Ph.D. Nondual Wisdom in Psychotherapy with Couples, Jennifer Welwood, M.A., MFT Dualism, Duality and Nonduality: Therapeut ic Reflection and Unconditional Presence, John Welwood, Ph.D. Creating Space: Blending Form and Emptiness the Therapeutic Relationship, Peter Fenner, Ph.D. Being Together: Reflections in the Sacred Mirror, John Prendergast, Ph.D., and Dorothy Hunt, LCSW Ego Identity, Splitting, Duality, Nonduality and Beyond, Nirtana Susannah Bleustein, D.C. Vidyananda, Swami. Healing the Emotional Self audiotape. Buckingham, Va.: Shakticom. From the publisher: “Explores the tools of Yoga for finding a balanced emoti onal life; for those who feel too much, who feel too little, or whose physical health is affected by emotional injuries.” ___________. Yoga Class for the Emotions audiotape. Buckingham, Va.: Shakticom. From the publisher: “Veteran teacher and longtime st udent of Sri Swami Satchidananda, Swami Vidyananda leads a hatha class that focuses on poses for healing and strengthening the emotional body.” ___________. Yoga and the Emotions (Talk) audiotape set. Buckingham, Va.: Shakticom. From the publisher: “Focu ses on how to use yoga to transform emotions and restructure our thinking. An inspiring look at how yoga postures work on the emotions.” Of Related Interest Adams, L. How exercise can help people with mental health problems. Nursing Times, 1995, 91:37 - 39. Babyak, M., J. A. Blumenthal, S. Herman, et al. Exercise treatment for major depression: Maintenance of therapeutic benefit at 10 months. Psychosomatic Medicine, 2000, 62:633 - 638. 148 Bass, C., and W. N. Gardner. Emotional influences on breathing and br eathlessness. Journal of Psychosomatic Res. , 1985, 29:599 - 609. Bloch, S., M. Lemeignan, and N. Aguilera. Specific respiratory patterns distinguish among basic emotions. International Journal of Psychophysiology, 1991, 11:141 - 154. Brown, S., J. Birtwistl e, L. Roe, and C. Thompson. The unhealthy lifestyle of people with schizophrenia. Psychological Medicine, 1999, 29:697 - 701. Cappo, B. M., and D. S. Holmes. The utility of prolonged respiratory exhalation for reducing physiological and psychological arous al in non - threatening and threatening situations. Journal of Psychosomatic Res. , 1984, 28:265 - 273. Christie, R. V. Some types of respiration in the neuroses. Quarterly Journal of Medicine, 1935, 16:427 - 432. Clark, D. M. Anxiety states. In K. Hawton, P. M. Salkovski, J. Kirk, and D. M. Clark, eds. Cognitive Behaviour Therapy for Psychiatric Problems . Oxford: Oxford University Press, 198, pp. 52 - 96. Clark, Walter Houston. Fear & terror in religious experience: A theoretical commentary. Journal of Religion and Psychical Research , Apr 1980, 3:134ff. Collingwood, T. R., and L. Willet. The effects of physical training upon self - concept and body attitude. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 1971, 27:411 - 412. Cuthbert, Bruce N., Peter J. Lang, Cyd Strauss, David D robes, Christopher Patrick J., and Margaret M. Bradley. The psychophysiology of anxiety disorder: Fear memory imagery. Psychophysiology , May 2003, 40 (3):407 - 422. Peter Lang email: langlab@nersp.nerdc.ufl.ed u . Abstract: Psychophysiological response to fear memory imagery was assessed in specific phobia, social anxiety disorder, panic disorder with agoraphobia, post - traumatic stress disorder (PTSD), and healthy controls. Heart rate, skin conductance, and cor rugator muscle were recorded as participants responded to tone cues signaling previously memorized descriptor sentences. Image contents included personal fears, social fears, fears of physical danger, and neutral (low arousal) scenes. Reactions to acoustic startle probes (eyeblink) were assessed during recall imagery and nonsignal periods. Participants were significantly more reactive (in physiology and report of affect) to fear than neutral cues. Panic and PTSD patients were, however, less physiologically responsive than specific phobics and the socially anxious. Panic and PTSD patients also reported the most anxiety and mood symptoms, and were most frequently comorbidly depressed. Overall, physiological reactivity to sentence memory cues was greatest in pa tients with focal fear of specific objects or events, and reduced in patients characterized by generalized, high negative affect. Deshmukh, V. D. Limbic autonomic arousal: Its physiological classification and review of the literature. Clinical Electroence phalography , 1991, 22(1):46 - 60. Abstract; The object of this article is to present a novel physiological classification of Limbic - Autonomic (LA) arousal on the basis of human physiological data, specifically the oro - nasal breathing patterns in man. It is proposed that the multidimensional LA arousal can be classified 149 into five grades: Grade I: Non - nasal (NN) or oral breathing with bilateral nasal congestion, and nonactive behavior, Grade II: Left Nasal (LN) breathing and quiet behavior, Grade III: Right Na sal (RN) breathing and active behavior, Grade IV: Bilateral Nasal (BN) breathing and very active behavior, and Grade V: Oral and Bilateral Nasal (ON) breathing with maximal behavioral activation. The data from polygraphic electroencephalographic recordings from five healthy volunteers, before, during and after exercise are presented in support of this physiological classification of LA arousal. On the basis of Limbic - Autonomic asymmetry a novel concept of ‘Visceral Dominance’ is also proposed. Ehrmann, Wil fried. Reich’s use of Breathwork as an element in his treatment of a schizophrenic split. The Healing Breath: A Journal of Breathwork Practice, Psychology and Spirituality, 2(3). Available online: www.i - breathe.com. Elkins, D. N. Psychotherapy and spirit uality: Toward a theory of the soul. Journal of Humanistic Psychology , 1995, 35(2):78 - 99. Emmons, R obert A. The Psychology of Ultimate Concerns: Motivation and Spirituality in Personality . New York: The Guilford Press, 1999. ___________, and Raymond F. P aloutzian. The psychology of religion. Annual Review of Psychology , 2003, 54:377 - 402. Author email: raemmons@ucdavis.edu or paloutz@westmont.edu. Faulkner, G., and A. Sparkes. Exercise as therapy for schizophrenia: An ethnographic study. Journal of Sport and Exercise Psychology , 1999, 21:52 - 69. Feleky, A. The influence of the emotions on respiration. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 1916, 1:218 - 241. Fitch, L., and R. LaRoche. Earth house: An alternative for persons suffering from the schizophrenias. Journal of Orthomolecular Psychiatry, 1985, 14:136 - 142. Gagne, D., and R. C. Toye. The effects of therapeutic touch and relaxation therapy in reducing anxiety. Arch. Psychiatry Nurs., 1994, 8(3):184 - 189. Glancy, Graham, and Michael A. Saini. An evidenc ed - based review of psychological treatments of anger and aggression. Brief Treatment and Crisis Intervention, 2005, 5(2):229 - 248. Author email: graham.glancy@utoronto.ca. Abstract: Therapists are increasingly treating clients with anger and aggression pr oblems. Issues of anger control are now being addressed across various mental health settings. A wide choice of interventions, providing a range of psychoeducational treatments, is available for mental health therapists to help clients with anger and aggre ssive behaviors and emotions. In light of this increase in treatment, evidence - based practice to guide therapists is currently limited and poorly developed. Most past studies on anger and aggression have focused on treatments containing components of cogni tive and behavioral aspects or a combination of the two. Adherents of other theoretical orientations — such as psychodynamic, psychoeducational, substance abuse counseling, and relaxation therapy — as possible effective interventions have empirically not exami ned their efficacies, and hence little information is known about the overall contribution of these approaches to the reduction of anger. This lack of research should not be taken to mean that they are not efficacious, but only that they have not been adeq uately tested. There remains no clear 150 consensus among therapists and researchers on the best way to treat angry clients, and little information exists to guide therapists in their work with specific angry populations. This paper introduces various treatmen t approaches for working with clients exhibiting angry and aggressive behaviors and provides a summary of current research findings in relation to the different psychological approaches to anger and aggression. Glenister, D. Exercise and mental health: A review. Journal of the Royal Society of Health , 1996, 116:7 - 13. Graham, Helen. Complementary Therapies in Context: The Psychology of Healing . Jessica Kingsley, 1999. Grof, Stanislav. Psychology of the Future: Lessons from Modern Consciousness Research . New York: State University of New York Press, 2000. “The goal in traditional psychotherapies is to reach an intellectual understanding as to how the psyche functions, why symptoms develop, and what they mean. This understanding then becomes the basis for developing a technique that therapists can use to treat their patients. A serious problem with this strategy is the striking lack of agreement among psychologists and psychiatrists concerning the most fundamental theoretical issues and the resulting asto nishing number of competing schools of psychotherapy. “The work with holotropic states shows us a surprising radical alternative — mobilization of deep inner intelligence of the clients that guides the process of healing and transformation. One of the most i mportant consequences of this new understanding of the therapeutic process is the realization that many states, which modern psychiatry considers pathological and treats with suppressive medication, are actually ‘spiritual emergencies,’ psychospiritual cri ses that have a healing and transformative potential. “Western materialistic science has no place for any form of spirituality and, in fact, considers it incompatible with the scientific world view. The study of holotropic states shows that spirituality is a natural and legitimate dimension of the human psyche and of the universal scheme of things. However, Grof emphasizes that this statement applies to genuine spirituality and not to dogmas and practices of organized religions.” Innes, R. Personality Indicators and the Spiritual Life . Cambridge: Grove Books Ltd., 1996. Ivanhoe Newswire. Alternative therapies becoming treatment of choice [for anxiety and depression]. 26 Feb 2001. URL: www.ivanhoe.com. ___________. Are you depressed? Alexandria, Va.: I vanhoe Newswire, Dec 2001. URL: www.ivanhoe.com. For more information contact: Darlene Nipper, National Mental Health Association, 1021 Prince St., Alexandria, VA 22314 - 2971, 703 - 838 - 7547, depression - screening.org. “According to the National Mental Health Association, more than 19 million Americans suffer from depression. In the wake of September’s terrorists attacks, experts say that number will likely increase. Although the illness can be effectively treated in 80 percent of all cases, only about 33 perc ent of sufferers ever seek help. Here is a confidential way to get a picture of your mental health . . . To take the depression test, log onto http://www.depression - screening.org.” 151 James, William. The Varieties of Religious Experience . New York: New Ameri can Library, 1958. (Published in many different editions.) Johnson, Don Hanlon. The Body in Psychotherapy: Inquiries in Somatic Psychology . North Atlantic Books, 1998. Kerr, Tom. Identifying depression: Can you tell when a patient is depressed? Neither c an most primary care physicians! ADVANCE for Occupational Therapy Practitioners, 1 Oct 2001. Article available online: http://www.advanceforot.com/pastarticles/oct1_01feature3.html. La Forge, Ralph. Exercise - associated mood alterations: Interactive neurob iologic mechanisms. Medicine, Exercise, Nutrition and Health , 1995, 4:17 - 32. Abstract: Nearly all authorities agree that exercise reduces tension and improves mental health; however, a specific cause - and - effect phenomenon has not been found. More than fiv e decades of research have revealed numerous plausible mechanisms underlying exercise - related mood alterations. The purpose of this narrative review is briefly to review six of the more popular mechanisms and acquaint health promotion professionals with th eir affiliated nature. Nearly all of the mechanisms proposed overlap or share some common neuroanatomic pathway. It is probably that the best candidate for exercise - induced affective changes evolves from an integration of brain neurotransmission processes involving such principle neuroactive substances as endorphin, enkephalin, serotonin, dopamine, and norepinephrine, among many others. The alliance of these specialized brain systems responsible for mood changes also influences a constellation of “mind - body ” functions such as state- dependent learning and memory, autogenic training, eating behavior, hypnosuggestion, psychoneuroimmunology, and stress - related disorders such as hypertension. The utilization of new brain imaging techniques to study acute exercise and collaborative efforts with researchers in cognitive neuroscience and neurobiology will help elucidate how these mechanisms are functionally coupled. Individual psychobiological responses to exercise and other stimuli are invariably related to one’s ge netic code, the nature of the exercise, the exercise environment, and present health and fitness. By attempting to comprehend these extraordinary psychobiological features, fitness and health promotion professionals can better understand and respect indivi dual differences in mood and performance. Marsa, Linda. Lighter moods without drugs: Alternatives from talk therapy to exercise are helping people with depression when medicines don’t fit the bill. Los Angeles Times, 1 Jul 2002. Article available online: http://www.latimes.com/features/health/la - he - depression1jul01.story. Martinez, J. M., L. A. Papp, J. D. Coplan, D. E. Anderson, C. M. Mueller, D. F. Klein, and J. M. Gorman. Ambulatory monitoring of respiration in anxiety. Anxiety, 1996, 2:296 - 302. McKa ul, K. D., S. Solomon, and D. S. Holmes. Effects of paced respiration and expectation on the physiological and psychological responses to threat. Journal Pers. Soc. Psychology , 1979, 37:564 - 571. Ng, Beng - Yeong. Qigong - induced mental disorders: A review. A ustralian and New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry , 1999, 33(2):197 - 206. Abstract: Objective: This review article aims to explore current opinions on Qigong - induced mental disorders, an entity which is unfamiliar to Western psychiatrists. Method: Relevant li terature published in Chinese and English is reviewed. Results: The review is divided into three sections: first, there is brief consideration of the historical development of Qigong in traditional 152 Chinese medicine and its role in psychiatry; second, there is a review of the literature published on Qigong deviations and Qigong - induced mental disorders; and third, there is a discussion on the aetiological role of Qigong in these conditions. Conclusions: Qigong remained veiled in secrecy and available only to the elite until the early 1980s. Despite the widespread use of Qigong, there is a conspicuous lack of controlled data regarding its effects on mental health. Qigong, when practised inappropriately, may induce abnormal psychosomatic responses and even ment al disorders. However, the ties between Qigong and mental disorders are manifold, and a causal relationship is difficult to establish. Many so - called “Qigong - induced psychoses” may be more appropriately labelled “Qigong - precipitated psychoses,” where the p ractice of Qigong acts as a stressor in vulnerable individuals. Norton, G. R., and W. E. Johnson. A comparison of two relaxation procedures for reducing cognitive and somatic anxiety. Journal of Behav. Ther. Exp. Psychiatry, 1983, 14(3):209 - 214. Paluska, S. A., and T. L. Schwenk. Physical activity and mental health: Current concepts. Sports Medicine , Mar 2000, 29(3):167 - 180. Author email: scott.paluska@rexhealth.com. PMID: 10739267. Abstract: Physical activity may play an important role in the management of mild - to - moderate mental health diseases, especially depression and anxiety. Although people with depression tend to be less physically active than non - depressed individuals, increased aerobic exercise or strength training has been shown to reduce depre ssive symptoms significantly. However, habitual physical activity has not been shown to prevent the onset of depression. Anxiety symptoms and panic disorder also improve with regular exercise, and beneficial effects appear to equal meditation or relaxation . In general, acute anxiety responds better to exercise than chronic anxiety. Studies of older adults and adolescents with depression or anxiety have been limited, but physical activity appears beneficial to these populations as well. Excessive physical ac tivity may lead to overtraining and generate psychological symptoms that mimic depression. Several differing psychological and physiological mechanisms have been proposed to explain the effect of physical activity on mental health disorders. Well controlle d studies are needed to clarify the mental health benefits of exercise among various populations and to address directly processes underlying the benefits of exercise on mental health. Payne, I. R., A. E. Bergin, and P. E. Loftus. A review of attempts to integrate spiritual and standard psychotherapy techniques. Journal of Psychotherapy Integration, 1992, 2:171 - 192. Pelham, T. W., and P. D. Campagna. Benefits of exercise in psychiatric rehabilitation of persons with schizophrenia. Canadian Journal of Reha bilitation , 1991, 4:159 - 168. Phillips, Adam. Equals . New York: Basic Books, 2002. From a review by Andrew Goodwin in Tricycle, Winter 2002, p. 87: “[The author’s] passages on the therapist - patient dynamic will remind many Buddhist readers of th debate c oncerning teachers of dharma. By whose authority does a teacher teach? How is the teacher to know the truth concerning the authenticity of a student’s experience? Phillips asks the same questions of the analyst . . . “‘The aim of psychoanalysis, one could say, might be the precondition for democracy; that a person be able to more than bear conflict, and be able to see and enjoy the value of differing voices and alternative positions.’ Replace the word psychoanalysis with meditation and you have 153 a very inte resting sentence. Consider its pertinence to the goal of nonattachment to views, and it really comes alive. “What binds the Phillips version of psychoanalysis to Buddhism is its eager embrace of no - self . . . “. . . Phillips insists that psychoanalysis i s not about the construction of ego states, but about knowing that they are already illusory. He does not forge the link with Buddhism that is crying out to be made, but — to play Phillips at his own oblique game — that does not mean it isn’t there.” P iedmont , R. L. Does spirituality represent the sixth factor of personality? Spiritual transcendence and the five -factor model. Journal of Personality, 1999, 67(6):985 - 1013. Plante, Thomas G. Could the perception of fitness account for many of the mental and phys ical health benefits of exercise? Advances in Mind - Body Medicine , Oct 1999, 15(4):291 - 295. Poloma, M. M. The effects of prayer on mental well - being. Second Opinion, 1993, 18(3):37 - 52. Pratt, J. B. The Religious Consciousness: A Psychological Study . New Y ork: Macmillan, 1920. Prost, L. R., R. Ostrom, P. Watkins, T. Dean, and D. Mashburn. Comparative efficacy of religious and non - religious cognitive - behavioural therapy for treatment of clinical depression in relgious individuals. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology , 1992, 60:94 - 103. Pulchaski, C. M., D. B. Larson, and F. G. Lu. Spirituality courses in psychiatry residency programs. Psychiatric Annals, 2000, 30(8):543 - 548. Read, N. W. Bridging the gap between mind and body: Do cultural and psycho analytic concepts of visceral disease have an explanation in contemporary neuroscience? In E. A. Mayer and C. B. Saper, eds. Progress in Brain Research, Vol. 122: The Biological Basis for Mind Body Interactions . Amsterdam: Elsevier, 2000, pp. 426 - 443.. Re uters Health. Alternative medicine first choice for depression [and anxiety]. 18 Mar 2001. Available online: http://www.healthcentral.com/news/newsfulltext.cfm?ID=49953&src=n1. (The two most popular treatments: relaxation techniques and spiritual healing.) Reuters Health. Exercise throughout old age may fight the “blues.” 20 Mar 2001. Available online: http://www.healthcentral.com/news/newsfulltext.cfm?ID=50063&src=n1. (Depression is decreased/alleviated by exercise, but returns/increases if exercise is st opped.) Reynolds, David K. The Quiet Therapies: Japanese Pathways to Personal Growth . Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press,1980. Provides in - depth discussion of Morita Psychotherapy, Naikan: Introspection Therapy, Shadan: Isolation Therapy, Seiza: Quiet - Sitting Therapy, and Zen: Meditation Therapy Richards, P. S., and A. E. Bergin. A spiritual strategy for counseling and psychotherapy. Washington, D.C.: American Psychological Association, 1997. 154 Rossiter - Thornton, J. F. Prayer in psychotherapy. Alterna tive Therapies Health Medicine , Jan 2000, 6(1):128, 125 - 127. Rottenberg, J., F. H. Wilhelm, J. J. Gross, and I. H. Gotlib. Respiratory sinus arrhythmia during resolution of tearful crying among depressed and nondepressed individuals. Psychophysiology . In P ress. Ruetiger, David L. Bodywork and psychotherapy. Massage & Bodywork, Feb/Mar 2005, pp. 64 - 68. Ruggieri, V., M. L. Amoroso, A. Balbi, and M. T. Borso. Relationship between emotions and some aspects of respiratory activity: Morphology of the chest, cyc lic activity, and acid - base balance. Perceptual Motor Skills, 1986, 62:111 - 117. Ruuskanen, J. M., and I. Ruoppila. Physical activity and psychological well - being among people aged 65 to 84 years. Age Ageing, 1995, 24:292 - 296. Sakakibara, M., and J. Hayano . Effect of slowed respiration on cardiac parasympathetic response to threat. Psychosomatic Medicine, 1996, 58:32 - 37. Sallis, J. F., and K. L. Lichstein. Analysis and management of geriatric anxiety. International Journal of Aging and Human Development , 1 982, 15(3 ):197 - 211. (Includes relaxation techniques.) Salmon, P. Ef f ects of physical exercise on anxiety, depression, and sensitivity to stress: A unifying theory. Clinical Psychological Review, Feb 2001, 21(1):33 - 61. PMID: 11148895. Author email: psalmo n@liv.ac.uk. Abstract: Until recently, claims for the psychological benefits of physical exercise have tended to precede supportive evidence. Acutely, emotional effects of exercise remain confusing, both positive and negative effects being reported. Resu lts of cross - sectional and longitudinal studies are more consistent in indicating that aerobic exercise training has antidepressant and anxiolytic effects and protects against harmful consequences of stress. Details of each of these effects remain unclear. Antidepressant and anxiolytic effects have been demonstrated most clearly in subclinical disorder, and clinical applications remain to be exploited. Cross - sectional studies link exercise habits to protection from harmful effects of stress on physical and mental health, but causality is not clear. Nevertheless, the pattern of evidence suggests the theory that exercise training recruits a process which confers enduring resilience to stress. This view allows the effects of exercise to be understood in terms o f existing psychobiological knowledge, and it can thereby provide the theoretical base that is needed to guide future research in this area. Clinically, exercise training continues to offer clinical psychologists a vehicle for nonspecific therapeutic socia l and psychological processes. It also offers a specific psychological treatment that may be particularly effective for patients for whom more conventional psychological interventions are less acceptable. Schaller, K. J. Effects of TCC [Tai Chi Chuan] on balance, mood, health status and blood pressure. Journal of Gerontology for Nurses, Oct 1996, 22(10):12 - 17. Sollod, R. N. Integrating spiritual healing approaches and techniques into psychotherapy. In Georg Stricker and Jerold R. Gold, eds., Comprehensive Handbook of Psychotherapy Integration. New York: Plenum Press, 1993. 155 Steinberg, David. Third eye meditation and the inner p ath. Thoughtful Yogi Journal , Apr 2004, 3. “ As a psychotherapist, yogi and healer, I am deeply interested in how we metabolize and store experience in our bodies. My path has taken me to explore both Western and Eastern forms of psychotherapy and energy work. Various experien ces in my yoga practice have le d me to search for understanding and explanations. I first explored yoga lookin g for better physical health. What I found, however, was a system for reintegrating mind with body and spirit. Yoga literally means yolk or union in Sanskrit, the ancient Hindu language in which much of India’s sacred texts are written. “ As a psychothera pist, I began to see that certain clients did very well with talking therapy, while others seemed to be much more difficult to reach through language. Persistent states of mind, body and breath (spirit), ways of being and experiencing others often unfold b efore one develops the capacity of verbal language. In Vedantic psychology, all of life, including Pre - verbal trauma and even your thoughts are imprinted in various physical energy centers in the body. The pathway for tuning into the various chakras (energ y centers) is through the third eye center (ajna chakra), located in the center of the brain straight back from the space between your eyebrows . . .” Stoodley, Janet L. Make a move on your mind and body: More energy, less worry and better memory top list of workout benefits. Chicago Tribune, 21 Oct, 2001. Article available online: http://www.ctnow.com/news/health/hc - hmagexercisebrain.artoct21.story. “Exercise offers a host of mental benefits that scientists are just beginning to uncover. “‘The psycholo gical benefits of exercise by some account are as significant and meaningful as the physiological,; says Jack Raglin, associate professor of kinesiology at Indiana University. “Recent studies indicate the benefits of exercise include everything from decre ased anxiety, increased energy and self - confidence to improved memory, reaction time and reasoning skills.” Tarko, Michel Andre. A grounded theory study of the experience of spirituality among persons living with schizophrenia. Ph.D. dissertation. The Uni versity of British Columbia (Canada). Disserta t ion Abstracts International , Apr 2002, B 63/10, p. 4600. First 24 pages available online: http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/preview/NQ73252. UMI # NQ73252. Abstract: Spirituality in the discipline of nursi ng has gained popularity over the past two decades. National and provincial nursing associations and colleges expect nurses to be educated in providing spiritual health assessments and interventions in order to provide holistic nursing care. There is a pau city of research in the nursing literature on the meaning of spirituality from the perspectives of individuals who experience chronic mental illness, specifically schizophrenia. Spirituality remains an elusive construct, challenging psychiatric nurse educa tors, researchers and practitioners in the development of nursing curricula to guide psychiatric nursing practice. The focus of this research study was to develop a substantive theory about the experience of spirituality among individuals living with schiz ophrenia using grounded theory methodology in the tradition of Glaser and Strauss (1967). Forty semi - structured interviews and four focus groups were conducted with 20 participants who self - reported to be diagno sed with schizophrenia. Findings. The substan tive theory “ spirituality as connection ” indicates that spirituality for persons living with schizophrenia involves a dialectical process in which one strives to be connected to one’ s spiritual self (body- mind - spirit), significant others (family, friends, God/Higher Power, 156 health care professionals), community (others living with a mental illness, others who are well, a faith community, the community in which participants lived), and nature, while at the same time experiencing situations and incidents that promote disconnection from these sub - themes. Strategies used by participants to achieve connection included: taking prescribed atypical anti - psychotic medications, maintaining their health and a healthy lifestyle, use of prayer/meditation, caring for self and others, and engaging in creative activities that added meaning to their life experiences. Among the 17 factors contributing to connection, exemp lars are: reconnecting with one’ s spirit through prayer and meditation, attending drop- in centres for person s living with a mental illness, and walking/hiking in nature. Outcomes include feeling peaceful, love, contentment, being accepted and nurtured by others. Among the 14 factors contributing to disconnection, exemplars are: the effect of the illness on relat ionships with other people, the stigma of being in a psychiatric ward, being unemployed, and taking typical anti - psychotic medications. Outcomes include feeling powerlessness, isolation, rejection and alienation. Tarrier, N., and C. J. Main. Applied relax ation training for generalised anxiety and panic attacks: The Efficacy of a learnt copying strategy on subjective reports. British Journal of Psychiatry , 1986, 149:330 - 336. Taylor, C. B., J. F. Sallis, and R. Needle. The relation of physical activity and exercise to mental health. Public Health Rep, 1985, 100:195 - 202. Tkachuk, G. A., and G. L. Martin. Exercise therapy for patients with psychiatric disorders: Research and clinical implications. Professional Psychology: Research and Practice, 1999, 30:275 - 2 82. Tweeddale, P. M., I. Rowbottom, and G. J. McHardy. Breathing retraining: Effect on anxiety and depression scores in behavioral breathlessness. Journal of Psychosomatic Res. , 1993, 38:11 - 21. Verrier, Richard L., and Murray A. Mittleman. The impact of emotions on the heart. In E. A. Mayer and C. B. Saper, eds. Progress in Brain Research, Vol. 122: The Biological Basis for Mind Body Interactions . Amsterdam: Elsevier, 2000, pp. 370 - 380. Walsh, Roger. The consciousness disciplines and the behavioral scie nces: Questions of comparison and assessment. American Journal of Psychiatry , 1980, 137:663 - 673. Welch, Claudia. The secret potential of brahmamuhurta. Namarupa, Spring 2003, pp. 76 - 83. “I frequently see patients who believe that they have difficult life long physical or emotional patterns resulting from trauma suffered in utero or during birth. Often they feel a sense of hopelessness about changing these patterns. “Combining two concepts in Ayurvedic philosophy may point a way to address such maladies. T hese two concepts are brahmamuhurta, the pre- dawn and dawn hours, and the concept of the relationship of the macrocosm with the microcosm . . .” Westgate, C. E. Spiritual wellness and depression. Journal of Counseling and Development , 1996, 75(1):26 - 36. 157 Wilhelm, Frank H., Werner Trabert, and Walton T. Roth. Physiological instability in panic disorder and generalized anxiety disorder. Biological Psychiatry, forthcoming. Abstract available online: http://www - east.elsevier.com/bps/abstracts/5016abs.htm. Wul ff, D. M. Psychology of Religion: Classic and Contemporary Views . New York: Wiley, 1991. Wulliemier, F. Psychology and Its Role in Spirituality . Molena, Ga.: Shri Ram Chandra Mission, 1996. Young, J. C., C. S. Cashwell, and V. J. Woolington. The relation ship of spirituality to cognitive nd moral development and purpose in life: An exploratory investigation. Counseling and Values, 1998, 43(1):63 - 70. Xu, S. H. Psychophysiological reactions associated with qigong therapy. Chinese Medical Journal (English), Mar 1994, 107(3):230 - 233. PMID: 8088187. Abstract: Qigong as a part of the traditional Chinese medicine is similar to western “meditation,” Indian “Yoga” or Japanese “Zen,” which can all be included in the category of traditional psychotherapy. A series o f physiological and psychological effects occur in the course of Qigong training, but inappropriate training can lead to physical and mental disturbances. Physiological effects include changes in EEG, EMG, respiratory movement, heart rate, skin potential, skin temperature and finger tip volume, sympathetic nerve function, function in stomach and intestine, metabolism, endocrine and immunity systems. Psychological effects are motor phenomena and perceptual changes: patients experienced warmness, chilliness, itching sensation in the skin, numbness, soreness, bloatedness, relaxation, tenseness, floating, dropping, enlargement or constriction of the body image, a sensation of rising to the sky, falling off, standing upside down, playing on the swing following re spiration, circulation of the intrinsic Qi, electric shock, formication, during Qigong exercise. Some patients experienced dreamland illusions, unreality and pseudohallucination. These phenomena were transient and vanished as the exercise terminated. Qigon g deviation syndrome has become a diagnostic term and is now used widely in China. Ziegler, Alfred. Archetypal Medicine . Springer Publication, 1985. (Discusses the somatic meaning of various physical symptoms.) Ongoing Research Note: For ongoing resear ch related to specific psychiatric disorders (e.g., anxiety, depression, schizophrenia, etc.), please see the bibliography for each disorder. Michael Butler, M.A. Fordham University shakti_10034@yahoo.com For his Ph.D. dissertation in clinical psychology, Michael will conduct research on the mental health correlates of a variety of yogic practices. He will do a factor analysis of psychiatric symptoms (using the Brief Symptom Inventory) existing in a large sample of Indian yogis living in India. Factor scor es will then be correlated with a variety of indexes of experience with five practices: meditation, prânâyâ ma , â sanas , acceptance, and mindfulness. The relationship between 158 these five practices and the full spectrum of psychiatric disturbance will thus be determined. He hypothesizes that experience with all five practices will be negatively correlated with severity levels of all observed sympto m constellations. Contacted IAYT 6/18/02. Richard J. Davidson, Ph.D. Professor University of Wisconsin at Madison 538 Psychology Building, W. J. Brogden rjdavids@facstaff.wisc.edu Tel.: 608 - 262 - 8972 Investigating mechanisms of mind - body interaction: emotion interface. Funded by NIH (NIMH). Kurt Frost Midland, Ontario, Canada kurtf@canada.com Doing his master’s thesis on Yoga and emotional awareness. Will do his Ph.D. in clinical psy chology and Yoga. Contacted IAYT 11/1/02. Fiona Moane Fionamoane@hotmail.com For her Ph.D. dissertation research in clinical psychology, Fiona plans to conduct a survey of Yoga students in different classes to explore their motivation, what they hope to obtain from Yoga, and what their experience of Yoga has been. She also intends to measure student stress level before and after a class. Her intent is to demonstrate how the practice of Yog a may be therapeutic in the same was as psychotherapy/psychoanalysis and therefore serve as a substitute or adjun ct to the latter. Contacted IAYT 10/01. Meditation Research Program Royal Hospital for Women, Sydney, Australia Ramesh Manocha, M.D., director R.Manocha@unsw.edu.au Dr. Manocha is Barry Wren Fellow at the Royal Hospital for Women, where he initiated the Meditation Research Program in the hospital’s Natural Therapies Unit. Using the sahaja yoga meditation technique, the research has shown promisi ng results for the treatment of asthma, headache, menopause and depression. Tamra Schwartz Santiago, Chile Tamras@ctcinternet.cl Currently doing her thesis on Kundalini Yoga as a complement to psychotherapy. Contacted IAYT 7/16/02. Transformations of Min d, Brain and Emotion conference. University of Wisconsin - Madison, May 21 - 22, 2001. “. . . the conference will examine how practices such as meditation influence brain function, emotions and physical health. To be held in the new W. M. Keck Laboratory for Functional Brain Imaging and Behavior and the Fluno Center, the meeting will bring together a small international group of scientists who are leaders in this field of research [as well as His Holiness the Dalai Lama]. Another featured guest will be Matthi eu Ricard, a French molecular biologist who has been a Buddhist monk for 20 years and is the author of The Monk and the Philosopher . Ricard 159 has agreed to participate in research during his visit. He will undergo brain scans at the new imaging laboratory. T he results of the imaging will be compared with that of other research subjects to help determine whether a disciplined practice such as meditation can elicit brain changes.” For other research in progress, please see the “Ongoing Research” section of bi bliographie s for specific mental disorders and populations (e.g., research on dementia in the elderly will be found in the “Ongoing Research” section of the “Yoga and Seniors” bibliography).